83311300AK_BJ701_BJ7B1_Installation_Dec84 83311300AK BJ701 BJ7B1 Installation Dec84
83311300AK_BJ701_BJ7B1_Installation_Dec84 83311300AK_BJ701_BJ7B1_Installation_Dec84
User Manual: 83311300AK_BJ701_BJ7B1_Installation_Dec84
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 450
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
83311300
(
',,--
&J £:\ CON1"R.OL DATA
\!:II r::J CORJ'QRf\T10N
.
CONTROL DATA®
STORAGE MODULE DRIVE
BJ701
BJ7B1
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
DIAGRAMS
WIRE LISTS
PARTS DATA
('
HARDWARE MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REVISION RECORD
DESCRIPTION
REVISION
A
Preliminary manual, never printed.
(12-01-75)
B
(02-20-76)
C
(05-18-76)
D
(09-16-76)
E
(11-23-76)
F
(02-15-77)
G
(04-12-77)
H
(05-10-77)
J
(08-05-77)
K
(10-10-77)
L
(12-09-77)
M
(02-28-78)
Manual released by ECO's:
37733, 37775, 37815.
Also included are ECO's:
37636, 37653, 37655A,
37656, 37667, 37669, 37673, 37679, 37700, 37705,
37726, 37734, 37742, 37743, 37744, 37771, 37772,
37774, 37783, 37787, 37788, 37789, 37799, 37800,
37807A, 37811, 37813, 37814, 37826, 37827, 37828,
37831, 37839, 37840, 37853, 37854, 37867, 37868,
37869. 37895, 37896.
Update manual with ECO's:
37787C, 37801, 37825A,
37910A, 37925, 37928, 37951, 37965, 37966, 37967,
37979, 48002. Technical and editorial changes.
Update manual with ECO's:
37841C, 48003, 48014,
48028A, 48029, 48030, 48098, 48101, 48140;
FCO 48014A. Technical and editorial changes.
This edition obsoletes all previous editions.
NOTE: ECO 37881B inadvertently omitted from
Rev. D.
Update manual with ECO's: 48056, 48086, 48113A,
48154, 48226. Technical and editorial changes.
Update manual with ECO's: 48099A, 48365A.
Technical and editorial changes.
Update manual with ECO 48322; FCO's 48365, 48406,
48407. Technical and editorial changes.
Update manual with ECO's 48575, 48504; FCO 48504.
Technical and editorial changes.
Update manual with ECO 48477; FCO's 48477, 48490,
48494. Technical and editorial.
Manual updated to include the following ECO's:
48574, 48630, 48690A. Technical and editorial
changes.
Manual updated to include the following ECO's:
48602, 48744. Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO's 55084, 48896.
Technical and editorial changes.
REVISION LETTERS I, 0, Q
AND X ARE NOT USED.
@ 1976,77,78,79,80,81,82,83,84
By Control Data Corporation
Printed in the United States
of America
ii
Address comments concerning this
manual to:
Control Data Corporation
Twin Cities Disk Division
Customer Documentation Dept.
5950 Clearwater Drive
Minnetonka, Mn 55343
or use Comment Sheet in the back
of this manual.
83311300 AK
I
'-
REVISION RECORD {Contd}
REVISION
N
(04-24-78)
P
(06-26-78)
R
(08-14-78)
S
(10-18-78)
T
(01-10-79)
U
(05-02-79)
V
(07-11-79)
W
(11-06-79)
y
(11-27-79)
Z
(01-11-80)
AA
(04-15-80)
AB
(07-08-80)
AC
(03-06-81)
AD
(06-20-81)
AE
(10-08-81)
AF
(03-05-82)
AG
(05-18-82)
AH
(08-31-82)
AJ
(10-11-84)
83311300 AK
DESCRIPTION
Manual updated to include ECO's 48953, 48798.
Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO 55155. Technical
and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO 55168. Technical
and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO 55310 and 55393.
Technical and editorial changes.
Update with ECO 55290 and additional technical
and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECOs 55521, 55520,
55534, 37826 and 55522. Additional technical
and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO's 55658, 55523B,
55700, and FCO 55700. Additional technical and
editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO's 55798, 55812 and
additional technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO 55884. Additional
technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO's 60000 and 55844B.
Additional technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO 60071. Additional
technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include ECO 55952B. Additional
technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate ECO 60129
(Class II), 60353 and 60381. Technical and
editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate ECO's 60392, 60421
and FCO 60394. Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate ECO DJ00043A.
Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate ECO's DJ00029,
DJ00044, DJ00072, DJ00075A. Technical and
editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate ECO's DJ00143A,
DJ00198. Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate ECO DJ00282, FCO
DJ00284. Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate ECO DJ00228E.
Technical and editorial changes.
iii
REVISION RECORD (Contd)
REVISION
AK
(12-05-84)
iv
DESCRIPTION
Manual updated to include ECO's DJ00463A,
DJ00491A, DJ00493. DJ00505. Technical and
editorial changes.
(Class II ECO's: DJ00304,
315. 325, 349. 360. 420. 439, 456. 575. 647, 652,
654, 666. 729.
83311300 AK
MANUAL TO EQUIPMENT LEVEL CORRELATION
This manual reflects the equipment configurations listed below.
EXPLANATION:
Locate the equipment type and series code number,
as shown on the equipment FCO log, in the list below.
Immediately to the right of the series code number is an FCO number
If that number and all of the numbers underneath it match all
of the numbers on the equipment FCO log, then this manual accurately reflects the equipment.
This correlation sheet also
manuals:
applies
to
the
following
related
Pub. NO. __________________Rev. _____
EQUIPMENT
TYPE
BJ701 A/C/E
BJ7B1 C/O
BJ7B1 A/B/E/F
BJ7B1 C/O
BJ7B1B
BJ7B10
BJ701B
BJ701A-F/J/K
BJ701A-F/J/K
'''---
-
83311300 AK
SERIES
COOE
10 & Above
14 & Above
14 & Above
14 & Above
16 & Above
16 & Above
16 & Above
16 & Above
37 & Above
38 & Above
39
40
41
42
43
44 thru 54
WITH
FCOs
48014A
48365
48406
48407
48504
48477
48490
48494
60379
60394
None
None
None
None
None
None
COMMENTS
v
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Sheet 1 of 6
New features, as well as changes, deletions.
and additions to information in this manual are
indicated by bars in the margins or by a dot
near the page number if the entire page is affected.
A bar by the page number indicates
pagination rather than content has changed.
PAGE
Cover
Blank
Title P
ii
iii
iv
v
Blank
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
xxi
xxii
xxiii
xxiv
xxv
xxvi
xxvii
Blank
xxix
Blank
S-l Div
Blank
83311300 AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-6.1
Blank
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-19
1-20
S-2 Div
Blank
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
S-3 Div
Blank
3-1
Blank
REV
D
D
K
AK
D
M
AK
AK
D
AK
AB
AB
D
AJ
AC
AC
AC
AK
AE
AC
AC
AJ
AJ
AJ
AJ
AJ
AJ
T
vii
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Contd)
Sheet 2 of 6
PAGE
S-3A Div
Blank
3-3
3-4
3-4.1
3-4.2
~-4.3
3-4.4
3-4.5
3-4.6
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
S-3B Div
Blank
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-22.1
Blank
S-3C Div
Blank
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
viii
REV
AJ
AJ
AJ
AJ
AJ
AJ
AJ
AK
R
AD
AK
AD
AD
AF
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AD
AK
AK
W
W
D
D
AC
D
PAGE
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
Blank
S-3D Div
Blank
3-35
3-36
3-37
3-38
3-39
3-40
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
3-45
3-46
3-46.1
Blank
3-47
3-48
3-49
3-50
3-51
3-52
3-53
3-54
3-54.1
3-54.2
3-55
3-56
3-57
3-58
3-59
3-60
3-61
3-62
REV
D
D
D
D
T
F
W
U
F
R
R
F
F
F
AJ
AK
AJ
AJ
F
Z
T
T
T
Z
V
U
U
AK
T
AK
AK
J
AJ
Z
AF
Z
83311300 AK
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Contd)
Sheet 3 of 6
PAGE
3-63
Blank
S-4 Div
Blank
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-30.1
Blank
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
4-35
"'--_J/
"- .. -
/
REV
AF
AK
AK
AF
AF
T
T
T
AC
AC
T
AK
AK
AF
AE
AK
AE
AF
AE
AF
AH
AE
T
T
AH
AH
AF
AF
AF
AF
AK
AK
AK
AF
AK
AK
AF
PAGE
4-36
4-37
4-38
4-39
4-40
4-40.1
4-40.2
4-41
4-42
4-42.1
4-42.2
4-43
4-44
4-45
4-46
4-47
4-48
4-49
4-50
4-51
4-52
4-53
4-54
4-55
4-56
4-57
4-58
4-59
4-60
4-61
4-62
4-63
4-64
4-65
4-66
4-67
4-68
4-69
4-70
4-71
4-72
REV
AF
AJ
AF
AF
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AC
AC
AF
AC
AC
AC
AC
AF
AF
AK
AF
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AK
AF
AF
l
"'-
'''----
-
83311300 AK
ix
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Contd)
Sheet 4 of 6
PAGE
4-73
4-74
4-75
4-76
4-77
4-78
4-79
4-80
4-81
4-82
4-83
4-84
4-85
4-86
4-87
Blank
5-5 Div
Blank
5-1
Blank
5-2.1
5-2.2
5-2.3
5-2.4
5-2.5
5-2.6
5-2.7
5-2.8
5-2.9
Blank
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-12.1
REV
AK
AF
AK
AF
AF
AF
AF
AK
AF
AK
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
y
y
Y
y
Y
y
Y
Y
Y
Y
y
Y
y
Y
T
A
A
A
N
A
N
PAGE
5-12.2
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-16.1
Blank
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-6 Div
Blank
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
REV
E
N
N
A
A
Z
Z
D
A
A
A
D
D
J
A
B
U
AK
AK
AB
AH
AK
AK
AG
AG
AK
AK
AK
AK
B
AG
AK
AJ
B
Z
B
Z
Z
/
x
83311300 AK
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Contd)
Sheet 5 of 6
PAGE
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-30.1
6-30.2
6-31
6-32
6-33
Blank
6-34.1
6-34.2
6-35
6-36
6-37
6-38
6-39
Blank
6-41
6-42
6-42.1
Blank
6-43
6-44
6-45
6-46
6-46.1
6-46.2
6-46.3
6-46.4
6-46.5
6-46.6
6-47
6-48
6-49
6-50
6-51
'----- -
"
83311300 AK
REV
AK
Z
AK
AE
AE
E
E
AB
AB
AB
AK
AK
AF
AC
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AF
AK
AK
AK
AB
AB
V
AD
AB
AJ
T
AA
AJ
AK
AB
AH
AC
AF
PAGE
6-52
6-53
6-54
6-55
6-56
6-57
6-58
6-59
6-60
6-61
Blank
6-63
Blank
App A Div
Blank
A-i
Blank
A-I
Blank
U/T Aids
Blank
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
Blank
DLTs
Blank
A-9
A-I0
A-II
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-IS
A-16
A-17
A-18
A-19
A-20
REV
AG
AG
AF
AF
AF
AF
U
AF
W
AJ
AG
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
xi
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Contd)
Sheet 6 of 6
PAGE
A-21
A-22
Procedures
Blank
A-23
A-24
A-25
A-26
A-27
A-28
A-29
Blank
App B Div
Blank
B-i
Blank
B-1
Blank
UfT Aids
Blank
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
Blank
DLTs
xii
REV
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
PAGE
Blank
B-11
B-12
B-13
B-14
B-15
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-19
B-20
B-21
B-22
B-23
B-24
B-25
Blank
Procedures
Blank
B-27
B-28
B-29
B-30
B-31
B-32
Cmt Sht
Rtn Env
Blank
Cover
REV
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
AH
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
83311300 AK
PREFACE
This manual contains maintenance information applicable to the
following Control Data@ Storage Module drives (SMD1s):
BJ701A
BJ701B
BJ701C
BJ701D
BJ701E
BJ701F
BJ7B1F
BJ7B1J
BJ7B1K
BJ7B1L
BJ701J
BJ701K
BJ7B1A
BJ7B1B
BJ7B1D
BJ7B1E
Maintenance information is provided by six sections in this
manual.
Section numbers and a brief description of their contents are listed below.
Section 1 - Installation and checkout.
Provides information on
preparing the drive for initial use:
unpacking.
power/signal cabling. and initial checkout.
Section 2 - Preventive Maintenance.
Provides
dures on maintaining the equipment.
detailed
proce-
Section 3 - Corrective Maintenance.
Provides general maintenance information. drive tests and adjustments.
trouble analysis aids. repair and replacement procedures.
Section 4 - Diagrams.
Contains
schematics.
logic
diagrams
Section 5 - Wire Lists.
Provides documentation
logic and mechanical assemblies.
and
assembly
on wiring
for
Section 6 - Parts Data.
Contains parts lists and illustrations
showing all field replaceable parts.
The following manuals apply to the BJ701/BJ7B1 SMD I S and are
available from Control Data Corporation. Literature Distribution Services. 308 North Dale Street. St. Paul. MN 55103.
"-_.,/
xiii
83311300 AK
Title
Publication No.
83311300
Maintenance
83324220
Reference
83322440
CDC Microcircuits. Vol. 1 (Functional
scriptions of integrated circuits).
de-
83324440
CDC Microcircuits. Vol. 2 (Functional
scriptions of integrated circuits).
de-
83323770
A Guide for the Disk Drive Operator.
83311300 AK
xiv
CONTENTS
\
Important Safety Information and Precautions
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
Introduction
Uncrating
Cabinet Installation
General
Location
Leveling and Aligning
Power Wiring
Site Electrical Requirements
Special Requirements For 3 Phase. 4 Wire.
Wye Site Power
General
Specifications For Neutral Conductor
Limiting Branch and Feeder Circuit Load Currents
Power System Grounding
System Grounding
Floor Grid Available
Floor Grid Not Available
AC Power Connections
Signal Cabling
Sector Plug Installation
Drawer Mount Installation
Rack Mount Installation
General
Assembly Instructions
xxix
1.
83311300 AK
1-1
1-1
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-6.1
1-6.1
1-6.1
1-6.1
1-7
1-7
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-8
1-9
1-15
1-15
1-15
I-IS
xv
Slide Assemblies Installation
1-18
Initial Checkout and Startup
1-20
2.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Introduction
2-1
Maintenance Materials
2-1
Level 4 Maintenance Procedures
2-2
Inspect Actuator Assembly
Clean Primary Filter (All units except Acoustic 2X)
2-2
2-2
Clean Primary Filter (2X Option only)
Clean Power Supply Outputs
2-2
2-2
Clean Shroud and Spindle
2-2
Clean and Lubricate Lockshaft
2-5
Clean Carriage Rails and Bearings
2-5
Level 6 Maintenance Procedures
2-5
Replace Absolute Filter
2-5
Testing Absolute Filter
2-6
Replacing Absolute Filter
2-6
3.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
Introduction
3A.
3-1
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
General
Warnings and Precautions
3-3
3-3
Head/Disk Special Precautions and Procedures
3-4
General
Precautions
Detection and Recovery
xvi
3-4
3-4
3-4.2
General
Head Crash Detection
3-4.2
3-4.2
Guide for Determining the Cause of Head Crashes
3-4.3
83311300 AK
Recovery from a Head Crash
3-4.4
Electrostatus Discharge Protection
3-4.5
Maintenance Tools and Materials
3-4-5
Maintenance Preliminary Conditions
3-5
Interlocks
3-5
Disk Pack Installation and Removal
3-5
Installation
3-5
Removal
3-5
Case Assembly Raising and Lowering
3-5
IX Acoustic Top Case Raising
IX Acoustic Top Case Lowering
3-5
2X Acoustic Case Raising
3-6
2X Acoustic Case Lowering
3-6
Deck Maintenance position
3-5
3-6
Raise Deck
3- 6
Lower Deck
3-10
Logic Chassis Maintenance position
3-10
Side Panel Removal and Installation
3-10
Off-Line Operation
3-10
Use of Test Software
3-10
Manual Head Positioning
3--11
Power On Manual Head Positioning
3-11
Power Off Manual Head Positioning
3-12
Preparing Drive for Off-Line operation
3-12
Preparing Drive for On-Line operation
3-12
3B.
DRIVE TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
General
3-13
Plus and Minus 5-Volt Regulators
3-13
Adjustments SIC 23 & Below
3-13
Adjustments SIC 24 & Above
3-14
Head Alignment
3-14
83311300 AK
xvii
General
3-14
Initial Setup
3-16
Servo Head Offset Check
3-17
Read/Write Heads Check and Adjustment
3-18
Velocity Gain Adjustment
3-21
40 Megabyte Units
3-21
80 Megabyte Units
3-21
Speed Transducer Electrical Check
3C.
3-22.1
TROUBLE ANALYSIS AIDS
General
3-23
Power System Checks
3-23
Output Voltages Check
3-23
Emergency Retract Test
3-23
Servo System Adjustments and Checks
3-23
General
3-23
Velocity Gain Check
3-23
Fine position Amplitude Check
3-24
On Cylinder Delay Check
3-24
Coarse Velocity Integrator Check
3-24
Digital to Analog Converter Check
3-25
Velocity Transducer Gain Uniformity Check
3-25
Fine Enable switching Level Check
3-27
Track Servo Amplitude Check
3-27
Cylinder Pulse switching Level Check
3-29
End of Travel Check
3-30
On Cylinder switching Level Check
3-30
Loss of Servo Control Checks
3-31
Fine position Offset Check
3-32
Read/Write System Check
3-32
Head Amplitude Test
3-32
Miscellaneous Logic Checkout
xviii
3-33
83311300 AK
Start/Stop Time
3-33
Speed sensing
Power Up Clear
3-33
3D.
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
General
3-35
Blower Motor Replacement
3-35
Brake Place Replacement
3-35
Cam Tower Replacement
3-35
carriage and Coil Assembly
3-36
Circuit Breaker Replacement
3-37
Drive Belt
3-37
Adjustment
3-37
Replacement
3-37
Drive Motor Replacement
3-37
Drive Motor Replacement (Alternate Method)
3-38
Deck Interlock Switch (A1S4)
3-40
Removal/Replacement
3-40
Repair
3-40
3-41
Adjustment
3-41
Removal/Replacement
3-41
Repair
3-44
General
3-44
Head Inspection
3-44
Head Cleaning
3-44
Head Arm Replacement Criteria
3-45
Heads Loaded Switch
Adjustment
-'
3-40
Adjustment
Head/Arm Assemblies
'---
3-33
83311300 AK
3-46
3-46
xix
Replacement
3-46
Hysteresis Brake Replacement (SIC 08 W/O 37669
& Below)
3-46
Hysteresis Brake Replacem-ent (SIC 08 WI 37669
& Above
3-47
Power Amplifier Assembly Replacement
3-48
Power Supply Replacement
3-50
Power Supply Module Repair and Replacement
(SIC 23 & Below)
3-50
Power Supply Replacement (SIC 24 & Above)
3-53
Rail Bracket Assembly
3-54
Relay Replacement (K2)
3-54
Servo Preamp Board Replacement
3-54
Speed Sensor
3-54.2
Adjustment
3-54.2
Replacement
3-56
spindle Assembly
3-56
Spindle Replacement
3-56
Lockshaft Replacement
3-58
Spindle/Carriage Alignment
3-59
Static Ground Spring
3-60
Adjustment
3-60
Replacement
3-61
Time Meter Replacement
3-61
Triac Replacement
3-61
Velocity Transducer
3-62
4.
DIAGRAMS
Introduction
4-1
9.67 and 4.84 Clock Diagrams
4-2
9.67 MHz. 19.34 MHz Clocks
4-4
Target Register. Target Mux
4-5
RPS Steering and Interrupt
4-7
xx
83311300 AK
Bus In Bits 0 thru 5
4-9
Bus In Bits 6 and 7. Write and Read Gate
4-10
Access Control and Index/Sector Decode
4-12
Reverse EOT Pulse and Max Address Fault
4-13
Access Control. Part I
4-14
Access Control. Part II
4-16
Servo Fault. Load and RTZ
4-18
Head Select. R+W and Cylinder Fault
4-20
Power Up Master Clear and Voltage Fault
4-21
Miscellaneous Fault Detect + Speed Detect
4-22
Unit Select
4-26
Transmitters
4-28
Receivers
4-30
On Cylinder Sense. Emergency Retract Control and
Switching Mode
4-32
Power Amp Control
4-33
Fine Servo Decoder. Part 1
4-34
Fine Servo Decoder. Part 2
4-36
Fine Servo Decoder. Part 3
4-38
FWD/REV EOT Enables. Read AM Enable. Logic Plug and
Unit Select Gating
4-40
Fine Enable. Offset Command Pulse and Fine position
4-40.2
Offset Command and Fine Position Analog
4-42
Summing Amp Output and Velocity
4-42.2
Seek Difference Generation
4-43
Cylinder Address Register
4-44
Difference Counter
4-45
Write Compensation - Converter. Pattern
and Decoder
Register
4-47
Write Compensation - Compensated MFM Data
4-48
Analog to Digital Converter
4-49
Lock to Data and Address Mark Detection
4-51
Address Mark Detect
4-52
83311300 AK
xxi
Lock to Data and Address Mark Detection
4-53
Input Control, Data Strobe Delay
4-55
Phase/Freg Comptr, Filter and VCQ
4-56
Data Separator
4-57
Head Select and Read Preamp A5 Assembly
4-58
Write Driver, Write Current Control A5 Assembly
4-59
Write Enable and Write Fault Detect A5 Assembly
4-60
AI0 - Control Panel Assembly
4-61
Speed Sensor Pulses
4-63
Start Triac Control, Kl Relay Control
Brush Relay Control
4-67
Start Triac Control, Kl Relay Control
4-69
Speed 8 Interlocks
4-71
Power Up Sequence, Emergency Retract &
Brake Control
4-74
Chassis Map
4-76
A8 Power Amp Assembly, A9 Emergency
Retract Assembly
4-77
Ferro Resonant Xfmr, Power Supply Schematic,'
AI, A2, A3 Assemblies
4-79
Al/A2 Assemblies, +5, -5 Volt Regulator
4-81
Assembly Al
4-82
Cabling/Block Diagrams with _XPN Interlock
4-83
Track Servo Preamp
4-86
Tag/Bus Decodes
4-87
5.
WIRE LISTS
Introduction
5-1
Wire Wrap Wire Lists
5-1
Non-Logic Wire Lists
5-1
Logic Backpanel Wirewrap
5-2.1
Base Assembly Wire List
5-7
Cable Assembly W4 Wire List
5-9
xxii
83311300 AK
\ '---/ .
W5 Harness Wire List (SIC 09
&
Blw)
5-11
W5 Harness Wire List (SIC 10
&
Abv)
5-12.1
DC Harness W6 Wire List
5-13
W10 Cable Assembly, Wire List
5-14
W12 Cable Assembly Wire List
5-15
Power Amp Driver Wire List
5-16
AC Harness Wire List
5-16.1
1/0 Cable Wire List
5-18
Fan Cable Wire List
5-25
Transducer Cable WIL
5-26
6.
PARTS DATA
"'"
Introduction
6-1
Card Complement
6-63
. FIGURES
'-.
"-
-"
1-1
Drive Physical Configurations
1-2
1-2
Pack Cover
1-3
1-3
Drive Shipping Hardware
1-4
1-4
Cabinet Without Drawer Mount Space Requirements
1-5
1-5
Cabinet With Drawer Mount Space Requirements
1-6
1-6
Line Current vs Start Up Time
1-7
1-7
AC Power Plug
1-8
1-8
TB1 Input Wiring
1-9
1-9
Basic Cable Routing with Drawer Mount
1-10
1-10
System Cabling
1-12
1-11
Sector Plug Installation
1-14
1-12
Cabinet Before Drawer Mount Installation
1--16
1-13
Cabinet After Drawer Mount Installation
1-16
83311300 AK
xxiii
1-14
Ballast and Front Panel Installation
1-17
1-15
Rear Door GroundlFan Cable Installation
1-18
1-16
Slide Assembly
1-19
2-1
Air Filter Locations (all units except
Acoustic 2X)
2-3
2-2
Cabinet Filters (Acoustic 2X only)
2-4
2-3
Carriage Rails and Bearings
2-5
2-4
Drilling of Absolute Filter
2-6
3-1
Control Interlocks
3-7
3-2
Drive Maintenance position (SIC 17 & Above)
3-8
3-2.1
Drive Maintenance position (SIC 16 & Below)
3-9
3-3
Magnet Cover and Voice Coil
3-11
3-4
Power Supply Adjustment (SIC 23 & Below)
3-13
3-4.1
Power Supply Adjustment (SIC 24 & Above)
3-14
3-5
Basic Head Alignment Check and Adjustment
Procedure
3-15
3-5.1
Head Alignment Setup
3-16
3-5.2
Head Alignment Waveform
3-17
3-6
Head Arm Alignment
3-19
3-6.1
Velocity Gain Waveform - 40 Megabyte
3-21
3-6.2
Velocity Gain Waveform - 80 Megabyte
3-22
3-7
Velocity Gain Adjustment Locations
3-22
3-7.1
Speed Transducer Electrical Check
3-22.1
3-8
Fine position Amplitude Waveform
3-24
3-9
Coarse Velocity Integrator Waveform
3-25
3-10
Digital to Analog Converter Output Waveform
3-26
3-11
Integrated Velocity Waveform
3-27
3-12
Fine Enable Switching Waveform
3-28
3-13
Track Servo Amplitude Waveform
3-28
3-14
Shorted Servo Head Waveform
3-29
3-15
Blower Motor Replacement
3-36
3-16
Drive Motor Assembly
3-39
3-17
Pulley Installation
3-40
xxiv
83311300 AK
3-18
Head Replacement - Right Side View
3-41
3-19
Head Replacement - Left Side View
3-42
3-20
Typical Head Arm Components
3-44
3-21
Head Cleaning Motion
3-45
3-22
Heads Loaded Switch
3-46.1
3-22.1
Hysteresis Brake Replacement
3-47
3-23
Servo Preamp Connector
3-48
3-24
Servo Preamp Housing
3-49
3-25
Power Amplifier Assembly
3-49
3-26
Transistor Assembly
3-49
3-27
Power Supply Module Repair and Replacement
(S/C 23 & Below)
3-51
3-28
Power Supply Replacement (S/C 24 & Above)
3-53
3-29
Servo Preamp Board Replacement
3-55
3-30
Speed Sensor Adjustment
3-56
3-31
Spindle Replacement
3-57
3-32
Spindle/Carriage Alignment
3-59
3-33
Static Ground Spring
3-60
3-34
Velocity Transducer Replacement
3-63
6-1
Final Assembly - IX Option
6-2
6-2
Final Assembly - 2X Option
6-6
6-3
IX Frame Assembly
6-10
6-4
2X Acoustic Option
6-12
6-5
IX Rear Door Assembly
6-14
6-6
2X Rear Door Assembly
6-16
6-7
IX Front Door Assembly
6-18
6-8
IX Side Panel Assembly
6-20
6-9
Top Case Assembly
6-22
6-10
Lower Case Assembly
6-24
6-11
Acoustic Pack Access Assembly
6-26
6-12
Control Panel Assembly
6-28
6-13
I/O Cable Assembly
6-30
83311300 AK
xxv
6-14
Base Assembly
6-32
6-15
Deck Assembly
6-38
6-16
Power Supply Assembly (S/C 23 & Below)
6-44
6-16.1
Storage Module Power Supply Assembly
(S/C 24 & Above)
6-46
6-16.2
Component Assembly, Type XKV
6-46.2
6-17
Logic Chassis Assembly
6-46.6
6-18
Drive Motor Assembly
6--48
6-19
Spindle Assembly
6-50
6-20
Power Amp Assembly
6-52
6-21
Carriage and Coil Assembly
6-54
6-22
Magnet Assembly
6-56
6-23
Rail Bracket Assembly
6-58
6-24
Emergency Retract Assembly
6-60
TABLES
1-1
Installation Requirements
1-5
1-2
Power Requirements
1-6
1-2.1
Conductor Load Current Limitations
1-7
1-3
I/O Connector Pin Assignments
1-11
1-4
Accessories
1-13
1-5
Sector Plug Wiring
1-14
2-1
Preventive Maintenance Index
2-1
3-1
Maintenance Tools and Materials
3-4.6
xxvi
83311300 AK
APPENDIXES
A-I
B-1
Appendix A for SMDs with Series Code 24
(SIC 24) and Above
Appendix B for SMDs with Series Code 23
(SIC 23) and Below
83311300 AK
A-i
B-i
xxvii
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION AND PRECAUTIONS
Proper safety and repair is important to the safe. reliable operation of this unit.
Service should be done by qualified personnel only.
This maintenance manual describes procedures recommended by the manufacturer as effective methods of servicing
the unit.
Some of these procedures require the use of specially designed tools.
For proper maintenance and safety.
these specially designed tools should be used as recommended.
The procedures in this maintenance manual and labels on the
unit contain warnings and cautions which must be carefully read
and observed in order to minimize or eliminate the risk of personal injury.
The warnings point out condi tions or practices
that are potentially hazardous to maintenance personnel.
The
cautions point out practices which. if disregarded. could damage the unit and make it unsafe for use.
For the safety of maintenance and operating personnel. the following precautions must be observed:
•
Perform all maintenance in accordance with the procedures
given in this manual.
•
Read and observe all cautions and warnings
the procedures and labeled on the unit.
•
Use the special tools called out in the maintenance procedure.
•
Observe
nance.
•
Use caution when troubleshooting a unit that has voltages
present.
Remove power from unit before servicing or replacing components.
•
Wear safety glasses when servicing units.
•
Wear safety shoes when removing or
ponents.
sound
safety
practices
when
provided
performing
replacing
in
mainte-
heavy com-
It ·is also important to understand that these warnings and cautions are not exhaustive.
The manufacturer could not possibly
know. evaluate and advise maintenance personnel of all conceivable ways in which maintenance might be performed or the possible risk of each maintenance technique.
Consequently. the manufacturer has not completed any such broad evaluation.
Thus.
any persons who use any non-approved maintenance procedure or
tool must first satisfy themselves that neither their safety
nor the unit performance will be jeopardized by the maintenance
techniques they select.
83311300 AK
xxix
SECTION 1
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
INTRODUCTION
This section contains information concerning
the initial installation and checkout of the
drive.
The drive comes from the factory in anyone
of three configurations (refer to figure
1-1) :
•
Cabinet with drive on top.
•
Cabinet with drive on top and also a
drawer mounted drive.
•
Drawer mount to be mounted in an
available cabinet.
1
UNCRATING
CAUTION
As unit is uncrated,use tools
carefully to prevent damage to
any assembly.
As unit is uncrated, inspect it for possible
shipping damage. All claims for this type
of damage should be filed promptly with the
transporter involved.
If a claim is filed
for damages, save the original crating materials.
Most crating material may be
reused if reasonable care is used while uncrating.
Uncrate the unit as follows:
The basic configuration is a cabinet with a
drive mounted on top. This basic configuration is expanded by adding a drawer mounted
unit to the lower part of the cabinet. The
drawer mount can be factory installed or may
come separately, in which case it must be
installed in a cabinet not already containing a drawer mount.
This section contains procedures for installation of all three configurations and is
divided into the following areas:
•
Uncrating - Describes the removal of
the unit from the shipping package.
•
Cabinet Location and Leveling Describes installation of the drive
cabinet (with or without drawer mounted
drive) •
WARNING
j
Use care while cutting steel
straps as they may whip when
cut.
1. On air-shipped units, cut straps securing unit to skid.
2. Remove external packing material.
3. Remove polyethylene dust cover.
•
•
Power Wiring - Explains the grounding
and wiring of the drives power system.
Signal Cabling - Explains the connection and routing of the drive I/O
cables.
o
Sector Plug Installation - Describes
the installation and wiring of the
sector plug.
•
Drawer Mount Installation - Describes
installation of the drawer mounted
drive into the cabinet.
•
Final Checkout - Describes the final
checkout of the drive.
83311300
D
4. Open top cover by grasping sides of
cover at back of unit and raising
(cover is hinged at front of frame)
cover up.
5. Open pack access cover by squeezing
cover latch (figure 1-2) .
6. Remove screw securing deck assembly to
deck holddown bracket (figure 1-3).
Loosen screw securing bracket to base
assembly. Slide bracket away from deck
as far as bracket will go and rotate
bracket 90 degrees clockwise. Tighten
screw.
Install screw removed from deck
into hole in deck, tighten screw.
7. Remove two deck-to-frame holddown
screws at bottom of shroud (figure 1-3).
8. Raise deck assembly and install deck
support bracket (figure 3-2).
1-1
CABINET WITH TOP MOUNTED
DRIVE
DRAWER
MOUNT DRIVE
CABINET WITH BOTH TOP
MOUNT AND DRAWER MOUNTED DRIVES
Figure 1-1.
9D27
Drive Physical Configurations
83311300
1-2
D
9. Inspect base assembly, deck assembly
and power supply for damage.
10. Raise deck assembly and remove deck
support bracket.
\
11. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using deck-to-frame hold down screws
removed in step 7.
NOTE
Do not raise deck without
first installing spacer and
holddown screw between rear
shock mounts and hinge as
shown in figure 1-3.
12. Remove the screw located between the two
shock mounts at rear of deck (figure
1-3). Remove spacer between deck and
frame.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole in deck casting (screw must
be securely installed in area between
shock mounts whenever raising deck assembly) .
13. Inspect top of deck assembly for damage.
14. Loosen two turnlock fasteners securing
the logic chassis to the support arm at
rear of deck. Swing support arm out
away from logic chassis.
15. Grasp logic chassis fan and raise chassis up. Lock chassis in this position
using slide bar on top of magnet assembly (figure 1-3).
16. Inspect logic chassis connectors and
wiring for loose or broken wires. Make
sure all logic cards are firmly seated
in connectors.
17. Lower logic chassis and secure chassis
in place using support arm and two turnlock fasteners.
18. Remove carriage locking pin and place it
in storage hole (refer to figure 1-3).
19. Close top cover and pack access cover.
PACK
COVER~
'",--
-
9D28
Figure 1-2. Pack Cover
83311300 K
1-3
20. On cabinet model, replace right side
panel.
CABINET INSTALLATION
GENERAL
NOTE
If unit will not be placed on
a false floor, install levelers
before removing unit from skid.
The cabinet installation involved determining,a ~uitable l?cation and then leveling
and al~gn~ng the un~t once it is located.
21. Manually lift drive and remove skid
from underneath.
KEEPER HOLE (SECURE SPACER
TO DECK KEEPER HOLE USING
DECK REAR HOLD DOWN SCREW
WHEN DECK IS LOWERED)
CARRIAGE LOCKING HOLE (SHIPPING)
CARRIAGE LOCKING HOLE (STORAGE)
CARRIAGE LOCKING HOLE (HEAD ALIGNMENT)
8J21H
Figure 1-3. Drive Shipping Hardware
1-4
83311300 AK
LOCATION
LEVELING AND ALIGNING
When the drive is installed, there must be
enough clearance around the unit to permit
access to it for maintenance. Table 1-1 and
figures 1-4 and 1-5 give the size and space
requirements of the drive.
The following procedure describes the leveling and aligning of the cabinet.
1. Roll cabinet to designated location.
2. Turn down leveling pads until casters
are completely off of floor.
TABLE 1-1.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Specification
3. Place spirit level on main deck so ends
of level point to front and rear of
deck. Level unit to height of other units.
Value
4. Adjust leveling pads until surface is
horizontal within three angular degrees.
Cabinet
Height
(36.2 in)
width
(21.5 in)
Depth
(36.0 in)
Weight
(345 lb)
5. Place spirit level on main deck so ends
of level point toward sides.
6. Adjust leveling pads until surface is
horizontal within three angular degrees.
7. Repeat procedure until main deck is
horizontal within three angular degrees
regardless of spirit level orientation.
Drawer Mount
Height
(11.2 in)
width
(19.3 in)
POWER WIRING
Depth
(30.6 in)
SITE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Weight
(165 lb)
Drive power requirements are listed in table
1-2. Drive line current versus startup time
is shown in figure 1-6.
r-
9.0 ....:1~(:------ 36.0 ----~
I
10L sl
(j)
.60H
0
6 ","\
2202
~ qo V4C
-~Hz
~
u
w
z
System Grounding
The controller and its attached drives must
be connected to earth ground. The permissible
grounding schemes,listed in preferred order,
are:
1. Controller and drives connected to
qualified site floor ground. A qualified ground would be a floor grid
where the horizontal and vertical
members of the grid are mechanically
83311300 AK
:J
~ 10
~
~
\
~~~
~
-........:
~
o
o
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
MAXIMUM START-UP TIME (SECONDS)
8J76A
Figure 1-6. Line Current vs Start Up Time
1-7
Floor Grid Available
If a floor grid is available (schemes 1 or
2), each drive is to be individually connected to the floor grid. Ground each drive
as follows:
1. Grounding terminal is mounted at the
rear of unit, above the AC power cord.
Route braided strap with free end into
floor cutout.
2. Drill 11/32-inch hole in grid.
3. Secure strap lug to grid using screw
(PIN 17901524) and lockwasher (PIN
10126403). Lockwasher goes under
terminal lug.
Floor Grid Not Available
If a floor grid is not available, all of the
drives must be connected to the controller
in a daisy chain grounding configuration. In
turn, the controller must be connected to
earth ground.
The ground connections are via flat braided
shielding (PiN 93267009). Cut this shielding to the lengths required to go from drive
to drive,drive to controller,and controller
to earth ground. Crimp and solder a terminal
lug (PIN 40125601) to the end of each strap.
The 220/240 Vac, 50 Hz unit does not have an
ac power connector, install connector to
power (refer to figure 1-7) as follows:
•
Green or green/yellow wire to Ground
Terminal.
•
Black to Phase One.
•
White to Neutral Terminal.
The input power is available at
board TBI. This terminal board
under the deck and ahead of the
it is accessible by raising the
drive is adapted to the desired
option by wiring terminal board
ing to figure 1-8.
terminal
is located
transformer,
deck. The
input voltage
TBI accord-
The power cable is routed out of the drive
cabinet as shown in figure 1-9.
Signal Cabling
Each drive connects to the controller via
two cables. These are designated the A cable
and the B cable (refer to table 1-3 for pin
assignments) .
The B cable always connects directly to the
controller. However, if more than one drive
Earth ground at the site may be' available at
the main power distribution panel (if it is
connected to building ground), at the steel
plate in contact with the masonry below the
panel (if the panel is not connected to
earth ground), or to an earth ground bus.
Connect one end of a prepared ground strap
to the available ground.
Connect remainder of grounds as follows:
1. Grounding terminal is mounted at the
rear of unit, above the AC power cord.
2. Attach two ground straps to this screw.
One strap will go to each of the two
closest drives. Tighten screws.
3. Repeat step 2 for remaining drives.
Drive closest to controller is to be
connected to controller ground.
4. Connect controller to earth ground.
PHASE ONE
(BRASS)
~
-~~,
~
(
r-I
+
'\
NEUTRAL
(BRIGHT PLATED
TERMINAL)
-(MALE CONNECTOR
(120V,15A,60Hz,
10 2 POLE,3 WIRE)
AC Power Connections
Each drive (except the 220/240 Vac, 50 Hz
units) receives its ac power via a 10-foot
cable. This cable originates from line
filter FLI located in the rear of the drive
below the power supply.
1-8
9D32
Figure 1-7.
AC Power Plug
83311300
D
VOLTAGE OPTION
60 H2 60 H2 50 HZ 50 HZ 50 H2
100V 120V 100V 220V 240 V
BLKCD .
CBIBI
I
CBIBI
CBI- CBIBI ~ BI
CBIBI
ORNCD
GRY®
~
2
T
E r-R 3
M
r-I
N
A
CB22
II
CB22
1,/
~
411
e
e
CB22
5
~
~
®
TO
TRANSFORMER
TI
>-
-
L
>-
BRNCD
BLK®
YEL
CB22
4
WHT®
.
GRY
CB22
6
WHT
:>
NOTES:
I WIRE COLOR FOR 50 HZ UNITS.
WIRE COLOR FOR 60 HZ UNITS.
REFER TO SECTION 5 - BASE ASSY W/L.
4 .---.INDICATES JUMPER WIRE.
~~
Figure 1-8.
is involved in the system, the A cable may
be either star or daisy chain connected.
Figure 1-10 shows both configurations.
When connected in a star configuration, each
drive A cable connects directly to the controller and the extra A cable connector
(~sed for daisy chaining) is terminated.
'"
-
When connected in a daisy chain, the drives
are connected as shown in figure 1-10. In
this case, only the A cable of the first
drive in the chain connects directly to the
controller, and the others connect via the
daisy chain. The last drive in the chain is
left with an extra A cable connector and
this is terminated.
Figure 1-9 shows a possible method of routing the cables within the cabinet. This
figure shows the cabinet with a drawer
mounted drive installed and the two drives
connected in a daisy chain configuration. If
the drives were connected in a star configuration the extra A cable connectors (J4)
would be terminated.
a list of cable and accessory part numbers, refer to table 1-4.
~or
9D31 B
TBI Input Wiring
SECTOR PLUG INSTALLATION
The number of sector pulses generated by the
drive for each revolution of the disk pack
depends on the configuration of its sector
plug. This plug is installed on the logic
backpanel at card location A03 and its
terminals have a one to one correspondence
with the backpanel pins. This means that
terminal lA on the plug connects to pin lA
on the backpanel and so on.
The plug furnishes preset inputs to the
drives sector counter and table 1-5 shows
the binary value of each sector plug
terminal. The drive comes from the factory
with its sector plug prewired for 64 sectors.
If a different number of sectors is desired,
it is necessary to rewire the plug.
Prior to rewiring the plug, the correct preset value for the counter must be determine~
This is done using the following formula
(refer to Publication Number 83324220 for
more information).
4096 - Length of Sector
Preset Value
Where: length of sector
13440 (total dibits per revolutio~
Number of Desired Sectors
83311300 AK
1-9
I
SEE NOTE 1
1
GROUND
STRAP
POWER
CABLE
TIE
WRAP
(10)
GROUND
STRAP
AANDB
CABLE
NOTES:
1.
REPLACED BY TERMINATOR IF IT IS LAST DRIVE
IN DAISY CHAIN OR STAR CONNECTED.
Figure 1-9.
1-10
9D33D
Basic Cable Routing with Drawer Mount
83311300 AB
TABLE 1-3.
I/O CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS
Cable A (J3,J4)
Pins
Function
Cable A (J3,J4)
Pins
Function
Cable B (J2)
Pins
Function
1,4
Tag Gate Out
34,37
Bus Out Bit 5
A,B,C*
R/W Data
2,5
Tag Gate In
35,38
Bus Out Bit 6
H,J,E*
Write Clock
3,7
Bus In Bit 1
36,39
Bus Out Bit 7
M,N,K*
Servo Clock
8,12
Bus In Bit 4
40,43
Not used
M,CC
Seek End
10,13
Index
41,44
Not used
BB,DD
Module
Addressed
11,14
Bus In Bit 7
42,45
Bus In Bit °
EE,HH
Interrupt
15,18
Bus In Bit 2
46,49
Tag 1 (2°)
16,20
Bus In Bit 5
48,51
Tag 2 (21)
17,21
Bus In Bit 3
52,55
Tag 3 (22)
22,25
l-bdule Select Hold
53,56
Write Protect**
23,26
Bus Out Bit 0
73
Remote pick**
24,27
Bus Out Bit 1
76
Remote Ho1d**
28,31
Bus Out Bit 2
74,77
Sector
29,32
Bus Out Bit 3
75,78
Bus In Bit 6
30,33
Bus Out Bit 4
NOTES:
*Shie1d ground.
83311300 AB
**S/C 10 and Above Only
1-11
CONTROLLER
SYSTEM
GROUND
A
B
J3
J4
J2
SMD
I
B
J3 J4 J2
A
J3
J4
B
A
J2
J3
B
J4
SMD
SMD
SMD
2
3
N
J2
STAR-CABLED SYSTEM
MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL A AND B CABLE LENGTHS = 100 FT.
&
TERMINATORS NOT REQUIRED ON OLDER UNITS WH ICH
HAVE TERMINATOR S ON RECEIVER CARDS.
CONTROLLER
SYSTEM
GROUND
A
B
B
B
B
---{
J3 J4
J2
J3
J4
SMD
SMD
2
3
J2
J3 J4
J2
SMD
N
DAISY CHAIN -CABLED SYSTEM
MAXIMUM CUMULATIVE A CABLE LENGTH
MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL B CABLE LENGTH
* EXCLUDES INTERNAL DRIVE CABLE.
Figure 1-10.
1-12
=100 FT. *
=100 FT.
9FI6
System Cabling
83311300
D
TABLE l-4.
ACCESSORIES
Cable and Accessories List
Cable Length
1.53
3.05
4.58
6.10
7.63
9.16
10.7
12.2
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
(5 ft)
(10 ft)
(15 ft)
(20 ft)
(25 ft)
(30 ft)
(35 ft)
(40 ft)
I/O Plug Terminator
A Cable *
(Shielded)
A Cable
(Unshielded)
B Cable *
(Shielded}
B Cable
(Unshielded)
77569702
77569703
77569704
77569705
77569706
77569707
77569708
77569709
77439102
77439103
77439104
77439105
77439106
77439107
77439108
77439109
47201700
47201701
47201702
47201703
47201713
47201704
47201714
47201705
75241300
75241301
75241302
75241303
75241313
75241304
75241314
75241305
- Part Number 40067209
A Cable Straight-In Kit - Part Number 95050700**
Notes:
Shielded A and B cables are used in high noise enviroments.
*
** Kit used to modify 90° connector (standard on factory units)
to 180 0 connector.
Depending on the number of sectors desired,
the sector length mayor may not come out
evenly (without a remainder). How this is
taken into account when using the formula
is explained in the following examples.
EXAHPLE
a.
~:
64 sectors are desired so sector
length is: l3440/64 which equals
2l0. This means there will be 64
sectors each 210 dibits in length.
b.
Substituting into the preset value
formula:
4096
210 = 3886.
c.
Referring to table 1-5, the plug is
wired as follows:
-
11
2B(2 )
10
2A (2 )
3B (2~)
3A (2 )
5
9B (2
13A (22 1
14B(2 )
l
l4A (2 1
3886
1
Should
be a
logical
one and
connect
to
terminal
5A (+5V}
8B(2~)
8A (2 )
9A (2 4 )
15 (2 0 )
~
Should
be a
logical
zero and
connect
to
terminal
1A (GND)
\
'-
83311300 AJ
1-13
TABLE 1-5.
Plug
Terminal
2B
2A
Binary
Value
211
2
Decimal
Value
NOTE:
3B
10
2
2048. 1024
9
512
SECTOR PLUG WIRING
3A
8B
8A
9B
9A
l3A
l4B
l4A
lSB
8
27
26
2
5
24
23
22
21
20
256
128
64
32
16
8
4
2
1
2
Those terminals to be set to a·logical one should be connected to terminal SA
(+SV) •
Those terminals to be set to a logical zero should be connected to plug terminal
lA (gnd) .
EXAMPLE 2:
2. Compute the desired sector length and
preset value then determine the proper
wiring by referring to table 1-5.
a. 71 sectors are desired so sector length
is: 13440/71 which equals 189 with a
remainder of 21. This means there will
be 71 sector~each 189 dibits in length
and one sector (the last before index)
21 dibits in length.
NOTE
In steps 3 and 4, use 24 AWG
wire of the correct length with
a contact crimped to each end.
Refer to figure 1-11 for details.
b. Substituting into the preset value
formula (note that the remainder of 21
is not used): 4096 - 189 = 3907
3. Daisy chain together all the terminals
that are to be a logical. one and connect the daisy chain to terminal SA
(+SV) .
c. In this case the sector plug should be
wired to preset the counter to 3907.
The correct wiring is determined using
table 1-5 (refer to example 1).
4. Daisy chain together all the terminals
that are to be a logical zero and connect the daisy chain to terminal lA
(ground) .
The procedure for wiring the sector plug is
as follows (refer to figure 1-11 and table
1-5) :
5. Insert a wire and contact pin into all
unused terminals in rows 1 through 6
and rows 30 through 34 (refer to fi~e 1-11).
1. Remov~the existing jumper wires from
the plug.
NOTES:
CD
.....-1f
THIS SIDE
PLUGS ONTO
BACKPANEL
PINS
®
3.
JUMPER WIRE IS 24 AWG (CDC PN 24548305) AND HAS A
CONTACT (CDC PN 94245607) CRIMPED ONTO EACH END.
INSERT WIRE AND CONTACT (CRIMPED TOGETHER) INTO
UNUSED TERMINALS IN ROWS 1-6 AND 30-34.
TERMINAL 5A CONNECTS TO +5V ON BACKPANEL AND
TERMINAL IA CONNECTS TO GND ON BACKPANEL.
®
9035
Figure 1-11.
1-14
Sector Plug Installation
83311300 AC
DRAWER
MOUNT
INSTALLATION
Perform the following procedure to install
the drawer mounted drive into an acoustic
cabinet.
It is assumed that all power,
ground and signal cables have been removed
from the top mounted drive. Figure 1-12
shows the cabinet as it appears before the
installation and indicated the parts that
have to be removed before the drawer mount
drive can be installed.
1. Remove and discard front door and its
associated hardware from drive cabinet
as follows (refer to figure 1-12).
7. Perform Slide Assembly Installation
procedure.
8. Install case assembly on drive.
9. Slide drive to its closed position and
tighten hardware securing keeper latches.
This ensures that keeper latches are
properly aligned to case.
10. Install the I/O cables (refer to discussion on signal cabling).
11. Connect the power wiring and ground the
drive (refer to discussion on power
wiring) •
a. Remove ground strap.
12. Install new rear door as follows:
b. Lift out release pin from lower
hinge and remove door.
a. Place door on hinges and install
release pin.
c. Remove both upper and lower hinges
from drive cabinet.
b. Install ground strap disconnected
from old door in step 2 (refer to
figure 1-15).
d. Remove front door latch.
2. Remove and discard rear door as
follows:
c. Connect fan cable disconnected from
old door in step 2 (refer to figure
1-15) .
a. Disconnect ground strap from door.
b. Disconnect fan cable from door.
c. Lift out release pin from lower
hinge and remove door.
13. Replace side panels by reversing the
procedure of step 3.
14. Proceed to initial checkout and startup
of the drive (refer to discussion on
initial checkout and startup).
3. Remove left and right side panels as
follows:
RACK
MOUNT
OPTION
INSTALLATION
a. Remove ground strap.
b. Loosen two quarter turn fasteners
and lift side panel off.
NOTE
A convenient support for ballast
installation is made by laying
two, 2-inch by 4-inch boards on
floor (2-inch edge against floor)
and covering them with a piece
of 1/2-inch plywood.
4. position ballast beneath frame and
attach ballast to underside of cabinet
floor using four flat washers, lock
washers, and screws. See figure 1-14.
5. Refer to figure 1-14 and install upper
and lower front panels. Connect ground
strap to lower front panel.
6. Loosely install catches using two flat
washers, lock washers and screws for
each.
Position keeper latches so that
distance from cut out to bottom of
keeper latch is less than distance from
cut out to top of keeper latch.
83311300 AC
GENERAL
The rack mount option enables the standard
SMD base assembly (with special case assembl~
to be mounted in a 19-inch standard EIA rack.
The depth of this type of rack shall be 36
inches minimum. The features of this type of
mounting are:
•
Slides have built-in stop (at 22 inches)
in the pack access position.
•
Slides have built-in locks (at 32 inches)
in the maintenance position.
ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Perform Slide Assembly Installation
procedure.
2. Loosely install right and left keeper
latches using two screws each. Orient
keeper latches so that short leg of each
keeper latch protrudes in the lowest
position (protruding leg then forms
bottom of L-shaped keeper latch).
1-15
o
NOTE:
CD
REMOVED DURING INSTALLAT ION
AND NOT REPLACED.
9D36
Figure 1-12.
Cabinet Before Drawer Mount Installation
UPPER
DRIVE~
REAR
DOOR
CD
~
o
KEEPER
LATCH
SLIDE
(2)CD
(2)CD
LOWER
FRONT
PANEL
Figure 1-13.
1-16
NOTE:
CD
ADDED DURING
INSTALLATION.
CD
9D37A
Cabinet After Drawer Mount Installation
83311300 AC
\,
.....
- _.../ '
KEEPER LATCH
J
LOWER FRONT PANEL
9D38C
Figure 1-14.
83311300 AK
Ballast and Front Panel Installation
1-17
STUD
?STRAP
GROUND
INSIDE UPPER RIGHT HAND
CORNER OF REAR DOOR
.
~@
CABLE------------~ @~
ROUTE FAN
THROUGH THIS CLAMP
~
9D44B
Figure 1-15.
Rear Door Ground/Fan Cable Installation
3. Install case assembly on drive.
4. Slide drive to its closed position and
tighten hardware securing keeper latches.
This ensures that keeper latches are
properly aligned to case.
SLIDE
ASSEMBLIES
INSTALLATION
Install slide assemblies as follows:
5. Ensure that slide assemblies are aligned
and parallel, then tighten mounting
hardware securing each end of slide
assemblies to frame.
6. Extend slide assemblies to full extension as follows (refer to figure 1-16).
Pullout inner slide until it stops,
then depress full extension release and
extend outer slide until it locks in
fully extended position.
1. Loosen adjusting screws and nuts securing rear recess bracket to main bracket
so that slide assembly can be adjusted.
Refer to figure 1-16.
7. Loosen two nuts securing each quick
disconnect keeper latch and then slide
keeper latch forward.
See direction
arrow in figure 1-16.
2. Push brackets into fully closed position.
8. Lift quick disconnect enough to disengage mounting block (on disconnect)
from mounting notch (on slide), then
pull quick disconnect forward until
mounting tooth slips out of mounting
slot.
3. Loosely attach nut plates to frame using
four screws and lock washers each.
4. Extend main and rear recess brackets of
slide assembly and place slotted ends
of brackets between nut plates and frame.
Slide assemblies must be positioned with
quick disconnect flanges at bottom and
facing each other.
1-18
9. If drive has mounting pads on the bottom, remove them.
83311300 AE
®
NUTPLATE~
~~ ~
ADJUSTING
<0~
NUT~ ;~
~~~AR
~\
~~~~~T
'"
y~ADJUSTING
~
SLIDE
OUTER
QUICK
T
CATCH~@
DISCONNEC
~
SCREWS
CD
.~~
~MAIN
®
•
BRACKET
:
J,~~INNER
~
NUT PLATE
®
~~
~~~~NSION
~'~
~
~~~~NSION
n
SLIDE
RELEASE
./
/"
g'L~~
LOCK
\
TO
SLIDE)
QUICK NECT
DISC ON
T ADJUSTMENT.
IS FULLY EXTENDED.
NOTES,
AR RECESS BRACKE WHEN OUTER SLIDE
FULL EXTENSION
CD
ALLOW RE
DED POSITION
SION RELEASi'iDED,
®
®
'4'
\V
5
®
E:;~CTION
EXTE~~~SE~:E:RESSING ~Vi~L~i~:MO~~ ~~MOVED,
LOCKS IN
FULLY
OUT WHEN T CATCH TO
ALLOWS
NECT TO
LOOSENINg:~~S
~H
PL'k~d:s
LOCK
OFF~i'\'.
~~R:i~ ~NCr:..OSED
P~TA~~TES WI~~AOt~TS,
QUICK DISCONT SIDE OF DRIVE,
ARE SUPPLIEDF,;,;gr!'
THUS ALL
OWN IS FOR HIGH
HED WITH SLIDi'HOLES
HOLES,
ASSEMBLY
WHICH ARE
NUT
NUT
CENTE;ii.f>
PLATE,
TO THE
EITHER
THE SO HOLES
AR
THE
CEN TER
NUT OF
PLATES
INSTALL
Figure 1-16.
I
~--
83311300 AC
OF ARROW
9G28A
S11·d e Assembly
1-19
NOTE
For ease of assembly and to
prevent damage to case assembly,
remove case before installing
drive on slide assemblies.
10. Using four countersunk flat-head screws
and countersunk washers on each side,
attach quick disconnects to drive's
base.
CAUTION
3. Open cabinet top cover.
4. Remove logic chassis card cover.
5. Verify that all logic chassis cards are
firmly seated in their connectors.
6. Instail logic chassis card cover.
7. Verify that drive is connected to external power source and that external
circuit breaker (if any) is on.
8. Turn on AC circuit breaker.
Before mounting drive ensure
that all slide assembly mount~
ing hardware is secure.
Use
two- people.: to lift drive _on. to.
slides. When installing drawermounted drive, use care not to
exert undue downward pressure
or frame may tip forward.
11. Carefully lift drive over full extended
slide assemblies.
Engage mounting teeth
of quick disconnects with mounting slots
of outer slides.
Seat mounting blocks
of quick disconnects into mounting
notches of outer slides.
12. Slide quick disconnect keeper latches
toward rear until they are under outer
slides.
Tighten nuts to secure keeper
latches.
This locks the drive to the
slide assemblies.
13. Press in (to release) full extension
locks and then push drive all the way
in and out several times to ensure that
it moves freely.
If binding occurs,
check slide assemblies for proper alignment.
INITIAL CHECKOUT AND STARTUP
This procedure assumes that all of the precedingprocedures have been completed.
Before
performing this procedure; become familiar
with all preventive maintenance procedures in
section 2, with the safety precautions and
maintenance preliminary conditions specified
in section 3, and with all operating instructions in section 2 of publication number
83317300.
1. Set AC and DC power circuit breakers
to OFF.
2. Remove dust or dirt from interior of
shroud and cabinet per Clean Shroud
and Spindle procedure of section 2.
The main
blower motor shall start.
9. Set front panel start switch to off.
10. Open top cover from rear.
11. Remove black voice coil wire.
12. Turn on POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker.
The logic fan shall start.
13. Install clean scratch pack as directed
in section 2 of publication number
83317300.
14. Press the START switch.
following:
Observe the
a. Start indicator lights.
b. Spindle motor starts.
Purge unit in this mode for 10 minutes.
15. Stop unit and replace voice coil wire.
CAUTION
If abnormal heads load is observed, power down unit and have
a qualified CE inspect heads and
disk pack for damage.
16. Press START switch.
ing:
Observe the follow-
a. START indicator lights.
b. Spindle motor starts.
c. Heads load.
17. Perform head/arm alignment procedure
(refer to Section 3).
18. Perform required controller/system
checks.
19. Close cabinet top cover.
1-20
83311300 AC
SECTION 2
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
INTRODUCTION
Performance of the drive is dependent on the
proper and timely execution of a preventive
maintenance routine. Such a routine is provided by the Preventive Maintenance Index
(table 2-1).
2
TABLE 2-1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INDEX
Level
Est. T.i.Jre
(Minutes)
Procedure
4
2
Inspect actuator assembly
4
5
Clean primary filter*
4
2
Check power supply outputs
4
1
Clean shroud and spindle
4
2
Clean and lubricate
lockshaft
The following levels of scheduled preventive
maintenance are required:
4
5
Clean carriage rails and
bearings
Level 1 - Weekly or 150 hours (no preventive
maintenance scheduled)
6
20
Replace absolute filter*
The index consists of six levels based on a
calendar period or hours of operation (whichever comes first). The elapsed time meter
keeps a cumulative record of hours of operation. Perform preventive maintenance in
accordance with the indication of this meter.
The Procedure column (table 2-1) lists the
title of the paragraph containing the required instructions.
Level 2 - Bimonthly or 1000 hours (no preventive maintenance scheduled)
* Intervals are maximum times. Preventive
maintenance may be required more frequently depending on dust contamination
level of operating area.
Level 3 - Quarterly or 1,500 hours
Level 4 - Semiannually or 3,000 hours
Level 5 - Annually or 6,000 hours (no preventive maintenance scheduled)
Level 6 - Biennially or 9,000 hours
MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
The material used in the procedures of this
section are listed in table 3-1.
83311300 AJ
2-1
LEVEL 4 MAINTENANCE PRO(:EDURES
INSPECT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY!
1. Open pack access cover.
2. Open cabinet top.
3. Inspect entire actuator for presence of
dust and other foreign materials. Pay
particular attention to the following
areas:
3. Remove air filter from top cover by
lifting upward so the bottom edge
clears retaining trough.
Pull bottom
of filter towards you and out of top
trough.
4. Agitate filter in mild detergent
solution.
Rinse in reverse direction
with a low pressure nozzle.
5. Shake excess water from filter and
allow filter to dry before proceeding.
a. Circular cutouts in face of magnet
assembly (receives voice coil) ~
6. Replace filter in drive.
b. Rail surfaces (particularly horizontal surfaces) of carriage track on
which carriage and bearing assembly
travels.
7. Install holddown flange and install
washers and nuts removed in step 2.
CHECK POWER SUPPLY OUTPUTS
4. Use lint-free gauze dampened with media
cleaning solution (not soaked) to remove deposits or attracted particles.
Refer to Clean Carriage Rails and Bearings procedure.
Perform Output Voltage Check Procedure (see
Trouble Analysis Aids Section of this manual).
CLEAN SHROUD AND SPINDLE
CLEAN PRIMARY FILTER
(ALL UNITS EXCEPT 2X ACOUSTIC)
1. Stop spindle motor.
2. Open pack access cover.
1. Remove air filter (figure 2-1) by lifting upward so that bottom edge clears
retaining trough. Pull filter towards
you and out of trough.
2. Agitate filter in mild detergent solution. Rinse in reverse direction with
a low pressure nozzle.
3. Shake any excess water from filter and
allow filter to dry before proceeding.
4. Replace filter in drive.
CLEAN PRIMARY FILTER:
(2X OPTION ONLY)
1. Raise case assembly.
2. Remove hardware securing filter holddown flange and filter to case assembly (figure 2-2). Remove filter holddown flange.
2-2
CAUTION
Keep disk pack at least three
inches away from any part of
the magnet assembly.
3. Remove disk pack.
CAUTION
Bearing damage can occur if
alcohol runs into spindle.
4. Clean shroud with a lint-free gauze
that is slightly dampened with head
cleaning solution. Wipe shroud to
remove all dirt and smudges. Thoroughly
wipe spindle surface.
5. After cleaning shroud, use a wad of
adhesive-type tape and pick up any
particles that were not picked up with
gauze. Make certain that all particles
are removed from interior of shroud.
83311300 AJ
DECK
SUPPORT
BRACKET
/;'/
____ ,,II
-----
-----.; - - ---=..-,,
~-
--
'\\,
-----
\
"
--~
\
-----..
,,
~!
....
-_____
I
9D45C
Figure 2-1. Air Filter Locations
(All units except Acoustic 2X)
2-3
83311300 AJ
ABSOLUTE
FILTER
HOLDDOWN
STRAP
CASE ASSEMBLY
BASE ASSEMBLY
8JI6A
Figure 2-2. Cabinet Filters
(Acoustic 2X only)
2-4
83311300 AJ
CLEAN AND LUBRICATE LOCKSHAFT
1. Stop spindle motor.
2. Open pack access cover.
3. Remove disk pack.
4. Use lint-free gauze and a brush or .
sharp instrument to clean lockshaft
threads on top of spindle.
5. Apply a thin coat of lubricant paste
to threads.
CARRIAGE
CAUTION
Inspecting and cleaning the
rails and bearings is a delicate procedure that should
be performed only by qualified
service personnel.
CLEAN CARRIAGE RAILS AND BEARINGS
~L-__~~~____~~CLEAN
8J6
1. Turn off UNIT POWR circuit breaker.
2. Remove cabinet top cover.
3. Open pack access cover.
Figure 2-3.
Carriage Rails and Bearings.
4. Remove disk pack
CAUTION
If, when performing step 5, it
is necessary to use head
cleaning solution, use extreme
caution not to get any solution
into the bearings.
5. Using a clean, dry clean swab or
Q tip, clean all rail and bearing surfaces (figure 2-3).
In some cases,
it may be necessary to dampen (not
soak) the swab or Q tip with head
cleaning solution.
It is necessary to
manually move carriage to gain access
to all surfaces.
Do not move carriage
so far that heads load.
6. Wipe rails and bearing surfaces with
dry gauze.
7. Check for cleanliness by manually moving carriage.
If any slight resistance
to free rolling is encountered, repeat
steps 4 and 5.
LEVEL 6 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
dirt particles too small to be stopped by
the primary filter.
Eventually the filter
becomes too clogged to yield a sufficient
airflow, and it must be replaced.
Its
useful life depends on the drives operating
environment.
The user has two options: (1) replace the
absolute filter at fixed intervals dependent on site environment or (2) obtain
a pressure gauge (see table 3-1) and replace the absolute filter when it fails the
testing procedure given below.
With the first option, replacement of the
absolute filter is required once every two
years when the drive is operated in a computer room environment.
If the drive is
operated in something other than a computer room environment, absolute filter
replacement is required more often.
In a
non-computer room environment, it is suggested that the absolute filter be replaced
every year or whenever there is doubt about
the ability of the filter to pass air into
the shroud area.
REPLACE ABSOLUTE FILTER
An adequate supply of clean air to the pack
area is essential to proper operation of
the drive. The absolute filter traps all
'-"
83311300 AJ
2-5
With the second option, maintenance personnel can periodically check the airflow
through the absolute filter to determine
the proper time for filter replacement.
Regardless of a planned testing schedule,
testing should be performed whenever there
is doubt about the ability of the filter to
pass air into the shroud area.
The following describes testing and replacement of the absolute filter.
Testing Absolute Filter
1. Remove power from the drive.
2. Gain access to absolute filter and determine whether filter has a hole and
plastic plug for test purposes. If not,
a. Remove filter from drive.
b. Drill a 0.25 inch (6.35 rom) hole in
the location shown in figure 2-4.
1. 65 in. (42 mm)
c. Thoroughly clean shavings from filter before reinstalling it in drive.
2.4in. (61mm)
9H239
3. Remove plastic plug and insert tubing
attached to the differential pressure
gauge (refer to list of Maintenance
Tools and Materials).
Figure 2-4.
Drilling of Absolute Filter
4. Apply power to drive and load heads.
5. If pressure is 0.5 inch-water or less,
filter should be replaced.
If pressure is above 0.5 inch-water, filter
need not be replaced at this time.
sary to jiggle filter to disengage it
from blower motor outlet.
5. Wipe base pan clean in area under absolute filter and around blower motor
outlet.
6. Remove tubing and insert plug.
(Spare
plastic plugs are included in the gauge
test kit.)
The plastic plug must be
inserted at all times except when making pressure measurements.
7. Return drive to normal operation.
Replacing Absolute Filter
1. Remove power from drive and raise deck
to maintenance position.
2. Remove screw and lockwasher securing
filter retaining bracket (see Figure
6-15 in Section 6).
3. Remove bracket by pivoting i t toward
front of drive and disenaging flange
on bracket from slot in base pan.
4. Remove absolute filter by pulling it
toward front of drive.
It may be neces-
2-6
6. Install new filter by sliding it in
from front of drive and engaging it in
blower motor outlet.
7. Install filter retaining bracket and
secure with screw and lockwasher.
8. Return deck to normal operating position.
9. Set circuit breaker to On and allow
blowers to purge unit for at least five
minutes.
NOTE
If a pressure gauge is not
available, skip step 10 and
return drive to normal operation.
10. Perform Testing Absolute Filter procedure.
83311300 AJ
SECTION 3
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
\
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
INTRODUCTION
This section contains instructions for drive
corrective maintenance. This information is
83311300 T
3
provided in the form of general maintenance
information, drive tests and adjustments,
trouble analysis aids, and repair and replacement procedures.
3-1/3-2
SECTION 3A
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
/
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
3A
GENERAL
•
Maintenance information is provided to aid in
the repair of functionally deficient drives.
Tests are performed to isolate causes of
drive failures such as:
Use caution while working near heads.
If heads are touched, fingerprints can
damage them. Clean heads immediately
if they are touched.
•
Keep pack access cover closed unless
it must be open for maintenance.
This prevents entrance of dust into
pack area.
•
Keep all watches, disk packs, meters,
and other test equipment at least two
feet away from voice coil magnet when
case assembly is raised.
•
Use scratch pack for maintenance procedures, do not use data pack; otherwise customer data may be destroyed.
•
Do not use CE alignment disk pack unless specifically directed to do so.
These packs contain prerecorded alignment data that can be destroyed if test
procedure requires drive to write.
This
alignment data cannot be generated in
the field.
•
Install deck rear holddown screw and
spacer before ruising deck assembly
and installing support bracket. Remove
screw and spacer and install in .keeper
hole (in back of deck) after deck
assembly is back in operating position.
•
Do not remove any logic card without
first turning POWER SUPPLY circuit
breaker off.
•
If power to spindle motor is lost while
heads are loaded and voice coil leadwire is disconnected, immediately manually retract carriage. Otherwise
heads will crash when disk speed is
insufficient to permit heads to fly.
•
If drive fails to power down when
START switch is pressed, disconnect
black voice coil lead wire and manually retract carriage before troubleshooting malfunction.
•
Observe all precautions listed under
Electrostatic Discharge Protection and
Head/Disk Special Precautions and Procedures.
•
Inability to perform required adjustments.
•
The occurrence of accessing failures.
•
The occurrence of read recovery or
writing malfunctions.
In general, before performing any drive adjustments or maintenance procedures, install
a scratch pack or its equivalent on the drive
and switch the drive to an "off-Line" mode
of operation to prevent system interference.
NOTE
The paragraphs following safety
precautions describe, in general
terms, the methods used for gaining access to the various servicing areas of the drive. Once
these procedures have been described, they will not be repeated in subsequent maintenance
instructions.
Therefore, maintenance personnel are urged to
read through the general procedures at least once to become
familiar with these standard
procedures.
WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS
Observe the following warnings and precautions at all times. Failure to do so may
cause equipment damage and/or injury.
•
Use care while working with power
system. Line ac voltages are present
at AITBI.
•
Keep hands away from actuator during
seek operations and when reconnecting
leads to voice coil (under certain
conditions, emergency retract voltage
may be present, causing sudden reverse
motion and head unloading) .
•
When performing head alignment utilize
the carriage locking pin to prevent
personal injury.
83311300 AJ
3-3
HEAD /DISK SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
AND PROCEDURES .
•
If the unit has had a carriage
slam, examine the heads for damage and the disk pack for divots
where oxide has been removed.
•
Ensure that the heads loaded
switch is correctly positioned
(see Heads Loaded Switch Adjustment procedure). A switch that
is too far forward or back may
result in the heads projecting
slightly into the shroud area so
that head 0 may be damaged by the
plastic cover during pack loadl
unload.
GENERAL
To maintain the high data integrity of the
drive, it is necessary to follow certain
special precautions and procedures pertaining to the disk pack and heads. These
precautions and procedures will minimize
the possibility of destructive head to
disk contact (head crash) and subsequent
loss of data.
In addition to preventive
measures, these discussions also describe
methods of detecting and recovering from a
head crash should one occur.
2.
Disk Pack
PRECAUTIONS
There are five primary variables that
cause the great majority of head crashes.
These are 1) the disk drive, 2) the disk
pack, 3) the environment, 4) the maintenance and 5) the operator of the disk
drive. A list of precautions that can be
taken to prevent head crashes will be
given for each variable.
1.
Do not use damaged disk packs.
If disk packs arrive in damaged
cartons or are suspected of having been dropped, have them inspected before use as the disks
may have been bent.
•
Keep hands, pencils, or other objects off the disk pack surfaces.
The disk pack surfaces
not only can be contaminated this
way, but also can be distorted or
damaged through impact, excessive
pressure or abrasion.
•
Never lift or hold a disk pack by
any of the recording disks, as
permanent damage will result.
•
Clean the outside (interiors
should also be cleaned if contaminated), surfaces of the protective covers periodically to
remove any build-up of dust that
may occur. Use a lint free gauze
pad dampened with head cleaning
solution.
If possible, use a
vacuum cleaner to remove dust
that accumulates on the cover lip.
•
If the disk drives are not in use
and the blower is shut off, take
the disk packs out of the drives
and store them in their protective canisters.
•
Do not allow the pack to rest on
or strike any other object when
its bottom protective cover is
removed.
•
Reassemble the disk pack bottom
and top protective covers after
the pack is mounted in the drive.
This should be done even when no
disk pack is contained in the
cover to prevent dust and dirt
from accumulating inside the
covers.
Disk Drive
•
•
•
•
3-4
•
Check the action of the pack
access cover latch as it is
closed. Latching should occur
only after the cover seal has
been compressed slightly. The
pumping action of the spinning
disk pack can cause dirt and dust
particles to be drawn in to the
shroud if the cover is not sealed
at all points. Using a strip of
paper (dollar bill size), check
the pack access cover-shroud seal
by opening the pack access cover
and laying the slip of paper on
the shroud, then closing the
cover (latched). Resistance
should be felt while trying to
withdraw the paper. Check at
multiple places on each side of
the shroud.
Check for adequate positive pressure air flow of 0.5 inches of
water (see Replace Absolute Filter procedure).
Make certain the wood shipping
block is removed and the coarse
filter is installed in its
place. Make certain the coarse
filter is not plugged.
Make certain the shroud area is
clean.
Look for possible foreign
materials and if present find the
source and eliminate it.
83311300 AJ
•
Replace cracked. disto~ted. or
otherwise physically damaged pack
covers.
•
Do not place disk pack identifying labels anywhere except outside the top protective cover
assembly.
The pack serial number
may be used to maintain correct
pack to canister identification.
•
3.
•
Avoid building construction in
the area of the drive or area
used for pack storage.
If construction is absolutely necessary
make certain that protective
steps are taken to avoid contamination in the area of the packs
and drives.
•
One of the sources of head/disk
contamination is the ambient air
in the room in which the drive
operates. Although the drive is
designed to operate successfully
over a wide range of ambient air
conditions. it follows that the
cleaner the room air can be maintained. the better and longer the
drive air filtering and handling
system can do its job of keeping
potentially destructive particles
out of the head/disk gap.
The temperature of the disk pack
must be stabilized to the temperature of the room in which the
drive is operating.
Environment
•
•
•
•
•
Install the drive in a room which
is kept carefully dusted with
particular attention given to
keeping a smooth floor mopped and
a carpeted floor vacuumed. Carpeted floors can be particularly
troublesome because of the dirt
and dust they trap and the amount
of lint they generate. Traffic
in the room housing the disk
drive should be kept to a minimum.
4.
Maintenance
•
Do not. under any circumstances.
clean the heads while they are in
the unit.
If head cleaning is
required. remove the heads from
the unit and clean per the manual
procedure given in this manual.
This must only be performed by
trained personnel.
•
Control Data does not recommend
periodic field cleaning of disk
packs.
If field cleaning is employed. it is done at the risk of
the user.
Packs that are suspected for any reason should be
returned to the vendor for disposition.
•
Do not over lubricate the spindle
lockshaft.
•
Do not use any type of oil or
lUbricant on the drive except for
the very small amount used on the
lockshaft.
Maintain as much separation as
possible between the disk drive
and printers and tape and card
punch equipment. These machines
can generate a lot of paper. carbon. and ink particles. Do not
store packs near this type of
equipment.
Eliminate eating. drinking. or
smoking in the disk drive area if
at all possible.
Particles of
food and drink can be ingested
into the shroud area when the
pack access cover is opened and
closed.
Smoke particles have a
sticky characteristic. The absolute filter on the disk drive
will clog more rapidly in such an
environment.
If at all possible. maintain the
relative humidity in the disk
drive operating room at 40% to
50%.
Low relative humidity
levels can lead to particle attraction and accumulation by
static electricity.
Disk packs and disk drives must
be stabilized to the same temperature.
83311300 AJ
5.
Operator
•
Keep the disk pack access cover
closed and latched and if possible. keep the shroud blower energized at all times.
This will
help keep contaminants out of the
shrOUd cavity and away from the
heads.
Remove pack and store in
its protective canister if blower
motor is not energized.
3-4.1
•
Do not store pack on 'drives vibration will shake them off.
•
Never lift or hold a disk pack by
any of the recording disks. as
permanent damage and or contamination will result.
•
Keep disk packs out of the drives
and locked in their protective
covers when not in use.
•
Do not allow the pack to rest on
or strike any other object when
its bottom protective cover is
removed for installation in the
drive.
•
Reassemble the disk pack bottom
and top protective covers. This
should be done even when no disk
pack is contained in the cover.
to prevent dust and dirt from
accumulating inside the covers.
•
•
CAUTION
Should the conditions under
1. 2. or 3. below. be detected. shut down the drive
at once. Under these conditions the pack should not
be installed on another
drive without first ensuring that the pack has not
been damaged or contaminated.
(See "Evaluate the
Disk Pack" and "Disk Pack
Inspection and Cleaning" in
this section). Also. do
not attempt to operate the
drive with another disk
pack until full assurance
is made that no damage or
contamination has occurred
to the drive heads or to
the shroud area.
1.
Do not place disk pack identifying labels anywhere except outside the top protective cover
assembly. The pack serial number
may be used to maintain correct
pack to canister identification.
Do not eat. smoke. or allow beverages near the drive or pack.
2.
DETECTION AND RECOVERY
Head to disk contact may have occurred if the following conditions are
noted when the heads are over the
disk.
•
An audible "ping" or a scratching
noise is heard.
•
A burning odor is detected.
Head to disk contact will have occurred if:
•
Concentric rings. nicks or areas
where oxide has been removed are
observed on the disk surface.
•
Small deposits of very fine black
dust are observed on the shroud
walls. Test by running fingertip
along shroud wall and inspecting.
General
Previous sections have been concerned with
precautions to be observed and preventive
maintenance steps to be taken to minimize
the occurrence of head crashes. But suppose all of those things have been done
and the drive is in operation. Will the
drive even issue any warning of an impending head crash? If a head does crash is
there any danger that the crash can be
propagated to other disk packs and other
drives? If so what should be done? Answers to these questions will be covered
in this section.
Head Crash Detection
It is important that the drive operator be
aware of a number of head crash signals
and warnings provided by the drive itself. These are described in the following paragraphs.
3-4.2
3.
Warnings of impending head crashes
are very often provided by the data
signals picked up by the heads.
Under conditions of increasing contamination in the air cushion on
which the head flies. variations in
flying height can become a significant proportion of the nominal
height. Since both the magnetic intensity of the data pulse as recorded on the disk and the pulse as read
from the disk are greatly influenced
by head gap to disk distance. variations in flying height can result in
the generation of data errors. Continuous monitoring of data error
rate is strongly recommended. A
pack may have been damaged yet have
no marks visible to the naked eye.
A significant increase in data error
rate of the order of five to ten
times normal should be heeded as a
definite warning signal.
83311300 AJ
g. Look at the recording surfaces
and make note of which disk pack
surfaces (and heads) have had
contact.
Guide For Determining The Cause Of Head Crashes
If the drive has been shut down because
head crash detection signals have been
observed. the following steps should be
taken:
1.
h. Slide the head arms off the cam
towers onto the disks.
Do not
rotate the disk pack or traverse
the heads across disks.
Look at
the head assemblies (particularly
those which have not crashed).
Note any head load springs that
are relatively close to or touching the disk.
Reconstruct the operating history of
the disk pack. The purpose of this
history is to determine the actual
source of the crash (first drive and
pack) .
a. Evaluate drive failures that may
possibly have occurred prior to
head crash.
b. If available. make the previous
drive on which the crashed pack
was used. and the previous pack
used on the crashed drive. part
of the investigation. The crash
may have been propagated.
c. Try to reconstruct
operation when the
red.
Had anything
pened prior to the
the mode of
failure occurunusual hapfailure?
d. How long had the pack been on the
drive before the crash? Was it a
new pack? New drive? Had there
been any shipping damage when the
drive or pack arrived on the site?
2.
Reconstruct the conditions of drive.
pack and heads as they existed prior
to the crash.
a. Drop the circuit breakers and
disconnect the power cord.
b. Remove the top cover.
c. Reinstall the crashed disk pack.
d. Manually position the head arm
assemblies toward the spindle to
the point just before the head
arms slide off the head cam
towers.
i. Retract the carriage and remove
the pack.
(Evaluate the heads)
and fUrther inspect those head
assemblies during step 4 of this
procedure.
3.
Evaluate the Drive
a. With the disk pack removed. manually position the carriage so
that the heads are in a loaded
position.
Traverse the carriage
repeatedly between the carriage
front stops and the unload cams.
If resistance is found. check for
the following possible causes:
bound velocity transducer: flex
lead retainer mispositioned and
is striking the rail bracket:
worn rail: bad carriage bearing:
obstruction caught on the magnet;
foreign material on the rails.
Retract the carriage to the full
retract position.
b. Connect the power cord and turn
on the AC breaker.
Check for
adequate air flow entering the
shroud area.
If questionable.
either compare with another drive
in the area or remove the positive air filter and replace with
another filter.
Drop the AC
breaker and disconnect the power
cord.
e. Looking through the shroud observation window with a hi-intensity
light. look to see if the heads
appear to be equidistant with
respect to the disks.
(Under no
circumstances should any part of
the head be in contact with a
disk prior to sliding off the cam
surface.
c. Using a strip of paper (dollar
bill size). check the pack access
cover seal as follows.
Open the
pack access cover. lay the slip
of paper on the shroud. close
cover (latched). and try to withdraw the paper.
Resistance
should be felt while trying to
withdraw the paper.
Check several places on each side of the
shroud.
f. With the heads still in the "over
the disk condition". manually
turn the pack (by rotating with
the top trim shield) and verify
that the head to disk spacing remains constant.
d. When cleaning the shroud area.
look for possible foreign material (paper. plastic. etc.).
If
contamination exists. try to determine the type and its possible
source.
83311300 AJ
3-4.3'
e. Note head positions then remove
all heads for evaluation and
cleaning.
4.
3.
Remove all heads. keeping them in
order.
4.
Clean the inside of the shroud and
the inside of the pack access cover
using lint free cloths and head
cleaning solution.
Do not let any
solution contact the rubber gasket
in the pack access cover.
5.
Clean the rails and carriage (if
crash debris was coarse).
Remove
the magnet and the carriage and coil
assembly if necessary.
6.
Clean the air system duct surfaces
with head cleaning solution.
7.
Replace the carriage and coil assembly and magnet if removed.
Ensure
that the carriage motion is smooth
and unobstructed.
8.
Consult the paragraph on head-arm
replacement criteria in the repair
and replacement section of this manual before installing the heads.
Replace any heads that are defective
per these criteria.
Replacement
heads should be new or those that
have been cleaned by properly
trained personnel. Ensure before
replacing any undamaged heads that
their spoiler holes are free of the
characteristic fine dust which they
collect when a crash occurs.
Install the heads and tighten their
clamping screws to 1.4 N·M (12 lb
in).
9.
Reinstall the case assembly.
Evaluate the Heads
a. While making head-pack observations in the drive. if it was
noted that any part of a head
load spring appeared to be close
to a disk. the possibility exists
that the fixed arm (part attached
to the carriage) is bent.
Look
at the subject head for evidence
of a burnish mark on the cam arm
where it might possibly have
struck the disk on a head cam.
b. Compare crashed heads to noncrashed heads and look for possible mechanical failure differences such as bent gimbal
springs. etc.
c. Return non-recoverable heads to
the manufacturer for further
analysis.
5.
Evaluate the Disk Pack
a.
Install crashed pack on drive
(use a pack inspector if available) and try to determine if
pack has been damaged in any way.
Using observation window in
shroud and high intensity light.
rotate pack and note any disk
fluctuation (up and down).
None
should be in evident (including
upper and lower cover disks).
b. Look on pack trim shield (top of
pack) for any evidence of adhesive. A pack identification
label might have been applied.
c. Look for an unusually high amount
of "dings" or chips at the outer
area of the data disks.
If
found. these may be due to carriage slams - a drive malfunction.
Recovery From A Head Crash
The following procedure should be used to
ensure all contamination is removed from a
unit after a head crash. This is essential to eliminate propagation to both
packs and drives.
Consult the repair and
replacement section of the manual for
details on these steps.
1.
Remove all power to the drive.
2.
Remove the case assembly.
3-4.4
10. Disable the voice coil drive.
Apply
power and purge for five minutes
with a good pack rotating.
11. Perform a manual heads load.
Be
aware of any burning odor behind the
drive. an indication that the heads
are still not flying correctly.
If
this odor is detected repeat the
head crash recovery procedure starting from step 1.
12. Enable the voice coil drive.
Load a
scratch pack.
Using a field test
unit perform a sequence forward
write operation. covering the entire
pack.
Read back for ten minutes
first sequencing forward over th~
entire pack then performing random
seeks.
Look for error free performmance.
This will give confidence
that all heads are flying correctly.
13. Perform a head alignment per the
procedure called out in the tests
and adjustments section in the manual.
83311300 AJ
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE PROTECTION
•
Keep cards in conductive bags - when
circuit cards are not installed in
the drive. keep them in conductive
static shielding bags (see table 2-1
for part number). These bags provide absolute protection from direct
static discharge and from static
fields surrounding charged objects.
Remember that these bags are conductive and should not be placed
where they might cause an electrical
short circuit.
•
Remove cards from bags only when you
are grounded - all cards received
from the factory are in static
shielding bags. and should not be
removed unless you are grounded.
•
Turn off power to drive before removing or installing any circuit
cards.
All drive electronic assemblies are sensitive to static electricity. due to the
electrostatically sensitive devices used
within the drive circuitry. Although some
of these devices such as metal-oxide semiconductors are extremely sensitive. all
semiconductors as well as some resistors
and capacitors may be damaged or degraded
by exposure to static electricity.
Electrostatic damage to electronic devices
may be caused by a direct discharge of a
charged conductor. or by exposure to the
static fields which surround charged objects. To avoid damage to drive electronic assemblies. service personnel must observe the following precautions when servicing the drive:
•
Ground yourself to the drive - whenever the drive electronics are or
will be exposed.
connect yourself
to ground with a wrist strap (see
table 2-1 for part number). Connection may be made to any metal assembly or to the ground jack at the
rear of the drive. As a general
rule. remember that you. the drive.
and the circuit cards must all be at
ground potential to avoid potentially damaging static discharges.
MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND MATERIALS
The tools, test equipment and materials recommended for drive maintenance are listed in
table 3-1.
,/
(~
83311300 AJ
3-4.5
•
TABLE 3-1.
Description
I
I
I
Description
Part Number
Blank Tab Card
(Computer Card)
CDC 70631686
Card Extender
CDC*54l0970l
Carriage Alignment Arm
CDC 75018400
Part Number
Oscilloscope, Dual Trace
Tektronix 454
or equivalent
Oscilloscope Hood
Tektronix
016-0083-00
CE Disk Pack 877-51 (400 TPI) CDC 70438700
Pin Straightener
CDC 87369400
Chip Extender - Chip Cliplog CDC 12212196
Potentiometer Adjustment
Tool
CDC 12212278
Pressure Gauge Kit,
Differential (Optional)
CDC 73040100
Cloth, Lint Free
CDC 94211400
Computer Card
5084
Crocus Cloth
Commercially
Available
Push-Pull Gauge
CDC 12210836
Removal Tool, 20-30 AWG
Deck Support Bracket
(S/C 16 & Below)
CDC 92020500
CDC 87073000
CDC 12212885
Dust Remover, Super Dry
(12 oz)
CDC 95047800
I
Scope Probe Tip (Hatchet 'IYPe)
---CDC 82338800
I
Field Test Unit TB2l6A
I
MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND MATERIALS
Gauze, Lint Free
CDC 12209713
Grease, Dielectric (4 oz)
CDC 95533600
Head Alignment
CDC 77440503
Head Adjustment Tool
CDC 75018803
High Intensity Light**
CDC 12212038
Head Cleaning Solution
(8 oz)
Speed Sensor Adjustment Tool CDC 87052601
(Go NoGo Tool)
Static Ground Wrist Strap
Large (6 1/2 to 8 inch
Wrist)
Small (up to 6 1/2 inch
Wrist)
CDC 12263496
CDC 12263623
Static Shielding Bag
CDC 12263627
Tape, Adhesive
Commercially
Available
CDC 82365800
Terminator, SiC 09 and blw
CDC 40067207
Hose Assembly
CDC 82346500
Terminator, siC 10 and abv
CDC 40067208
Locti te, Grade C
Locti te Corp.!
Top Cover Support Rod, SiC
07 W/O 37686 and below only
CDC 87062300
Loctite Primer, Grade N
Loctite Corp.
Torque Screwdriver
CDC 92016400
Lubricant Paste
CDC 95016101
Torque Screwdriver Bit
CDC 87016701
Mirror
Commercially
Available
Volt/Ohmmeter (Digital)
Ballentine 345
or equivalent
Nutdriver, Hollow Stem
Exelite #6
Wire Wrap Bi t, 30 AWG
CDC 12218402
Wire Wrap Gun, Electric
CDC 12259111
Wire Wrap Sleeve
CDC 12218403
I
*CDC® is a registered trademark of Control Data Corporation.
**Works only with 120 V, 60 Hz. For other voltages and frequencies, use commercially
available 100 or 150 watt outdoor floodlight with suitable receptacle and extension
cord.
Note: Light must have hard safety glass bulb and all items must be rated for
use with applicable source power.
~-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------_I
. 3-4.6
83311300 AK
I
MAINTENANCE PRELIMINARY CONDITIONS
INTERLOCKS
\
opening the pack cover or raising deck breaks
the control interlock (figure 3-1). The
heads unload, the spindle motor shuts down,
and the READY indicator extinguishes.
Refer
to Publication No. 83317300, Theory of Operation section for Control Interlock function.
DISK PACK INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL
3. Place disk pack cover squarely onto
disk pack and turn disk pack cover
handle counterclockwise until spindle
brake plate engages.
4. Continue turning handle (counterclockwise) until a clicking sound is heard.
5. Lift disk pack and cover straight up
and remove.
6. Put bottom cover into place and turn
disk pack cover handle clockwise until
bottom cover is secure.
7. Close pack access cover.
Installation
Make certain the disk pack to be installed
has been properly maintained.
1. Raise pack access cover.
2. Turn disk pack cover handle counterclockwise to remove bottom cover.
Set
bottom cover aside.
CAUTION
Non-fully retracted heads indicate a problem in the drive's
servo, and may result in damage
to the pack or heads during pack
installation or removal.
If
heads are not fully retracted,
contact maintenance personnel.
DO NOT push on heads.
3. Place disk pack squarely on spindle
and turn disk pack cover handle
clockwise until spindle brake plate
engages.
4. Continue turning (clockwise) until handle is tight.
5. Remove disk pack cover (by lifting
straight up) and store with bottom
cover.
6. Close pack access cover.
',--.
Removal
1. Press drive START switch to stop drive
motor.
2. Raise pack access cover.
CAUTION
Non-fully retracted heads indicate a problem in the drive's
servo, and may result in damage
to the pack or heads during pack
installation or removal.
If
heads are not fully retracted,
contact maintenance personnel.
DO NOT push on heads.
83311300 R
CASE ASSEMBLY RAISING AND LOWERING
For the purpose of raising and lowering procedures, there are two types of case assemblies:
1. 1 x acoustic top case.
2. 2 x acoustic top case.
The 1 x acoustic top case can have one of
two methods of latching:
a. Two 1/4 turn fasteners
b. A slide-bolt latch
The 2 x acoustic case is latched with two
push-release catches. These catches mayor
may not be secured with socket head screws.
x Acoustic Top Case Raising
1. Open rear door and look inside drive to
determine how case is secured.
2. Release top case as follows:
a. If case
teners,
the two
lift up
is secured by 1/4-turn fasuse a screwdriver to release
1/4-turn fasteners~ then
on rear of case.
b. If case
latch,
actuate
ward on
is secured by a slide-bolt
use a six mm hex wrench to
the latch while lifting uprear of case.
3. Continue to lift case upward until support rod reaches its end of travel.
4. Then lower case until support rod bottoms securely in stop groove of support
rod slide.
x Acoustic Top Case Lowering
1. Push case assembly forward until it
reaches its end of travel.
2. Lift up on support rod.
3-5
3. Lower case while continuing to lift up
on support rod just long enough for i t
to clear stop groove in guide; then
continue to lower case to its closed
position.
4. Secure case as required by:
a. Using a screwdriver to turn the two
1/4-turn fasteners to their locked
position, or
b. Confirming that the slide-bolt latch
is fully extended below the latch
catch.
3. While holding in hinged rear panel,
lower case assembly to its fully closed
position.
4. Ensure that the latches catch.
If
socket head screws are used, tighten
them.
DECK MAINTENANCE POSITION
To perform some of the corrective maintenance procedures, it is necessary to raise
the deck to a maintenance position.
Refer
to figure 3-2.
2 x Acoustic Case Raising
Raise Deck
1. Look at the rear of case assembly to
determine how case is secured.
If the
latches are secured by socket head
screws, loosen them.
CAUTION
Lift up case only about one
inch during the next step.
2. Release case as follows:
a. Depress the release catches and lift
up case slightly, or
b. Depress the socket head screws and
lift up case slightly.
3. After case has been released and raised
about an inch, swing hinged rear panel
of case outward ot clear the logic
chassis fan.
4. Pivot case upward and toward the front
until it rests on case support arms.
(In older units, a top cover support
rod must be installed.)
2 x Acoustic Case Lowering
CAUTION
To avoid damage to latches and
logic chassis fan, carefully
follow instructions pertaining
to the case rear panel as the
case is lowered.
1. Pivot case toward rear and downward,
and, as it is being lowered, swing
hinged rear panel outward so i t clears
logic chassis fan.
Do not completely
close case.
2. When case is about one inch from
touching frame, swing hinged rear panel
inward until it reaches its end of
travel.
3-6
1. Press drive START switch to drop drive
motor.
2. Set AC POWER and POWER S.UPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
3. Disconnect input power cable from
external power source.
4. Remove disk pack (refer to Disk Pack
Installation and Removal paragraph) .
Leave pack access cover open.
5. Remove two deck front holddown screws.
6. Raise the case assembly (refer to Case
Assembly Raising and Lowering paragraph) .
CAUTION
Do not raise deck without installing spacer between deck
and shock mount bracket.
Damage to rear shock mounts
could occur.
7. Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer from keeper hole and install
spacer between deck and shock mount
bracket.
8. Secure deck to shock mount bracket
using deck rear holddown screw.
9. Perform step 9a for SIC 16 and below
units and perform step 9b for SiC 17
through 19 and 9c for SiC 20 and above
units.
a. Lift deck and install deck support
bracket into front shock mounts.
Lower deck onto deck support bracket.
Deck support bracket fits into deck
casting where deck front holddown
screws were removed.
83311300 AD
SHOCK MOUNT BRACKET
\
DECK INTERLOCK SWITCH
(MOUNTED ON SHOCK MOUNT
BRACKET, UNDER DECK)
8J122C
Figure 3-1.
83311300 AK
Control Interlocks
3-7
REAR DECK
MOUNTING
SCREWS
CABLE
CLAMP
REAR DECK
HOLDDOWN
CASE ; \
ASSEMBLY
9H146E
Figure 3-2. Drive Maintenance Position
(SIC 17 and Abv)
3-8
83311300 AD
IO@
~
~
~~
~
~
i
DECK FRONTHOLDDOWN-.........u
I
SCREWS
I
,
/;'/
------------ ,,~
--
--:::---=-~,
---.;.;
\\, \
-------~
.".
,,
\
,,
-----\
9FIB
Figure 3-2.1. Drive Maintenance position
(SiC 16 and Blw)
\
83311300 AD
3-9
b. Lift up deck from front of drive
until deck support bracket is completely extended.
Carefully lower
deck until support bracket slides
into locking position (hinge in
center of bracket should point
slightly towards rear of drive.
LOGIC CHASSIS MAINTENANCE POSITION
The logic chassis is hinged on a bracket
attached to the deck.
The logic chassis is
secured to the deck by a turnlock fastener.
To raise the logic chassis to the maintenance position, proceed as follows:
1. Raise case assembly.
c. Lift deck from front of drive until
deck support bracket is completely
extended.
Carefully lower deck until support bracket slides into position (hinge in center of bracket
should point slightly towards rear
of drive).
Remove thumb screw from
storage hole and secure in the
locking hole located on the face of
the deck support bracket.
The thumb
screw must be in the locking hole
when deck is in raised position.
2. Loosen turnlock fastener securing logic
chassis to deck.
3. Swing logic chassis to a vertical position.
4. Move slide bar (located on top of magnet assembly) toward logic chassis
until i t stops.
5. Lower logic chassis onto slide bar.
NOTE
Lower Deck
1. Perform step la for SIC 16 and below
units and perform step lb for SiC 17
through 19 and lc for SIC 20 and above
units.
a. Lift deck and remove deck support
bracket.
b. Lift deck until the deck support
bracket disengages from locked
position and push front of bracket
slightly, then lower.
c. Remove thumb screw from locking hole
and secure in storage hole. Lift deck
until the deck support bracket disengages from locked position and push
back of the bracket slightly forward,
then lower deck slowly.
2.
Inspect underside of deck and base assenbly for
any particles of dust or foreign material. If
material is present, vacuum area and with a
dampened cloth, remove any residue.
Steps 6 and 7 are only necessary if card accessibility is
required.
6. Loosen four screws securing logic
chassis cover to logic chassis.
Do
not remove.
7. Swing cover away from top screws
(closest to fan) and lift off of
bottom screws.
8. To lower logic chassis to operating
position, reverse steps 1 through 7.
SIDE PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
(CABINET MODEL)
The side panels are secured to the frame by
two screws located toward the top of the
panel. Also, a quick disconnect ground
strap is attached to the panel in the
lower corner.
The panel tilts out from the
top and lifts off the bottom positioning
brackets.
3. Lower deck to normal operating position.
OFF-LINE OPERATION
4. Secure deck to front shock mounts
using two deck front holddown screws.
5. Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Store in keeper hole.
6. Lower case assembly (refer to Case
Assembly Raising and Lowering paragraph) .
7. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
8. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
9. Install disk pack (refer to Disk Pack
Installation and Removal paragraph) .
10. Press drive START switch to load heads.
3-10
Certain procedures require execution of
operational commands (seek, read, etc.).
These commands may be derived by means of
the FIELD TEST EXERCISER (refer to Preface
applicable Publication number for tester
operating procedures) .
USE OF TEST SOFTWARE
The drive is prepared for test software
whenever the drive motor is up to speed p the
heads are loaded and the READY indicator on
the control panel is lighted.
Refer to
manuals or other documentation applicable to
the specific system or subsystem for information concerning the test software
routines.
83311300 AF
MANUAL HEAD
POSITIONING
Power 0 n Man ual Head Positioning
5. Disconnect black voice coil leadwire
(refer to figure 3-3).
6. Remove magnet cover to gain access to
voice coil (refer to figure 3-3).
Manual head positioning (with power on and
disk pack up to speed) is not recommended
unless required by maintenance procedure or
loss of servo control makes it necessary.
1. Observe the following safety precautions during manual carriage operation.
•
Make certain that heads will unload
or are unloaded before turning
power off.
7. Position carriage as required by maintenance procedure by applying a lateral (parallel to voice coil movement)
pressure to voice coil.
WARNING
j
Keep hands away from actuator.
8. Replace black voice coil leadwire:
•
If power to drive motor is lost
while heads are loaded and voice
coil leadwire is disconnected,
immediately retract carriage.
Otherwise, heads crash when disk
speed is insufficient to enable
heads to fly.
•
When positioning heads, do not use
excessive downward force on voice
coil.
•
Before reconnecting black voice
coil leadwire, make sure fingers
and tools are clear of coil and
actuator.
•
a. Touch black leadwire to terminal
and ensure carriage locks on cylinder.
If erratic voice coil movement is noticed, remove leadwire
immediately and troubleshoot malfunction.
b. After carriage locks on cylinder,
firmly seat black voice coil leadwire.
9. Replace magnet cover.
10. Lower case assembly (refer to Case
Assembly Raising and Lowering paragraph) .
Do not use CE disk pack unless
specifically directed to do so.
Use only the type of pack called
for in the maintenance procedure.
2. Install disk pack (refer to Disk Pack
Installation and Removal paragraph).
CAUTION
If loss of servo control necessitates manual loading and unloading of heads, observe the
following:
Do not load heads unless
disk pack is up to speed.
When manually loading or
unloading heads, simulate
normal load (unload) speed
of servo under electrical
control.
Disconnect black voice
coil leadwire before
attempting to load heads.
3. Press drive START switch to allow normal power-up first seek.
I
4. Raise case assembly (refer to Case
Assembly Raise and Lower paragraph).
83311300 AD
Figure 3-3.
Magnet Cover and Voice Coil.
3-11
Power Off Manual Head Positioning
5. Disconnect cables from J2, J3, and
J4.
CAUTION
6. Terminate J4.
Do not position heads manually
with power off and a disk pack
installed.
7. Connect tester cable as follows:
a. PI to J3 on drive.
1. Press drive START switch to stop drive
motor.
2. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
3. Remove disk pack (refer to Disk Pack
Installation and Removal paragraph).
4. Raise case assembly (refer to Case
Assembly Raising and Lowering paragraph) .
5. Remove magnet cover to gain access to
voice coil (refer to figure 3-3).
b. P2 to J2 on drive.
c. P3 and P4 to tester.
8. Loosen four screws securing logic
chassis cover and remove cover.
9. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
CAUTION
If normal load is not observed,
drop POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker to OFF immediately.
CAUTION
Do not use excessive downward
pressure on voice coil.
6. position carriage as required by maintenance procedure by applying a lateral (parallel to coil movement) pressure
to voice coil.
10. Press START switch to start drive
motor and load heads. When heads are
loaded and READY indicator is lighted,
the drive is ready to perform the test.
11. Perform the desired test procedure.
PREPARING DRIVE FOR ON-LINE OPERATION
7. Return carriage to full retract position.
1. Press drive START switch to stop drive
motor.
8. Replace magnet cover.
9. Install disk pack (refer to Disk Pack
Installation and Removal paragraph).
2. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
3. Disconnect terminator from J4.
10. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
11. Press drive START switch to load heads.
PREPARING DRIVE FOR OFF-LINE OPERATION
1. Press drive START switch to stop drive
motor.
4. Replace logic chassis cover.
5. Connect cables (from system) to J2, J3,
and J4.
6. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
7. Return logic chassis to normal operation position.
2. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
8. Lower case assembly.
3. Raise case assembly to gain access to
logic chassis.
9. Press drive START switch to start the
drive motor and load heads.
4. Place logic chassis in maintenance
position.
NOTE
If the drive is in a system
that is daisy chain, it is
necessary to by-pass the drive
so other drives remain under
system control.
3-12
83311300 AD
SECTION 38
DRIVE TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
\ ..
DRIVE TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
GENERAL
This section provides information on all the
electrical test and adjustments which can be
performed in the field.
The adjustments
contained here are limited to those which
can be performed at the drive level. These
tests should only be performed as required
elsewhere in this manual, or when there is
suspicion that the drive is not functioning
properly. A drive that passes all the requirements in this section may be considered
operationally acceptable.
If any of the
adjustments, contained in this section, cannot be completed satisfactorily, terminate
the procedure and refer to the Trouble Analysis section.
Mechanical adjustments are contained in the
Repair and Replacement section. Other tests
normally associated with analyzing a malfunction, are contained in the Trouble Analysis
section. A person performing these tests
and adjustments should already be familiar
with the information contained in the General
Maintenance Information section. Refer to
that section for information on safety precautions and maintenance tools and materials.
These procedures assume that an FTU is connected to the drive (or that suitable software is available), that a scratch pack is
installed (or CE pack where noted), and that
the drive is powered on. All the following
tests are written, providing first a check
procedure, and then the adjustment. If the
drive meets the criteria of the check, there
is no need of the.~adj.ustmeat~.
38
ADJUSTMENT SIC 23 AND BELOW
1. Raise logic chassis to maintenance
position.
2. Connect digital volt/ohmmeter between
GND and +5 V fastons on logic chassis
backpanel.
3. Command drive to do repeat seeks between cylinders 0 and 32.
4. Plus 5-volt output should be +5.10
±0.05 volts.
If not, adjust +5 V potentiometer (see figure 3-4) until
output is within specification.
5. Move volt/ohmmeter leads to -5 Vfaston.
6. Minus 5-volt output should be -5.10
±0.05 volts. If not, adjust -5 V potentiometer (see figure 3-4) until
output is within specification.
7. If any adjustment was necessary in preceeding steps, recheck both outputs.
8. When both power supply outputs are
within specification, restore drive to
normal operation.
The following procedures are contained in
this section, in the order specified:
•
Plus and Minus 5 Volt Adjustment
•
Head Arm Alignment
•
Velocity Gain Adjustment
PLUS AND MINUS 5-VOLT REGULATORS
This procedure checks the output of the plus
and minus 5-volt power supplies while the
drive is doing repeat seeks. Power supply
outputs are checked at the logic chassis
backpanel. Therefore, the supplies are being
checked in a manner to account for both line
loss and loading.
This procedure assumes that the FTU is connected to the drive, a scratch pack is installed and power is applied.
83311300 AD
Figure 3-4. Power Supply Adjustment
(S/C 23 and Below)
3-13
ADJUSTMENT SIC 2.4 AND ABOVE
HEAD ALIGNMENT
1. Raise logic chassis to maintenance
position.
2. Connect digital volt/ohmmeter between
GND and +5 V fastons on logic chassis
backpanel.
3. Command drive to do repeat seeks between cylinders 0 and 32.
4. Plus 5-volt output should be +5.10
±0.05 volts.
If not, adjust +5 V
potentiometer on card A1Al (see figure
3-4.1) until output is within specifications.
5. Move volt/ohmmeter leads to -5 V
faston.
6. Minus 5-volt output should be -5.10
±0~05 volts.
If not, adjust -5 V
potentiometer on card A1Al (see figure
3-4.1 until output is within specification.
7. If any adjustment was necessary in preceeding steps, recheck both outputs.
8. When both power supply outputs are
within specification, restore drive to
normal operation.
- 5 V ADJUSTMENT
+5. V ADJUSTMENT
\
v/
'-C~_.,
I
9H155A
Figure 3-4.1. Power Supply Adjustment
(S/C 24 and Above)
3-14
GENERAL
Alignment of the heads is checked under the
following conditions:
1. During initial installation of the
drive.
2. After replacing one or more head arm
assemblies.
3. When misalignment of one or more heads
is suspected.
(For example, inability
to read a pack written on another drive.)
If it is determined that a head is misaligned,
the head arm is adjusted to bring the alignment of the head within specifications. Figure 3-5 is a flowchart summarizing the basic
functions of the head alignment check and
adjustment procedure.
Head alignment is performed by using a Field
Test Unit (FTU) or by using the controller,
microprogram diagnostics, head alignment
card and meter.
This procedure applies only
to the method using an FTU. Refer to the
FTU maintenance manual for switch settinas
and functions called for in this procedu~e.
When performing head alignment, give special
consideration to the following:
Thermal Stabilization - In order to ensure
accuracy during head alignment, it is important that the drive, CE pack, and FTU be at
their normal operating temperature. This
requires that all three be connected and
allowed to operate (pack turning and heads
loaded to cylinder zero) for a minimum of 60
minutes.
If head alignment is being performed on more than one drive, and provided
tha t the pack \A/as taken immediately from a
previous drive, and provided that the drive
under test has been operating with heads
loaded for a minimum of 60 minutes preceding
tests; then the CE pack only requires a 15minute stabilization time.
Alignment Tool - Use only the head alignment
tool specified in the maintenance tools and
materials table.
Use of a different tool
may cause damage to head arm or carriage.
Always inspect the adjustment end of tool
prior to use. Tool must be free of nicks
and scratches and must have a polished surface where it enters the carriage alignment
hole.
If any aluminum deposits are present,
polish tool surface with crocus cloth. Any
other polishing medium will damage the tool.
Do not use a defective tool; repair or replace tool if damage exists. When using
tool, position it so that pin in end of tool
engages alignment slot in head arm. The
tool should slip easily through the alignment hole in the carriage and into the
alignment slot in .the head arm.
If anything
83311300 AD
\
DUMP DATA FROM ALL DISK
PACKS WRITTEN BY THIS DRIVE
BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH HEAD
ALIGNMENT
UNLOAD HEADS. TORQUE
HEAD-ARM CLAMPING SCREWS
OF HEADS NEEDING ADJUSTMENT
TO 0.5 ± 0.1 N.m (4 ± 1/2 LBF·IN)
RETURN TO TRACK 245
TROUBLESHOOT
SERVO CIRCUIT
ADJUST HEADS
UNTIL
OFFSET IS WITHIN
A ± 75 mV
RANGE
OES
ANY HEAD-ARM
EACH ITS END~OF
YES
TRAVEL BEFORE
HEAD IS
ALIGNED
YES
~
RECENTER SERVO HEAD.
THEN COMMAND SEEK
TO TRK 245 AND CHECK
OFFSET OF ALL RIW HEADS
NO
UNLOAD HEADS.
TORQUE
LOOSENED CLAl\lPING SCREWS
TO 1. 4 ± 0.1 N·m (12 ± 1/2 LBS·IN)
YES
IS
0FFSET
OF ANY Rlw
1':\ HEAD OUTSID
~ ACCEPTABLE
6
RL
ALIGNMENT
WITHIN SPEC.
REMOVE TEST
SETUP. RETURN
DRIVE TO
OPERATION.
NO
EXERCISE HEAD ASSEMBLIES..
THEN COMMAND SEEK TO
TRK 245 AND CHECK
OFFSET OF ALL R Iw HEADS
ill ACCEPTABLE RANGE DEPENDS ON CE PACK USED:
• IF PACK IS SAME ONE USED FOR LAST ALIGNMENT, RANGE IS 0 ± 150 mv.
• IF PACK IS NOT SAME ONE USED FOR LAST ALIGNMENT, RANGE IS 0 ± 225 mv.
Figure 3-5.
83311300 AD
Basic Head Alignment Check and Adjustment Procedure
3-15
more than a small amount of force is required
to adjust the head, the tool is probably
binding in the hole of the carriage. Ensure
that alignment tool is kept p'erpendicular to
hole in carriage at all times.
INITIAL SETUP
1. Install CE disk pack and perform thermal
stabilization.
2. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
Carriage Locking - During the alignment procedure (when the heads are over the alignment
track) the carriage locking pin and ring assemblv must be installed in the ALIGN TRACK
LOCK hole in the rail bracket assembly. This
locks the carriage in one head alignment position. Failure to install the pin and ring
assembly would allow the carriage to retract
if any emergency retract signal were generated.
Since your hands are in the actuator
during the head alignment procedure, the retract could be dangerous.
3. Raise case assembly to maintenance position.
4. Install head alignment card into location A08 of the logic chassis.
5. Raise logic chassis.
6. Connect FTU to drive.
Refer to FTU
maintenance manual for installation instructions.
CAUTION
7. Install terminator on I/O connector.
If
unit is a dual channel drive, install
terminator on I/O connector of channel
being used by FTU.
Should an emergency retract
condition be generated when
the locking pin is in the
ALIGN TRACK LOCK hole, the
fol10wing results may occur:
• Blown fuses,
• Tripped dc circuit breaker
• Blown power amplifier transistors, and
• Unretracted heads on a
stationary CE pack.
8. Connect meter cables between head alignment card and FTU-null meter. (Refer to
figu;re 3-5.1) "
9. Connect oscilloscope to test point z
(ground) and test point Y (dibits) on
head alignment card.
Carefully observe the instructions regarding
the installation and removal of the carriage
locking pin and ring assembly.
6
INDICATORS
10. Install head alignment cable between
A08 pins 8-11 A and Band JI04 of head
select/read amplifier card.
_FSV CARD
{OPOWER
OINPUT
O&AD TRK
co
o
FA
°B-A>O
I
2
---xiV
~
A4R6
FA>FB
OA-B>O
'fbI
I
A4RI
10K
lOOK
x/v
II
CD
~--
I
~N
-
2R2
39
f
B
~
2R6
1.00 K
- 2C6
2R7
" Y
15
I
-
AOI03B ,
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED
9.67 MHZ NOM.
=
C>
322
AR2
OSCILLATOR
-------------,
I
I
-=
.IUF
I
6
BIR7
2C8
h -=
2RI
1K
I
~RI
.IUF
100
2VRI
BIR9
VI/'
1
39
3.6V
I-J....
-15V
-=-=.~5::'
L-=
II
I
J
BIR9
162
.L..
I
IG3~
(SERVO CLOCK) AOI9.67 MHZ OUT 12B, A06-03B(l7
r--
2.2K
-i-2
4.84 MHZ CLOCK
liB (
(-I.35V)
~-15V
~~-------22V
91B ,21B
-=
261
-
~+15V
~L.-----~+22V
-
c
BIR51BIR6
261
162
~
215
3.3V
l
+5V
B3RI
3
....LI~C~F
'1:'
~
,OIUF
+5V
T~T IL--------------==~0~5~B 'r-
~
10
2C I '0 OK 2C2
~ HH' THII
o
)A10-33A
~~~ -
"ee
BU-~~3
I
A 5~1
FA>FB
ODDtEVEN DIBITS
II
.. u,
2R5
180
2C
IUF
•
°A-B>O
FB>FA
°B-A>O
+5V
r
---x7Y
~
A4R6
I~
I
2
10
XI Y
+1
H~-=
I
IIt
.IUF
2R3
2N
I.OOK
c
2C5
1'15PF
2C6
+5V
r--1~
-=
R
23 92
f
:=liz
TPA
B
[
+5V
~RI
2.2K
~~
1 2,CRI
=
2R9
2R6
I.OOK
2R7
220
BIR5
261
(
~~
-=
I UF
3.6V
L-=
-
2~RI
Y~15
151 u~~-+----------------
~L_----_-22V
0lB,21B
-5V(-5.05V,-~.IV)
4.84 MHZ CLOCK
(-1.35V)
4.88 MHZ CLOCK
liB,
CD
B
VBB
24B,
CD
51.1
a ABV
DIVIDE BY 12
-5.1 V
-5.IV
DIBITS
!
806 KHZ CLOCK
~U.J
, ., ,
!'"
4
",,-.
_
r'_OCK
403 KHZ C,'_OCK
+5V
>06B
4.88 Mel ceo" Z3B: COJ
51.1
+5V
C3R2
2.2 K
A
-=
261
*
C2R2
(24)AI0-12B
J
c
+ 5V
NOTES:
(DNOT USED
@BIR2 NOT USED REV H
ODD
I
-5.05V
f
~-15V
~
':>'::1
1-1-
-15V
3.3V
B!R6
162
BIR7
I
1>,1><1
r-__~IV.R-I--~~~
__r - - ' I
2C8
93.1
-;-2
-~+15V
IL_
~
____
_- + 22V
14B,34B
1
.0IUF
2R4
t>
322
AR2
--L-
CD
(j)
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
9.67 MHZ NOM.
------------
+5V
_1 5 I
AO'038 <(j)
0"_
CLSV REV D
a
25B,
CD
13B c A03-31A(7)
ABV
.
leo
9 67 AND 4.84 CLOCK
DIAGRAMS
LOC' AOI
3
26B. A03-15A(7)
IA
~
I
4
~
...
3
2
1
D
D
4R2
lOOK
4CI
4C2
TP-X
3.3UF
!20%
TP-Y
c
c
4R4
TP-W
4C4
DIR5
162
±I%
47PF~
4C6
+5V
DIUF
4R7
147
4CRI
+5V
B
+E4RI
-15V
4VRI
B
3.3V
2.2K
CD~
DIR7
162
!I%
~2
WRITE PLO CLOCK AOI(9.67 MHz)
288
-'-'-----'-'----=-=<,
HIGH FREQ CLOCK
(19.34 MH,)
112
AI4-IOB (32)
30B, AI4-09A(32)
(-1.35V) I/V\r-- V88
~
A
D2RI
D2R2
IK
IK
A
NOTE:
CD
00
w
W
2
I-'
I-'
W
®
o
o
:J::I
t7j
4
-5.IV
NOT USED.
FOR AOI VOLTAGE INPUT PINS
SEE SHEET 1.
140H CHIP USED ON CLSV REV C AND BELOW
3
@)
-5.IV
DIR9
REV
H 8
A8V.
9.67 MHZ,
CLOCKS
19.34 MHZ
(~--
,/
/~---,
.
00
w
3
4
w
I-'
I-'
2
/-
1
I
W
o
o
BUS OUT
BIT' I
(AB) 4,6
+:lV
1-:3
D
D
+:lV
V
TAG
2
IK
A02(19) A07-05B B
BUS OUT BIT 0
""AOH,. A
80S OUT .OT I
,.,on
".)A07-IOA 7A
.US OUT BIT ,
TARGET REG "
"."07-10. , .
BUS OUT .OT 3
TARGET REG ,-
(7)A03-". ••
'RESE.T SEO REG
"
~A
PRESENT
SEC
REG
2
C J (7)A03-25B~6B
PRESENT
SEC
REG
2
REG
(TAG 101 + TAG III· BIT 0)
REG
C) :I
,r
D
E
F) :I
(7)A03-24A
4 (A)
LOAD
TARGET
5
I
6
~
~=15~1
~
I I
~
I.
A
B I (IB)A07-14B
2
13
I
G ) 4
~2
3 II
L.....L--..I
BUS OUT
BIT 3
BUS OUT
BIT 4
CAC) 6
AD) 6
3
TARGET
REG
2
BUS OUT BIT 5
TARGET
REG
22
TARGET
REG
21
K) 6
TARGET
REG
2°
L) 6
liB
BUS OUT BIT 6
liB)A07-09
12B
BUS OUT BIT 7
IIA
PRESENT
SEC REG
2°
(7)A03-30B lOA
PRESENT
SEC REG
21
(7)A03-30A,IOB
PRESENT
SEC
REG
22
(7)A03_3IB 09A
PRESENT
SEC
REG
23
c
16
BUS OUT BIT 4
(IB)A07-IIA
(7)A03-29A
4 A B2
12
7
I I
(lB) A07-17B
II
REG "
5i
~:"
Hi
I I I
TARGET
16
B
B
r
~~I
4 A
I I •
L-_-+--':":::...j
2 A> Btttl~ CD
A= B
CD
AB
A=B
AB ~t-A=B
ZA-3_3_A---,Ic:..:.=.D::;EX::..
(19)
SECTOR
-------------------L~~
-- I
A07-2BB~"
(IB)
0
+
3
4
I
co
2
~ TIE HIGH
DI
3
(7)
(7)
0
SECTOR COMPARE
A02-
A03-21B ,33B
A03-I3B ,33A
-3 CD
4N
SECTOR
21:'
• ___ •
,"0"
@
r-
CD
ID
- '"
I
I
I
+5V
3 (AB) BUS OUT BIT 0
TARGET REGISTER TAG (101)
B
(18) A07-28B
c
92
,
3 (AA) BUS OUT BIT 0
(19)
A07 -liB )23A
,-I
I
-L
INTERRUPT
02B
0AU~:
®
-
~
I
v __ ~n
~
''1
8
~ (l2)AOlHIA
(18)
I 12
I
BUS OUT BIT 5
1.2~A~~D~I~A~G~NO~S~T~IC~~T~A~G~(0~10~)~
3 N
..
A07- 31A )-
____________________
~~12~
I" u
Ala)
AE)
c
---------,
®
JA02I
-
®
LOAD TARGET REG ( A ) 3
TAG 1110 BIT 0
1(12) A05-21B
POWER UP CLEAR +
I
(16) ADS-lOA
~9)_
A07-31B
_ _ _MANUAL
_ _ _FAULT
_ _CLEAR
_ ----JI
B
I4
10
BUS OUT BIT.
UNIT
CLEAR
A0232A ( JA02 _ 9A (43)
ATTENTION
IB
(Q
- I
READY
NOTES:
A
CO
W
W
I-'
I-'
W
0
0
:t:'
()
CD
®
NOT
G)
SIC
10 WITHOUT
@
SIC
10
®
17!5H CHIP USED BPEV REV B AND BELOW.
USED.
FAULT
PANEL
CLEAR
ASSY.
WITH
SWITCH
LOCATED ON
SWITCH
A
48140 AND BELOW.
48140
AND
APPLICABLE TO BPEV
ABOVE.
AND INTERRUPT
LOC- A02
4
3
(-
/-
/
00
4
w
w
+
3
2
1
~
~
w
o
o
UNIT READY
~
4 (T
(')
TIE
(AE) 4
IK
HIGH
D
D
A02(14) A05-2eB ,24A
UNIT
READY
5
I'
146H
E2C
4 (Q
CLEAR ATTENTION
(l2)A05-16B
ON
"0' A04-Q3A
ON CYL
"2IAO'-23A " .
READ.WR'T' FAULT
C 1".' A07-30A
CYL- (W+R) FAULT
TARGET
3
F
16.
REG
TARGET REG
2:l
.US
A0230A ""-'7A116'
BUS IN BIT
6
5
24
TAG 2'
"., A07-33. , . .
IN .'T 2
3
7
'OA
TAG
TAG
TAG "
"21
A06-'7.
{I"
c
U
6
V
3,6
+5V
B
IK
X""YGO
l'
~~~~
~+5V
(43) JA02-IIA
21B
LOGIC
(13) A05_14B ....17A
3
23
VOLTAGE FAULl"
H
A02-0IA ,,17B
A
PLUG
TARGET
REG
1
15A
LOGIC PLUG 22
(12) A05-30A
15B
HEAD SELECT FAULT
TARGET
REG
I
I I
~
22
~
12
II
0
I
10
2
9
3
G3
04
GROUND
(43)JA02-12A
3 (J
1
23
13
~
1
4
5
~~
6
2
7
BUS
IN BIT
4
I
'
BUS
IN BIT
5
2 CD
3
®
~
~
I
~
4
3
ON BJ70lJ/K
UNITS
17!1H CHIP USED BPEV REV BAND
BELOW.
A06-IIB (16)
16A
' A06-12A (16)
A
NOTE.
CD NOT USED
® USED ONLY
21A
14 CD
BUS IN BITS
o
THRU
5
.
~
I
4
I-'
o
DI
(27)AII_2IB-
3
2
1'''
A0224B
OFFSET
OFFSET
WRITE
A0205A, A05-27A (14)
PROTECT
COMMAND
D
AIO - OSA (42)
TA~2
21
TAG
LOGIC
(43)JA02-IIB ,22A
21
PLUG
1:-:-
REG 21
TARGET
LOGIC PLUG
(43) JA02-14A ,14B
TARGET
SEEK
(l0)A04-IIA 23B
IN
BIT 6
22B, A06-IOB (16)
IN
BIT 7
14A , A06-IIA (16)
20
REG
I-
20
BUS
(j)
3@
CI
BUS
CD
30
C
ERROR
5~ SELECTED
A02FAULT
(12) A05-3IA J5B
(14) A05_3IB-
13A
WRITE
3@
PROTECT
DELAY
WRITE
B
3 (Ac)
BUS ,OUT BIT 3
[J
I
a
14 O
A4A
~
READ
+5V
J270
CONTROL
(IS) A07-25A g3B
TAG
+5V
GATE
+5V
270
BIT
4 OUT
\B
04B AI5-3IB(35)
c A05-22B(l2)
AII- 24B (25)
A16-12 B (36)
GATE
270
(III)
6
3@
JAOI-IOB (41)
A05-24B (12)
05B _ A06-26A (17)
A 14-12B (32)
A13-16B (31)
BUS OUT BIT I
ADDRESS MARK DELAYED 02A, A05-27B (12)
4
NOTES'
CD
®
NOT USED.
SIC 09 WITH
4S02SA ONLY.
ADDRESS
A
MARK
ENABLE
APPLICABLE TO 5PEV
00
w
w
BUS IN BITS 6 AND 7
WRITE AND READ GATE
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
1-3
LOC'A02
4
3
31B
A16-13B (36)
AII-24A(25)
, A14-26B (33)
A15-27B (35)
®
1A
,/--
/--.
//
,/
/
.
00
w
w
3
4
......
......
2
1
w
0
a
:t:oo
~
DI
A0224B
OFFSET
(271AII_2IB-
TAG
22
TAG
21
LOGIC
(43) JA02-11 B ,22A
COMMAND
D
21
PLUG
BUS
REG 21
TARGET
LOGIC PLUG
(43) JA02-14A ,I4B
BIT 6
IN
BIT 7
REG
14A
A06-IIA (16)
2°
Ie
3@
CI
SEEK
(10) A04-IIA 23B
ERROR
+5V
NO HD SELECTED
...,.
22B, A06-IOB (16)
2°
BUS
TARGET
IN
CD
30
,20'
t
..,
50
A02FAULT
(12) A05-31A ,13B
+5V
IK
OFFSET
WRITE
PROTECT 05A, A05 -27A (14)
AIO- 08A (42)
(14) A05_31B
J3A
WRITE
3@
PROTECT DELAY
JAOI-IOB (41)
A05-24B (12)
05B, A06-26A (17)
A14-12B (32)
A13-16B (31)
BUS OUT BIT I
WRITE
GATE
B
3
3
<'A2l
READ
04B A15-31B (35)
. A05-22B (12)
AII- 24B (25)
A16-12 B (36)
GATE
BUS .OUT BIT 3
+5V
IB
270
(18) A07- 25A g3B
CONTROL
TAG
(II I)
~
1
4
1
ADDRESS
3 (AD)
BIT
4
OUT
ADDRESS
MARK DELAYED
MARK ENABLE
A
APPLICABLE TO BPEV
NOTE:
CD
NOT
USED.
BUS IN BITS 6 AND 7
WRITE AND READ GATE
LOC' A02
"""
I
I-'
......
4
3
02A, A05-27B (12)
31B
A16-13B (36)
AII-24A(25)
( A14-26B (33)
A
~
I
I-'
A0331A
I\.)
(I )AOI-l3B
(403 KHz CLOCK)
INDEX REF CLOCK
000 + EVEN DIBITS
(24)AI0-33A
A
CIR4
+5'1
( I)AOI-26B
SECTOR
--
SECTOR CLOCK
15A (806 KHZ)
)I_V
15
2ii
-, 02B
02A
6
15
4
3
210
29
28
03B
03A
I'
,lL CD
l
l~CD
~J"
12
13
9
*
~..
I
I
I
I.
27
24
2
~C
I
I
I
I
X-Vi'
15
23
6
15
4
3
22
-;T
~
I
I
--®~
~
~+5V
:=I
TPA
TPZ
!
I
34A
I-'
o
o
:t:>'
~
CD
CD
J
2
G/,3+1
28A
SECTOR COUNT
29 B
INCREMENT SECTOR COUNT
E:NABU::
C4RI
3.9 K
15
6
II :
12 2
10
13 I
----2...
,!LCD
, ,.!L CD
~
~
,.a. CD
1
~
r-
~
140
2 U -C3A
3
9
-,'~CD
CD
'~CD
l
-
,~CD
ICD
,
12
-, 13
, 14
ICD
ICD
l
PRESENT SEC REG 2 6
PRESENT SEC REG 2 5
PRESENT
SEC REG 2 4
25B
24A
24B
A02-06B(3)
A02-08A(3)
A02-08B(3) •
~ G2
G3
I", R
~
8
I
X -V11
115
+!5V
309K
1500PF
9", GI
U-C2F
fC"1
-::r
AB!!.CD
14
A· B 2
,1.rs
-
m
I
A 501
U-E3
~-
PRESENT SECTOR COUNTER I
,
X-Vi' G3 ~CD
15
~
'f:'·2
r---2-
309K
~
~
-: . .
l
ICD
ICD
ICD
ICD
J
16 CNTR
158
2
U- E4
2
C , 3+1
-
G3
ill
PRESENT SEC REG 2 3
PRESENT SEC REG 22
PRESENT SEC REG 21
PRESENT SEC REG 2 0
-, II
1'-
-, 13
-,
l
-, 14
9,..,
L
~~G2
CD
NOT
A02-09A(3)
A02-IOB(3)
A02-IOA(3)
A02-IIA(3)
USED.
SHOWN FOR 64 SECTOR PLUG.
REFER TO SECTION 1 FOR SECTOR
PLUG ACCESSORIES.
~R
I/'.R
~
30B
29A
® WIRING
GI
7 BG2
10 G3
.....J.Q... G3
31B
30A
NOTE'
U
9", GI
t
w
ICD
I CD
ICD
ICD
16 CNTR
1158
U-C4
+ 5V
00
w
I-'
W
G3
16158
CNTR
U- B4
2,3+1
rf~'
I
I
~CD
A06-02A(i6)
A02-33B(4)
3
r4~
SICD
E3RI
3.9K
~aG2
I
I
SR-8
1527
U- E2
I
J
I
1
I
2
~3
15 ICD
4
1CD
3 I CD
25
I 14B
I 14A
I 15B
U-CIA
O.IUS
A0321B
SECTOR
+!5V
6 ICD
26
13A
R
GI
X-VI'
115
I
I
I
3
~8G2
~:05A
I
108B
108A
109B
109A
CIRI
23.7
:tl%
~
4 I> 1Il-1,
1915
6
l.J: C 2,3+1
I
148
U-A30
1l;
E2RI
3.9K
h:t2% 12
2
3.9K
~~
+5V
,E- CD
INDEX DECODE
8
84.5K
,JLCD
ICD
ICD
ICD
ICD
+!5V
~
G3 1151
16 CNTR
1158
U-A4
II
23.7K
~1'YoCIR3
BIT COUNTER
ACCESS CONTROL AND
INDEX I SECTOR DECODE
NORMANOALE
LOC' A03
CODE IDtNT
19333
IC
--
OW(; NO
SMD 7490
.
/----
(
(
/--
w
w
A03(l1)A04-0'7B) 17B
I-'
I-'
...
3
4
(X)
2
1
SERVO READY
W
(II)A04-Q6B) 17A LOAD + RTZ
0
0
7
::t:'
A
ODD
+ EVEN
OIBITS
(1)
I-!j
A0327A
NO SERVO TRACK
D
A03(l1)A04-13B- 12 A
+5V
-I
(24) AIO-32A)
(24) AID-lIB ~
(lIlA04-2IB .o4B
FORWARD
EOT
ODD DIBITS
I
EVEN DIBITS
I
~
~14°h
~ U-AIA
_121 "_ .. ,,, 1
1
lI_r'>l\
1
T -
--I
III
113
l!!
~llall~
;-~rll-l.:Ol.~
-b
I
I f3~9K I
3
40 US
L
_175
REV EOT PULSE
+-'4
1
~
F.-r
141
3~4
-
I
140
II
IS'
~g~
12 "_AI,,
12 __
9
II
4r-r-T"1
I,
(26)AII-23A 28B
(GNO)
FWD + REV EOT
RTZ
131 U-B3A
(i9)A07-04B 26B BUS OUT BIT I
(i8)A07-IOA 26/\ BUS OUT BIT 2
°r _______ J
I
+ 5V
I
D2RI
I
3.9K
I
I ______ ,
L
I
9 16
1:
10 8
501
U-D2
II
4 A
12 2
13
A>B 15
A"B 14
AB
A"B
A<8
ON CYL. CYL SEL
;sFfRlW
6
S
ADDRESS
PROTECT
~
I
W
141
18
06A
SET RTZ 06B
4
ENABLE
21A
CLEAR LOAD
07B
MAX ADDRESS FAULT
33A
FINE
- A04-IIB(l0)
(A04-24A(l1l
I.
A04-17A(9)
3
7
.
A04-29A(lO)
NOTES:
CD NOT
2
@
@
USED
FOR A03 VOLTAGE INPUT
PINS SEE SHEET 7
NOT USED ON BJ701 J/K UNITS
USED ONLY ON BJ701 J/K UNITS
IA
I
REVERSE EOT PULSE AND
MAX ADDRESS FAULT
LOC· A03
2
A04-25B(lI)
-~
L _______________ J
4 B
I-'
--
I
(18) A07-24A )33A HI CYL BIT B I
(l9)A07-05B )32A HI CYL BIT 0 II
(19) A07-04B ) liB BUS OUT BIT I I
I
(lB) A07 -lOA' 26B BUS OUT BIT 2 I
(18) A07-IOB ,26A BUS OUT BIT 3 I
I
r----I
I
.... --1
BUS OUT BIT I
I
4
(18) A07-17B ,22A
I
5
US) A07 -14B ,238
6
(IS) A07-IIA ,23A
HIGH
(7) A03-05A ,25A
OS) A07-09A )32B
MAXIMUM
4
3
ot:>-
-- - - - - - - --- - - -
0
1:
501
U-D3
6
(IS)A07-IIA 25A
I UB )A07-09A _32B
__________ J
(30)AI3-07A 278
~
16B - A04-02A(II)
IB
22A BUS O~T BIT I
A
I
10
FINE ENABLE
(l8)A07- 24A 32A HI CYL BIT B
(19)A07-05B liB BUS OUT BIT 0
(i8)A07-IOB
UB)A07-17B
(l8)A07-14B
07A ( A04-32B(11l
SEEK
----------------,
B I(8)A07-23A 33B HI CYL BIT 9 I
@
( AII-14B(25)
IC
II
FWDToT
(l9i A07-05A ) 12 B
lOB
HEADS LOADED
ci
(7)A03-0IA) IIA
D
REV EOT
(251AII-09B ) lOA
(25)AII-08A) 16A
A04-33A(l1l I
HEADS LOADED
1
+
3
4
~
I
I-'
2
1
~
10
10
DI
'--/
10
SEEK
C
A04-
REV
A0408A A09- 22B(20)
SEEK
9
~..LD~\I
ID
. AI?_?ICI(?Q\
(30)AI3 -13B
30)AI3-07A
I ----,
I..
~
I I I I
!:'\&In
l"II:'I:'V
A09- 23B(20)
AI2 - 16B (29)
SLOPE
,1;.)1-\
(20)A09-24B
VI"
,:)~ ... u~
'" 1 L
el
II 'L:;j"I 11 W
U-C2A
:3
I~~~
195
~mS
D
UJI
~5'
Lc~ 175H("
0'4B - A 11_ 16A(26)
ON CYLINDER
03A:: !~~=~~~1;?)
ON r.VI
O'IR
INn~A
A05-24A(12)
~
17A
(8)A03-2IA
-OGA 17B
FINE
Ie
10
ENABLE
10
T ~1
A0416B A12-22B (28)
COARSE
II
II
'-J
10~
BI
START
I I
SEEK
I
IUJ~
II
172H
10 M
FINE
SICI
(23)AI0-07B
(23)AI0-08B
A0428B
CYL DET
27B
CYL
DET
18
06A::AII_23B(26)
A0416A
AI2-17B(28)
IB
A
B
GATED CYL
10
PULSES 14A
AII-12A
AI3-03B(31
A09-27B(21)
t
A
(31)AI3-07B}2B
T=O
ex>
w
W
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
~
t<:I
(31 )AI3-17A
NOTE:
CD NOT
ACCESS
USED.
2 FOR A04 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE SHEET 10
4
LOC:
3
CONTROL. PART I
A04
/--
,/--
/-
/
(
I
co
w
w
2
3
I-'
I-'
CD
10
o
10
::t>o
~
G)
@)
SEEK
10
D
1
NOTES
NOT USED
2 FOR A04 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE
SHEET 10.
G) CR NO AS SHOWN FOR HFRV REV
P 8 ABV CR NO 23 FOR REV N
W
o
A04-
+
FWD
(30IAI3-13B
REV
\""
I I I I
1'''
I I I I
~72~L~HIPS
REV U 8
~
USED ON OLDER
BELOW USES FINE.
®
REV U 8 BELOW PIN 12 OF U-C3A
CONNECTS TO A04-16A. REV V 8 ABV
USES D5C.
UNITS.
o
VO"~!?i~i~B~~~\
ON CYLoCYL SELo
SR ROY
(301 A13-07A
... ~
~~~"
Ii!
v'~!?i~~::g~:
v,u~AII-16A(2.6)
SLOPE
(20IA09-24B
10
c
c
10
(B)A03-2IA
I
u
,
A0416B ~ A12-22B (28)
COARSE
II
INEo HEADS LOADED
II
I'~'
10
B
10
06A(AII_23B(2~)
ON CYLoCYL SELo
SR ROY
B
I
'v
'::: AI2-17B(28)
A04-09A(9)
@
(24)AIO-07B
G>
p", I
(24) AIO- OBB
-.- . -----
(9) A04-16A
14A
:::
AII-12A(26
AI3-03B(3I,
A09-27B(21
+5V~
+ 5V
t
A
(31IAI3-07B)_2B
T70
(31 )AI3-17A
~
I
I--'
U1
4
3
1
~
...
3
4
I
I-'
2
1
'"
9(
D
C)
ON
CYLINDER
ON CYL· CYL SEL· SR ROY
D
+5V
A04-'~~~~~~~~
FORWARD
(26)A 11_ 09A g5A OFFSET COMMAND PULSE
TIED TO AIR'.
(30IAI3-07A
;~:- ON
cl
( G) 9
CYL· CYL SEL-SR ROY
I
~9
SEEK
A04
OSB:::
SEEK
3OA:::
·U
CD
AII-13B(25)
!E3R3
SEEK
END
.
EOT
A04-~~-
(S)A03-06A ~IIB
-.1
EOT
STATIC","
T=O
9~'
(M )9
II@
FWD
32A. JA02-05A (43)
..
UNLOAD HEADS
A04-
(26)AII-12B- 23A
OFFSET
COMMAND
"~~,, ~nnvn
IV r I
PULSE
Ie
IIA(A02-23B(6)
START SEEK ( F) 9
B
II (N )
SERVO
S)A03-33A :>29A
MAX
READY
B
1.2 U SEC
ADDRESS FAULT
1
13
1
LOAD+RTZ
+SEEK A04ERROR 15B(AI3_25B (31 )
II (D)
~4~
LOAD-tRTZ SEEK
II (T) MAX ADD FIT· (FWDEQT
+ REVECiT).SERVO
READ'
MAX ADDRESS FAULT
A
00
LV
LV
I-'
I-'
:--.,. I ]
NOTE:
CD
NOT
USED.
o
o
tr:I
A
A0434B
LV
;J::I
(CF) II
;=J
APPLICABLE TO ELVV / LLVV
~
ACCESS CONTROL. PART II
LOC:
4
3
2
I
I
01
AOA
1
::;pj
,r----'.
.
00
w
w
4
3
I-'
I-'
W
0
0
1
2
:t::'
ON CYL
I-Ij
DI
0
CYL SEL
0
SR ROY
'M )9
CYLINDER
ON
90
9
D
ON CYLINDER
(QJ
A04ON CYLINDER
03Ac: A02-32B(5)
AI3-05B(30)
A04-~~~~---------
~9
(30IAI3-07A ,028 ON CYLo CYL ·SEL-SR ROY
TIED TO AIRI, STATIC .,"
SEEK
08B,
SEEK
3OA(
FWDEOT
9(
J)
T =0
'Ti
0
i
E3R3
38.3K
I I
4~
SEEK
END
A04- - - - 8)A03-06A ,liB
FWD EOT
.
II
LOAD
®
+
AII-13B (25)
9
+~v
e
II ( 0 )
CD
32A
JA02-0~A
Ie
(43)
l.l"'f
RTZ
UNLOAD HEADS
A04
A04_01A,23A
IV ,
GND
SEEK
ERROR
IIA'A02_23B(6)
~
(26)AII_09A,05A
OFFSET COMMAND PULSE
)~ ~S~E:R~V~O~R~E~A~~~
__
B
.
________________________________
~~
~I~_iQUD~~~~C~~_'
__
__________________
~
~M~~-2_4_A-.::S.::.E..:...T-=..:..RT~Z~+_ _ _ _ _ _ __
.01 UF
CERAMIC
(S)A03-16B ~2A
B
II
~C2CI
FWD+REV EOT
____ ®]>:>-2_6-"B_-. . .: :.U:. -P~TO~S~P~E:.E c!:!D
(14)A05- 26A
_________
t-_________=========
.I
START
"I
ON CYLINDER
MAX
10
NOTES'
CD NOT USED.
® LOCATED ON
3.
@
01=»
t
\-'
\0
AII-25B (25)
I
~~1)12A
A
A0426A
I
____ -:.J;=~~~-=--t-------l-L-.LJ.,
205 JA02-
UP TO SPEED + UNLOAD HEADS
ADDRESS
HEADS
FLT
LOADED
® 17 2H CHIP USED ON OLDER UNITS.
5
OP
FOR A04
VOLTAGE INPUT PINS
ABOVE AS SHOWN
AI3-33B.
SEE
SIC 09 AND
4
APPLI CABLE TO MLVV
PNL.
SIC 10 AND
(311
UNLOAD HEADS
I~ •
PULSE
SERVO FAULT, LOAD
AND RTZ
SHEET 10.
BELOW
LOC
3
A04
1
~R 10
A04- Al19-25EH20)
13B _ AIO-27S(24)
A03-12A(tlJ
IA
~
+
3
4
I
IV
o
2
1
,----
,
,
®
~
,...LESe,
IT
.0,",
D
I
I
,>Iv)
VOLTAGE FAULT
'
, I:
10
~-~
- - ._-- 13B
OIA (42)
FAULT LED DISPLAY
~~ A04-33B (II)
L
12
-
II
0
•
0
•
o
A12-07A
, "9-'-J
IL~Lj~________________~FA~U~L~T__3~IA~A02_13B
~~
I
-
:g2-27A';,!
AOJA026-' OA "6' ,
-
,
(6)
I
r
1
~ I
~I------------------------_________ ...:.JI
•... _
A02- 1
~.
~.~
OPERATOR PA~.7':_~".~:' ~';';."::"®
0281
I
r-~~~
I
(42)JP201-028_
CI
3 FAULT CLEAR IIA
I
-
I
L
A02-27A (14)
A04-31 B (II)
@ Ie
--~
____________ _
I
22A
1"1 CAD I"UCI"1l nIA""'''''TII''''
(19) A07-06B,
13 (W) MASTER FAULT CLEAR+ CLEAR FAULT STATUS I
r----~
(41) JAOI-09A 28A
(6) A02-02A 27B
(39) J AO I -08A 30B
B
(13) A05-25B
(19) A07-03B
I
I
WRITE FAULT
ADDRESSDELAYED
MARK
ENABLE
a
140
12
MASTER FAULT CLEAR
(6) A02-05B ,24B
READ GATE
(9) A04-03B -}4A
ON CYLINDER
I U-E5B
I
2NI.2~
3_
U-~5D I'".
T
"",n
I II
" 6 I
~..J ~1
L
III
_. I
L.
=
• I I
- ''I
JA02lPA2
12B J/P 201-12B (42)
t..;.;15'--....:W:!.!R.!.!I.!.T!:::.E-'FC!A~U~L1.T_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~<;9B
~
A02-27B (5)
JA02lPA2
I
13
HEAD SELECT FAULT
~~ J/P201-IOB(42)
12
WRITE. READ FAULT
~~A
10
'Q"NCYL.(W+R)
I~B
E5C2
.OIUF
'T'l
WRITE GATt.
(6) A02-04B ,22B
~
t~~~J ~RGTR
=
4
HEAD SELECT FAULT
CLEAR FAULT STATUS
+5V
I
,----=-.1
I
~
r •I
I ,.:. '1
e
A02-15B (5)
JA02/PA2
IB
J/P201-08B (42)
A02-25B (5)
JA02/PA2
03B J/P201-13B (42)
~A02-3IA(5)
-l
L ___ _
® USED ON LL YV
NOTES'
A
CD NOT
@
REV La BELO W
USED.
A
FAULT CLEAR SWITCH LOCATED ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY.
00
w
USED ON MLYV REV M 8 ABOVE.
W
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
~
~
3. FOR
@
A05 VOLTAGE INPUT
SIC
10 WITHOUT
SIC
10 WITH
4
PINS
SEE
SHEET 13.
48140 AND BELOW.
48140
AND
ABOVE.
3
1
/ " ----
I
/~
/
/
~
w
~
"
3",
2
1
I-'
t:;
A01-03B (19)
CLEAR FAULT STATUS
CLEAR FAULT STATUS
o
A05-23B(i2)
+5V
:
tIj
N_O.
O
SI
C5RI
D
!B3RI
IK
MOMENTARY
MASTER-CLEAR
~
+ 5V
+5V
25~ >--<
~~R4
fK
t
A05-
C5CRI
~ ~:~~
CLEAR FAULT STATUS + MASTER FAULT CLEAR
POWER-UP MASTER CLEAR
rrC
+~V
t 5V
C5R5
I.IOK
tl%
1
A0534B
,
C5R1+22V
1• 21K
tl%
C5R8
5.901<
+10/,
• +5V
IB
CI;
·
,33B
~2B
~
-5V
32B
I
IA
;=J I
TPA
C
14,15
Y
12,14
B4R3 •
IK
I.
VOLTAGE FAULT
B5R3
16.9K
:tIOY. l:t,OY.
.13
-SV
=
12 A
B4RI
3.9K
-42V
A05
BI
-VOLTAGE FAULT
lOB
B4R4
A5R4
5.90K
±I%
IK
A5R5
I.IOK
A5R2
I. 10K
., % -5V
±I%
I
A5CRI
~
lA5R6
CD
IB
I
+5V
-20V~~----~I~--------------
-5V'
Ie
+5V
B5R2
1.33K
:tIOY.
-=
34A
A05_A06-IOA (Ie)""
05B A01- 31 B (l9)\t:I
AI5 - 2BB (35)
AII- 05B (25)
A14- 01B (33)
+ VOLTAGE FAULT
h....--
:tIOY.
· -42V TPZ
UP CLEAR
I ~~: L
~K5R6
B5RI
16.9K
+42V
• 1)
I
I
•
I.IOK
tlOY.
+42V
PWR
+5V
C5R9
_ 22V
3B
CD
-
• + 22V
10
+~
A05VOLTAGE FAULT 14B
,
1"
JA02lPA214B
P/J20114B
14B
,<--------< 'IP201~I4B ''''''
A5R3
1.21K
±IO/o
TEST
I ASVRI gn6-
~
:SR8
A02- 17A(5)
A5CI
OIUF
r·
-=
-22V
A I
NOTES'
CD NOT
@ SIC 10 WITH
®
IA
USED.
48140 AND
113 H CHIP USED LLYV REV
ABOVE.
E 8 BELOW
-_ ... __ .... _ .. _--
~
~
I-'
POWER
AND
NORMANDALE
DIVISION
4
3 ' "
UP,
MASTER
VOLTAGE
CLEAR
FAULT
LOC· A05
2
I
1
,:::,.
I
3
4
N
N
L
2
1
+5V
,wRiTE
I
I
PROTECT- SW -,
I·
I
I
--1-
®J
0
14
L __- _____
DI
(6) A02 - 0 5A
A08-14B
I
~
~>-
10K
...J
100
o
I
~2R2
10K
LOCK-TO-DATA 14A,
E2RI
CD
~;;"r--'
~-]~~~
A04- A16OIA OIA
12 (H)
.!L E2CI
__
r
FAULT
-
-
~~
lUF
±IO%
+. I
~ 3
.
I
13
WRITE PROTECT
DELAY 31B
A02- 13A (6)
' JAOI-13A (40)
E2R3
1.5K
E2CR2 '
C2R6
390
C3R3
IK
(II) A04-07B ,25A
II
~'j.n.
+5V
c··
~2RI
B3CRI
B3R5
68
1/2W
"'"OF--F:":S--E-::-T""'W""'R'""I-::-TE=--P--R""'OT--E-C-T
JA04_ ~~3A FAULT POWER STORAGE
r
I r"n.
+46V
JA0208A
0 ::JS~E~R~V~OJR~E~A~D~Y~~~r~=======±==t==============~~~~~~~~~~~~
I
PWR UP CLEAR
+5V
C3R4
+5V
r----
~o,.
09B
'A02-'I
13A
,~,
UNIT READY 28B
®
/n/
- I .......
14L
c
I
+5V
L , A02-24A (5)
+i:iNiTREAoY
SPEED OR VOLT FAULT
+5V
29A,
CD
21A, A13-15A (31)
lB.
UP TO SPEED 17B, A04-23B (II)
B4R6
3.9K
+5V
C2R8
10K
.1
5
25 SEC DELAY 33A, A04-09B (II)
C2C3
6.8UF
~6V
BRUSH CYCLE 26B,
o
NOTES'
NOT USED.
CD
® LEO LOCATED
ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY
3. FOR A05 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE
SHEET 13.
SIC 09 WITHOUT 37831. 37869
a
DELAY TIME FOR REF ONLY.
® WRITE
PROTECT SWITCH LOCATED
ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY.
® CAPACITOR
LOCATED UNDER LOGIC
CHASSIS AT LOCATION JA04.
BLW
MISC. FAULT DETECT + SPEED
DETECT
LOC' A05
2
CD
UP TO SPEED 26A, A04-26B (II)
1
A
/--~-
/
("
00
w
4
W
I-'
I-'
CD
W
o
o
,13A
~
3
READ ENABLE
2
1
T5V
. I
~WRiTE PROTECT- SW -,
1-3
I
I
I
----L.-
I
c
I
I
®..l
14
L __- _____
D
(6) A02 - 0 5A
AOB-14B
JA02OBA
) >-
...J
B3CRI
B3R5
68
1/2W
B3CR2
27A
-=-OF==F::::S:::ET=-:':W7::R':'=IT::::E-:P:-::R""O:::TE:-::C=T
o
JA04_ ~~~A FAULT POWER STORAGE
r
I
LOCK-TO-DATA 14A (
-,
~:n('500UF I
:®_~~~<:.J
JA04- A16OIA
~ E2CI
12 ( H)
OIA
T-= ~ioO/o , I
F'AUlT
~>--:}
E2R3
470
E2CRI
WRITE PROTECT
+5V
3
251
31B, ~~;I-_II;: ~:b)
-5V
C3R3
IK
(Ill A04-07B
DELAY
E2R4
1.8K
+5V
c
CD
+5V
<:!!J ~::V~PR~~~~R I T ' I
r----
C2R7
3.9K
09B
JA02- I
I¥ I
I
(~)
UNIT READY 2BB
®
"''''
//
14
•
+5V
L - AC2-24A (5)
+
+UNiTREAoY
15 ( 0 I
B
c
,
~ (Y)
15 (F
I'~
29A(
I
III
VOLTAGE FAULT
SPEED OR VOLT FAULT
'v~
+5V
15 (G I
,
I
~
UP TO SPEED
B4R6
3.9K
I
CD
B
2JA, A13-15A (311
17B( A04-23B (II)
+5V
4
C2RB
10K
25 SEC DELAY 33A, A04-09B (II)
l'
+5V
BIR2
IK
C2C3
6.BUF
6V
BRUSH CYCLE 26B(
BIR3
27K
@ DELAY TIME FOR REF ONLY.
@) WRITE PROTECT SWITCH LOCATED
NOTES'
A
BICI
15(E~
•
)1
CD
UP TO SPEED 26A( A04-26B (J II
4
CD NOT USED.
® LED LOCATED
""rin'XI
.0IUF
ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY
3. FOR A05 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE
SHEET 13.
ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY.
® CAPACITOR
LOCATED UNDER LOGIC
AT LOCATION JA04.
CHASSIS
SIC 09 WITH 37831 BUT NOT 37869
25 SEC
~
I
tv
W
3
4
----------------------
-
"II.'··..·
0
•
MISC. FAULT DETECT + SPEED
DETECT
B
LOC' A05
2
1
A
t
4
N
~
CD
3...
_13A
JA02(42)J/P201-09B,08A
OPERATORWRITEPROTE~T
~A
.- 200 -
~ I L
I 21A
J\j()~,
(6) A02 -05A
OFFSET WRITE PROTECT
A08- I 4B HEAD
JA0409A
B3CRI
12CRIt)2RI
2CR2
82.5.n.
B3R5
14
?I!.u
5~311~ ~~
JA04- A16OIA OIA
T
U-C
±IO%
-=
FAULT
12
lE2R2
3.9K
H
14A, fj'\
\!...I
3A" 7
r
13
WRITE PROTECT DELAY
(TO WRITER)
E2CR3
C2R6
220
E2CR2
A02- 13A (6)
JAOI-13A (40)
1
Ie
+5V
POWER UP CLEAR
25B
31B
E2R3
IK
±I%
_ 5V
-=-
C3R3
IK
A05-07B
3~
,.-,FL
IUF
+5V
Oil
1
~
I0
.!.L E2CI
500 UF I
e1
Iz
L,I
I
02
L "
-
~_]:? ~<:J
~>--:L
-=
10K
B3CR2
32A FAULT POWER STORAGE
r+£-)~1(;\
1
+5V
U-B3F
D1
2
~h
SERVO READY
C2R7
JA02-
~~ J/P201-13A(42)
UNIT READY
UNIT READY 28B. A02-24A (5)
iJNiTREADY
15
D
)-:::::::--::==':====~::::;:;:=:7."=------------------I----J
~~V~OL~T~A~GE~F~A~U~LT~__________________________________t-________________T-t-t-~
BI
29A,
CD
-1-r.015UF
±IO%
UP TO SPEED
+5V
®
1<' 1"""81
15(G)
+ VOLT FAULT 21A A13-15A (31l
UP TO SPEED
t
B4R6
3.9K
17B
IB
A04-23B (J Il
+5V
~C2R8
~
5
I 14~
I
r;B
1A-B
~16 AB 114
A =B
A----7FA
t
SPEED SENSOR
®
JA02(46) J/P205.05B
5.IIK
:tl%
~:-02A
+5V
C2RI
3.9K
START
4
START
E
I
B
C2CI
T·IUF
=
B
START
14
:t20%
-to5V
C2CR3
C2R4
3.9K
14
C2CR2
POWER UP CLEAIt>
13
14
IU-C2BI
-to
-L-IC2C2
6.8UF
6V
NOTES-
CD
A
®
3.
@
®
®
NOT USED.
LOGIC PLUG SWITCHES ARE LOCATED ON
SWITCH PANEL ASSY. SWITCHES SHOWN
IN LOGIC NUMBER POSITION.
FOR A05
SIC
AS SHOWN - SIC
NOT USED - SIC
II AND ABOVE
10 AND BELOW
173 H CHIP USED LLYV REV E
a
BELOW
A
VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE SHEET 13.
10 AND
BELOW.
ABOVE, AS
SHOWN
SIC
SIC 09 WITH 37831, 37869
09 AND
a
ABV
UNIT SELECT
J205- 05B ~~,02A
"""I
N
-...)
UNLOAD
HEADS
LOC·A05
4
3
2
1
.
01::-
I
tv
00
-cDl-
I
nUL~11
I
lJ.'9J.A~.1 ~I~
(S)A02-2BA
- - Jt~tl
POWER UP l::LEM _ _
-
(9)A07-33A ~B
01
3
4
I" - ---
21A
- -
A06I lOA
2
+~
POWER ®
470
--
X/V
JPN
(S)A02-25A
BUS
IN BIT 0
16B
BUS
IN
+5V
BIT I
12
BUS
IN BIT 0
13
BUS
IN BIT 0
9
BUS
IN BIT I
17A
BUS IN BIT
17B
2
I
I , _ LI"IT l I?
BUS
IN BIT 2
IN BIT 2
BUS
IN
BUS IN BIT 3
9
(5) A02-16A
liB
BUS
12A
15
22B
17
~
3
A
IK
12
BUS IN
13
BUS
IN BIT
4
BUS
IN BIT
5
BIT 4
BUS
IN BIT 6
I I T; lolX/Y
kI2"
IIA
BUS
II
IN BIT 7
,5
Frx7Y1.
C!
~~--------------~I~W
(7) A03-13B ~2B
INDEX
(7) A03 _ 21 B g2A
SECTOR
ItiJ
NOTES:
CD
~
CD
FAULT CLEAR SWITCH LOCATED ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY.
SIC 10 WITHOUT 48140 AND BELOW.
SIC 10 WITH 4BI40 AND ABOVE.
SIC
II
AND
ABOVE.
5
BUS IN
BIT
BUS IN
BIT 6
BUS IN BIT
BUS
6
IN BIT 7
BUS IN BIT
12
I.NDEX
13.
INDEX
7
SECTOR
SECTOR
TIE HIGH
ONLY
w
w
TRANSMITTERS
o
o
LOC: A06
4
Ie
17
3
15A
08
15B
16
~
)~
_ 16A
20
)
)
~
13A
78
136
II
IB
)~
)~
)
B
13
I-'
I-'
~
21B
)~
22A
IB
)
BUS IN BIT 5
(6)~02-22B ,lOB
(6) A02-14A ,
w
07
IN BIT 4
13 (
00
25A
TIE HIGH
+5V
A
~
BIT 3
BIT
10
~
BUS
BUS IN
(S)A02-2IA
17
J3-J4
~
24A
BUS IN BIT
CI
BI
B~
A=B
2 G)
7
6
IIS)A07-2SA ,33B
16 (
A
HD SEL TAG (011)
BIT
7
, I
!lS)A07-IIA ,30A
BUS OUT
BIT
6
- I
(lS)A07-14B ,33A
BUS OUT
BIT 5
CD
NOT
I
'"
A2:..:7~B:""-_ _ _-'VV~T--yr--;-]
"0
ERROR
RECOV"y
DIAGNOSTIC
32A
~
~
~
TAG 22
TAG
CD
, A02-288 ("
"'A A02-IG' ("
3D' ' "
19
TAG (OOil
(010)
D
\!.J
31A
A02-12A (4)
470
298
"0
TAG GATE
~32B
4
29A
OUT
19
2BA
"«'
55
c
"
lAG 2
"0
~:I:PI~A(~2s1)
25B
19
24B
TAG (000)
20
HD SEC TAG
A06-3" ""
T
4TO
470
DO'
HIGH eYL BIT
A13-3IA (3O',AD2-12"3I
A03-"".',
A06-3O.""
A13-21A"D1'~:l~l:
A« _ 048 (25'
24A
IK
~
12A B~~
~UT
~-------:-:-:::"';';;:;-- +5V
(BI-~~~H
470
~ '~IT
~ r-----,
4TO
OOA
"
S OUT
6
WA
POWER UP CLEAR+MANCLR:
L ___ -1
19(L
19 (BB\...____
19
4TO
()
A
HOLD
m
1,2-
10
BUS OUT
21B BIT
.. , 5
~ ...
I'IA
A
470
--
~
ro~n
~J
BUS OUT 470
".4
'!(U
21A BIT
4
I fn
~-;;:--
--"!Y':.
~GI
I
13
RCVR
162
C4
.....
I. I
,
12
6 G2
B
<4l
8
III
172H
EI
,IT
«8<"
,
r
6
288 A02-028(41
2
LOW CYL TAG ( l 1 0 ) c = @ 1: \
A13-06B (36)
B
9
CONTROL
TAG (III)
9
8
10
1,2-~
L -____~~
140
A2
10
8
1
I
146
01
.
f.12~
~A02-03B(6)
I
TAG GATE IN
19
~
IIA A13-33A
A02- (30),AII-03A(25)
,A06-30A" TI
6
TARGET REGISTER TAG (lOll
146
01
®
A03-2""', A03-23A'"
BUS 0"'
8 GI
~M~0~D~A~D~DR~E~S~S___GD~3~_r----------------SELECT
23A
"-'
4 TO
'"
CYL BIT 9
'i'
4
1,2-~
BUS OUT BIT
L.(D
19
, A06-03A (17)
5
14B, AI3-30A(30), A02-09B(31, A06-33A(l7)
AII-06A(25),AO~23A(6),AOW3B(6)
BUS OUT
09B BIT 3
32
~ 8B
A
31
~
~
00
w
w
......
......
w
o
o
~
BUS OUT
13A BIT 2
13B
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.::.BU::.;S=--=0c::;U..:..T....:B~I..:..T_4_'___r_-----17-'-(B, AI3-28B(30), A02-04A(3), AII-07B(25)
~
470
BUS OUT BIT
470
470
BUS OUT BIT
®
NOT
2
9
8
GI
12'
USED .
INPUT PINS TO THIS RECEIVER SECTION ARE
VERTED SO OUTPUT IS COMPLEMENTED.
4
~
IN-
GD
®
®
SIC
10 WITHOUT 46140 AND
BELOW.
ARSV
19
RE_V_ E
NOT USED ON BJ701 J/K UNITS
USED ONLY ON BJ701 J/K UNITS
RECEIVERS
LOC: A07
3
0
lOB
AI3-29B(30), A02-03A(3)
A03-22A(!U.t A03-26A(8)0
lOA
AI3-24A(30), A02-07A(3)
A03-26A(!U.tA03-26B(8)0
~
19
NOTES'
CD
A03-23B(BAA03-22A(8)(;\
~ 19
470
~
\:V
\V
A
(/
/
00
.
3
4
W
/-,/
,~
(
LV
I-'
I-'
W
2
1
19
o
I'
o
""H'
AII·05A(25)
'AII-IIB(25)
L~ ...
" ........ vl
~
~
-I~
;'::~l:l:
D
0
o
A02-2SB (5)
A02-16B (5)
ERROR
RECOVERY
DIAGNOSTIC
TAG
(!)
31A
TAG
A02-12A (4)
19
1_
BUS OUT
BIT
2SA
09A' A06-33B (171
, A13-31A 1301.A02-12B (3)
A03-32BIS), A06-30B1171
AII-04B 1251
7
24A
CYL BIT S
c
®
AI3-2IAI30I , A03-32AISI
A03-33B IB)
@
1-
",u" v, .... D"
®
""', AI3-25A(30).A03-33BlS)
"
®
1- I
I I I
1-
19
19 (BB)
tlU~ UUI
.........
~
...... ,,~vv
tlll
@
A03·25A lBI. A03-23AISI
IIA,AI3-33AI301, A02-IIBI31
AII-03A(25) .A06-30A(l7)
b
TARGET REGISTER TAG (lOll
---002.02B(4)
LOW CYL TAG (1101,
--~q13.06BI36J
I I
IY
B
B
I.
D3CI
6BOPF
1'2%
"'~''''
330NS
'"U u~,
LV~CA02.0J8(6)
LV",A06-03AII7)
... on
BUS OUT BIT
5
14B, AI3-30AI301. A02-09B(31, A06-33A(l7)
AII-06A(25). A03-23AlSI. A03-23~1
®
2-1 ..
"",
vv,
""
" ... "
VU I
D"
"
'V":
DU;;J
vu
D"
'"
'V", AI3-24A(301.
I
MENTED.
® NOT USED ON BJ701 J/K UNITS.
NOTES:
o
~
1
W
NOT USED.
4
.
~ USED ONLY ON BJ701 J/K UNITS.
o
3
AI3-29B(30), A02-03A(3)
0A03-22J\IS), A03-26AIS)@
®
® ARE
INPUT PINS TO THIS RECEIVER SECTION
INVERTED SO OUTPUT IS COMPLELOC: A07
~
AI3-2SB(30). A02-04A(3). AII-07B1251
®A03-23BIS). A03-22AIS)@
u ... "
A
I-'
c
A02-07A(3)
A03-26AISI,A03-26BIS)@
A
(---
,f- "
~
...
00
w
w
3
4
f-J
2
~-\
1
......
w
o
+5V
®
o
D3R2
2.00 K
1%
~
~
+5V
II
ID
A07-
D
<~JA02-04B (43)
MOD ADDRESSED
~ A06-09B (I6)
1I'~
POWER
MOD ADDRESSED
POWER
lJ
18
r@-- - - - --
TAG (III)
TI
(BB) 18
10K
HIGH
10K
-5V
J3-J4
SELECT
HOLD
I
r-----,
I
I
I
I
®
--L
~
A05- 25B ii3il
A05-2IB{l2)1
A02 - 27A (4) I
A06 - IDA (I6) I
JA0202B
I
LL_:-=~~~~ ))
470
>IV'v
470
I
SELECT HOLD
>IV'v
Wl8
10K
-~
+5V
c
c
I
1'6
27
06A
~)
24
04A
BUS OUT BIT I
TAG
(III)· BIT 0
IIB( A02-23A(4)
470
>IV'v
470
BUS OUT
BIT
I
04B
A13-22B (30)
( A02-06A (3)
® A03-26B(8)
26
0
~)3A
BUS OUT BIT 0
23
ERROR REC
18~
(£)
470
>IV'v
470
028
1_
BUS OUT BIT
r:
(OIO)
180
18 ( J)
01::>
I
W
I-'
EARLY
STROBE
15A
AI6-D4B(36)
SERVO OFFSET NEGATIVE
16B, AII-2IA (27)
II
SERVO OFFSET
16A, AII-22B (27)
POSITIVE
P
CLEAR
I'"
CLR CHK
RTZ
(§)
CL EAR
SWITCH
LOCATED
SIC
09
WITH
@)
SIC
10
WITHOUT 48140
®
SIC
10
WITH 48140
4
37966
FAULT STATUS
B
DIAGNOSTICS
03B, A05- 25B (I3)
06B( A05- 22A{l2)
'" I
BUSS OUT BIT 2
USED.
FAULT
15B: AI6-03B(36)
14
NOTESNOT
STROBE
BUSS OUT BIT 3
18( H'
CD
®
®
LATE
BUSS OUT BIT 4
18~
A
A03-IIB (S)
A13-26B (30)
, A02 -07B{ 3 )
A03-IIB(8)
A03-3A{S)
o@
BI
TAG
05B
TAG (001)
LOW CYL TAG
18~-
0
AND
ON
ABOVE.
SWITCH
PANEL
ASSY.
o
®
NOT
USED ON BJ701
USED ONLY ON
OLDER UNITS
FOLLOWING.
BJ701
USE
J/K
UNITS
J/K
THE
RECEIVERS
AND BELOW.
LOC: AD7
AND ABOVE.
3
SEEK
05A ( A03-12B (8)
®
8,2!F
AD4-27A (ID)
A
.J:>,
4
I
LV
3
2
1
N
A09(Z7) AII-Z6A g6A
CD ..
~
FINE POSITION ANALOG
INVERTING AMP
AIR5
31.6K
AIR4
-1.61
~
U,
AIRI
Z.15K ~
1M
(Z6)AII-ZZA ,27A
1-42VA9RI"A91
I ~,14B
I
~
-.98
I~
-1.61
0-- ~
9
D
HORIZONTAL INPUT 6A .
VERTICAL OUTPUT AR 5 - PIN 9
D
ON CYL SENSE A09-248 C A04-15A (9)
AII- 33A (Z7)
AIRZ
2.15K
1M
FINE. HEADS LOADED+OFFSET COMMAND
-42V EMERGENCY
JA098B
3RI
RETRACT
'VVI
C7 ...~...L-!
8-E3 (49)
511
±I".
3CJN -:r-I
~.I~_~-l
I
-.98
----r:r
(Ill A04-138 ,258
II
HEADS LOADED
TO EMERGENCY
RETRACT POWER
STAGE
+15V
c
c
IR2
Q2
+
-L-
(Z8)A12-2SB~,128
T-=-
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
14
4RI
IN'
ZI5 K
3.9K
DICI
I50UF
ZOV
:!:20%
4R2
Z.ZMEG
.-
JA09-
~9B
lI'
8-EIZ(49)
IRI
±5~.
±I~.
3.9K
IR3
1.2K
-15V
B
Z38 FORWARD
SEEK
FORWARD
SEEK
(9) A04 -08A ,2Z8 REVERSE
SEEK
REVERSE
SEE K
(9)
(Z8)
A04- 07A
AI2 _ Z68 ,288
C4
I
® ~REG
-22.V
C4
@
:
+ 12V
+15V
~-15V
~
C2R5
~~~K
INVERTING
AMP
2.87K
!:I%
I
HORIZONTAL INPUT 288
VERTICAL OUTPUT U-EI-PIN 8
SPECIAL CONDITIONS Z2B LOW
EIRI
238 HIGH
+ 5V
t>.ITY
5V
I
LVN
3ZA
'.+4ZV
G
GI 9
-I
A
@
f
I
4ZV
NOTES:
8
'4A
® @J
LV
LV
TPA
~
I-'
t-'
W
o
o
1
TPZ
I
CD
NOT USED
4
\
:
@
LOCATED ON EMERGENCE
RETRACT ASSY.
®
WITH
ELPV.
REV
C.
3
f
-IV
(AJ) ZI
~ ~~~P
HORIZONTAL INPUT 288
VERTICAL OUTPUT EID PIN 8
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2ZB HIGH
236 LOW
ON CYLINDER SENSE, EMERGENCY
RETRACT CONTROL AND
MODE
LOC: A09
~
M:j
ENABLE
-1.5V
-15V
,3A,
r> '. Z.ZK SWITCHING MODE
AR7
3ZB
ro
~ ~~~
t
+ 1.5V
+IV
-+ 5V
018
B
ZI
r
C2R6
L...-...J
,348
®
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
.. 2ZV
ZI
A
/
;----\
r-
,/
co
w
w
4
...
3
2
/-----
1
I-'
I-'
w
0
0
!J:>r
~
PIIJI
A09-
32B(~ A3-14 (50)
+42V
01
r:
A09-
FROM POWER
AMP GROUND
C2R9
17B GROUND
20 - AH SUMMING
AMP
3.16K
~-
OUTPUT
CURRENT FEEDBACK
~
~------,
1%
BR5
13.3K
1/2 W
I 'Y.
(II) A04 -218
158
LOAD
(II) A04-25A
~---r
HEADS
I
SWITCHING
,
MODE ENABLE
9!\r-:;r
--l I
I
I
I
r-...l...---
I
29B
100
I RETRACT
RELAY
I K2
VOICE
COIL
C2VR2
10V
:t5%
I
I
100
10
C2R7
6
>---<>
~MERGENCYc
8RI
10V
:!5%
IN
NO NC
I
BR4
390
IW
2.2 MEG
C2VRI
I
I
9CR2
9R2
.0039UF
20Q)
0.25°1
9R3
511
.! 1%
9CR3
C2RB
CI
I
+42V
9RI
150
IW
9CRI
A0916B HEADS LOADED
1°
P/JA0921B
POWER
BCRI
AMP
6CRI
®
I
I
I
I-S~E2
6RI
100
(31l A13-17B
(9 lA04-30B
A0926B
T~7
12
-15V
~
27B CYL PULSE BLANKING
BI
6R3
390
IW
13
E2R1 -
+5V---"
I
~~~/~K
i
3C~~I~
3CR3
3CR2
@
REVERSE
20
(Ai)
FORWARD SEEK
~
SEEK
)
)
2.2K ~DIR5 14
20
~I~
"
I
I
I
F>-<
926 F 9
U-DIC
3R3
150
IW
AI
CD
NOT
®
LOCATED ON POWER
AMP
USED
FOR A09 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS
SEE SHEET 16
,
~
w
LV
4
3
IB
L-l
TT~l
I
~~14
I
!.I%
I
0250
I
I
-42v
2H~T~9_
-42V
I
I
I
I
-'
A09-
-5V
NOTES:
____
07B
~
4,,~
"..[J
6R4
13.3K
t
.i9_
·1
06
03B
PI/JI-
(~
A3-14(50)
IA
I
"""
w
"""
~
23(A~
3
,
2
__
A_G_C____________________________________________________- - -
o
+14V
(~~
t I
7RI
100
7C I
.1 UF
~20",.
DIBITS
FROM
SERVO
PRE AMP
7R3
rE-
!!ICI
~ .01 UF
TP-M
'VV'r-
4C2
( DIBITS@
.IUF
AK 23,24
I.OOK
r-l !
7C2
OIB 23B 23B
CI
l~
7C3
470PF
-=5PF
J8- JAIO- AIO02B 25B 25B
7R21
100
.1 UF
7R4
6
""'"
:t20'l\,
I.OOK
4C3
7R5
51.Ul
t20"lo
-
1
YE-
r
.IUF
7C6 j:20'l\,~ 5R4
r.OIUF
I.OOK
+ 14v
L
7VR2
7.5V
BCRI
l·
BRI
38.31<
.0IUF
rl
±20",•
4C4
OIUF
r·
+5V
E4_CI
+14v
• IUF
%20"'.
Ie
-14V
BCR2
B
5C4
-1~
.IUF
AL .23,24
?
E4R3
33K
,.--I~:!!I%
eCI
o,uF
+ !!IV
B
E4R4
9.!!I3K
CD
2
BR2
38.3K
AIO) 348
BVRI
• +5V
918
7. !!IV
• -!!IV
+22V
010
~+14V
-22V
!!IO U SEC
02
-14V
-14V
-14V
r·
BC2
OIUF
~-14V
A
00
w
w
TPA
::J
IA
NOTE:
CD
TPZ
1
I
I-'
NOT
USED
~
2er.:l
I-'
FINE SERVO
W
o
o
~
...
LOC: AIO
4
3
2
23,24
A
/
/
I
00
w
4
W
f-'
f-'
W
/
+
3
2
/
1
o
o
:J::'
I-Ij
D
D
Q
AGC CONTROL
24
10 kn
~AI~~~)
~ ,.~
+DIBIT
,
I(
,
+12 V
pF
1
2('"
QP-C6
•
, . .Y..
n
-•
------1r----------------------~(A)23
~J
1 kn
249
2.15 kn
+12 v
Q4
n
2.2 kO
3.3 kO
DEBITS
FROM
SERVO
PRE AMP
c
4.99 kn
-12 V
•
249
200
n
2.15 kn
1 kn
2.2 kO
.
( B) 23
AIO:::34B
'+:iV
::: OIB
+22
,338
B
,028
r
, -5V
V QIO
6.8 kn
3.3 kn
::~:VV
~
REG
r - - - -....-~+5
!
®
~
B
, -12V
TPZ
OIA
. +5 V
-12 V
-22V~
,34A
--
c
CR2
6,8 kn
V
9.53 kn
33 kn
SEVORS.Jl~;
TPA
HEAD
~
5
~~
FZON
JB -02 8
~
=
NOTE:
CD
®
A
-12 V
NOT USED
THIS CARD HAS TW'O SEPERATE
"*"GROUNDS CONNECT TO PIN 34A.
OTHERS CONNECT TO PIN IA.
SEE SHEET 50
+5 V
1 kn ...--------------~~
'''I~''
~~.~
@
+SENSING
DIBITS,
"7,
A
3MS
USED ON HFRV REV P S ABOVE·
MAGNETlC I'ERJI'HEJII.LS INC.
-~-
~
I
W
U1
4
3
+
I
HO""ANaA.L.I
FINE SERVO DECODER, PART I
LOC: Ala
2
cz
0"""_
19333
1
,I:::.
3
4
I
W
0'\
+14V
TP-U
22'24~ i
·OICRI
+5V
0lCR2
CIRS
fClR8
10K
I.OOK
Dl
OlR3
2.21<
.tS"r.
tn.
r1r ·
OIUF
CIR!5
CD
CIRI2
TP- R
D
0lCR3
A2RI
CIR4
Ii214
J... OICI
-=
'T' .IUF
@
A2CRI
10.0 K
... ,13
i.......--
-t
•
•
.t20"r.
-L..
....L..OIC2 fo.IR4
'l" .01UF 180K
:!:20 %
'T'
0lC4
.01 UF
11
!5'"1o
CIRI
CIR2
CD
CD
~
t---
"" OIVRI
7.5v
SENSI NG-= 01 BITS
22,24 (AN)
CIRII
17.8 K
0lR2
10.OK
10.OK
1
I
olC]
-=
·DIR5
10 499
CD
2
II
6
01 RI
+
r-
L-
-14V
C2R5
-14V
~
10.OK
CI
C2CI
•
-7~
TP-T
• 0IUF
22, 24
fA2'.
+ 5V
A2R3
~5%
C2R8
C2R6
I.OOK
13
-5v
02RI
2.21<
II
~5"r.
•
2.87K
1 ~3
10
D2R2
499 D2CRI
~
,
11
A2R4
383
....
h -&
I -b 3CI
2200 PF
1000K
C2RI
C2R2
CD
C2R7
20.0K ..._ _ _-'
I
B
~
CD
T
!'...9
I
1214
Il~g~ y2g~F ~
-L"""
-14V
CD
AIR7
SELECTED
DURING
AICRI
-14V
00
W
W
looo"r~~
t=JA'"
W
0
0
4
TP-L
.....
_
-
096
AIRI6
4.99K
~~rR'
2.15K
I-'
I-'
~
-5V
2.15K
AIRII
7
AIRI2
6
:t~0'::
AIR8
~
AIRIO
120%
+14V
13.01< • 10.OK
~I
L+---
+5V
B
O.IUF
RI=2.87Kl1 AND
R2= 34811 RE V L
AND 8ELOW.
~
+5V
-14V
-)I
MANUFACTURE
FOR AID INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 18
@
4.991<
2.2M
.t 5"r. AICI
\1
TEST
A2R6
I.ooK
180K
AtR9
NOTE:
!,20%
A2R5~
1.001<
2R4
l ... ,
24 (AP) EVEN DI81T READ GATE
-
A2~R~
"'N'¥--
10K
2.49K
CD
3
:t 5 '1.
fl~~~7
2.15K
A
AIRI4 TP-Q
470
.±5%
,.
AII-266
(26)
AGe
FINE SERVO DECODER, PART 2
LOC
2
AID
I
1
AM) 22
/---
I
/
f
/~-.\
I
4
CXJ
w
w
•
3
I-'
I-'
2
1
-l
W
0
0
,
T
:x:oo
C.j
Dl
22
7
0
IE
.1
r
uF
I.1
6S~P-~4
AGC'O 0181T5
(2 V poP @NUll)
---,
! 210
1 kn
L, 1
-12 V
!
N.
10 kn
CI
I(
220
1'" ,
9
.1 uF
,
~2.'5
kn
I ' :" I :!:.L
'.1:'
1 uF
_5%
•
'le
~ ~
o F316AF7
:Rb~
"_nA
~
t
+5 V
• ,~
24 (i)+POS PEAK DET. GATE
Ie
a:-C4
+12 V
+1
of
uF
I
~
~.'
'0 kn
-12 V
210 n
'~
+12 V
+20 V
680 n
~6.9B kn
i
2.10 kn
1
4.99 kn
24
.1· uF
2.15 kn
n
0
uF
11
~1
KII
f2.94 kO
x/v
T
AGC'O OIBITS ~ E) 24
(4 V pop @NULL)
1<-
uF
~
-=
-12 V
----.lL10 pF
!10%
2IcRP-B~15 16rcRP~B311
A
I
I
I
I
I
II
+5 V
+5 V
I
180 n
-NEG. PEAK
24(K ~ OET. GATE
I(B)
,
61
X/V
~
AI
..
I~
f
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
13:
14
L____ J
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
114
I
31
'T'470 pF
-=
IB
L
1
POS. PEAK DEl. IF) 24
10 kn
-12 V
232 kO
t-
( 10 pF
-12 V
+12 V
+12 v
232 kn
CR~
10 kn
2 N
NEG. PEAK DEl.
1
(.94 kn
G
24
10 kn
(
1'47U pF
1'"0 •." "
SMD 7490
MAGNETIC PERJrHER.t\LS INC.
"=:':"c~o.
~
I
W
-....J
IT
,~~, ''''I
200 n
BI
4
3
+
2
1
DP
I,
~
3
4
I
W
2
1
co
D
D
+14V
~
+!5V
E2R3
2.74K
+!5V
tr
E2R7
33 PF
'.CI
AIO278
IlA04-13B
HEADS LOADED
c
EIR!5
19.6K
EIR6
Z8.7K
% I PF
EVEt-I DIBIT READ GATE
EIRI
AIO-
CD
ODD
DIBITS
12B :: AOI-22B (I )
+ !5V
SENSING
OIBITS
Ie
D3RI
270
t5'Y.
OIBITS
22,23
ODD + EVEN
+I·V
E2R4
26.1
E2R2
2J4K
ODD
DIBITS
DIBITS
EVEN· DIBITS
E2R5
EVEN
'f
-14V
OIBITS
I
I
EIR7
28.7K
lEIR4
19.6K
EIR2
CD
12
D3R2
270
t!5'Y.
000+ EVEN
E2C3 .
J.OIUF
ODD DIBIT READ GATE
CD
2
@
SELECTED
DURING
liB
A03-05B(B)
CD
A03-04A (8)
DIBITS lOB
NEG.
,I
PEAK DET.
+12
v
~3
-12 V
'S9
4.22 kn
2.87
.n
ID
1+ CR4
lOkO
E1
v 1 1 . IC18
8 kn
14.7
'" . "
~!8!
1
.c"'- am" ,
a'"
".""
)-=-A04-27"51
0101
>=-A04-2B'''"
07'
lOOO
R74
10 AOJ
kn
AGC
'.02
R17 kO
-5
c
)~
TRACK SERVO SIGNAL
-12 V
~CR5
v
R70
4.'.'n
1
.1
R73
""
..
2.R1kO
'5 V.
AGe CONTROL
t
l.
470
!5%
n
7
7
470
Ie
H) 22
(
n. t5%
412
-12 V
+12 V...",..,
2.26 kn
+5
B
H.
100 (}
n
825
23
n
19.6 kn
=.
RSI
28.7 kG
+5 V
~ R102
'5 V
B
&
33 pF
(D) AGC'D DIBITS
(2V P-P(a:l NULL)
1 kn
!5%
.POS. PEAK DET. GATE
III
175
(7) A04- 13B
P
~)
~
AGC'D DIBITS
23
(E'
(4 V P-F'(Q) NUlL)
10
9
.
+12 V..
A
T
~Y 11 ~
-r
10
9
NC
12
*=
~n
S
-000
I
, rxiY'I -
(4)
22B (I)
- (OOO.EVEN OIBITS)
~AOI-04B(I)
,
L-A03-22B(3)
R98
270
....
,~.....
825
2.26 kn
100
n
I(
33 pF
!IO%
NOTE:
~
c
+5 V"
R93
28.7 kn
+ 5 0/0
t(OOO. EVEN
R103
TEST SELECTED RESISTORS
MA~~::'~C PERJPHERt\LS INC
(g:!> '~',,",,''''''''~'''~
~
I
3
n
DIBITS»)~
NC
&
......
19.6 kn
4
~~A03-04A
OIBlTS~AOI_
)~A03-05B(3)
.EVEN OIBlTS
-5 V
...
\.0
)~
EXT. INHIBIT
HEAD S LOADE D
w
(:0 23
-EVEN DIBITS
•
FI NE SERVO DECODER, PART
31·
LOC:AIO
2
NORIroIANDAl[
CWFR.6.TIONS
1- I
~CO~D'~'D~,"~T~~~-~~~----~~---L~
19333
A
.;:..
I
4
.;:..
.i-
3
2
1
0
+5V
AII(II) A04-06B )IOB
DI
(10) A04-30A - 13B
-- --I
1,2
LOAD + RTZ
A2 PIN I
A2 PIN 8 0
I I
+2V
(B)A03-IOB
14B
I, TI I I
REV EOT PULSE
It ,T I I I I II I I I II
-IV
(9)A04 -22A
13A
VELOCITY
3 I
n~ ~
READ
(6)A02-04B ,24B
(6) A02 - 31 B - 24A
"4
SEEK
D
+5V
B2RI
3.9K
~+5V
F''''
3.9K
GATE
B2R2
3.9K
4
FWD
EOT
AII-
~
OBA,
A03-16A (B)
REV
EOT
EN'ABLE
9
AIII"
READ ADDRESS MARK ENABLE
09B, A03-IOA (B)
JAOI-
2;~~
J101-I1B(36)
ADDRESS MARK ENABLEIO
AII-
CD
REV
(O.IV liN / SEC)
I
C~
I
+2V
C3R2
UP-TO-SPEED·
UNLOAD HDS
(II) A04-26A - 25B
FWD SEEK
OV
TEST POINT C
L.::
(2B) A12-30B ,02A
I I I
+IV
909K
CYLINDER PULSES
0
1----
13
SEEK
I I I I I II I I I II I I I
liB
(lB) A07-25B ,
3,4,5
~
6
141
AIIIIA
UNIT SELECT TAG (000)
B3B
r.-. 29A
' AI5-23B(35)
9
\.!..I'28A
0'
I
"I
0
8B
BI
c
~Ci)
CD
csJ7A
12
13
QjOA
:::::
±
E=i
®
co
CD
15
.•
CD
31B
IB
0
CD
4c
QjIA
ItJ R
520
RGTR
AII(18) A07-25B ,05A
Q)(13)A05-05B)
~04B
A
(18) A07-09A
(18) A07_IIA03A
BUS OUT BIT 7
BUS OUT BIT 6
(18) A07- 14B
(18) A07- 17B
BUS OUT BIT 5
BUS OUT BIT 4
06A
07B
I
NOTES:
Ci)
w
o
o
®
......
::t>'
~
2.
4
CD
I-'--
0
CD
UNIT SELECT 2
UNIT SELECT
12 CD
13 I - - - II
CD
~CD
I.....-- 14
FOR All INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 26
SIC II AND ABOVE
3
21
UNIT SELECT 22
UNIT SELECT 2 3
ELUV REV K
NOT USED.
- 'A, A05-07A (15)
U'l
-':O(B
CD
~ CD
I - - - - ","6
I
I--'
+
CD
51----7
!
00
W
w
4~
I I I
UNIT SELECT TAG (000)
PWRUPCLEAR
a BELOW
FWD/REV EOT ENABLES,
READ AM ENABLE,
LOGIC PLUG AND UNIT SELECT GATING
LOC: All
. A05-06B (15)
U
"
--B. A05-07B(15)
Ull
u.
-7A. A05-08A (15)
IA
/
(
00
3
4
w
w
I-'
I-'
W
_ 25B
2
1
+UP TO SPEED-UNLOAD HEADS
(7IA04-26A
0
0
... 5V
AIILOAD + RTZ
(II) A04-06B ,lOB
:t>'
~
5
D
- ---I
4
SEEK
(10) A04-30A ,13B
.015/,F
REV EOT PULSE
(4) A03 - lOB ; 14B
CYLINDER-PULSES
(5) A04-22A;: 13A
(24)AI2-30B
II
L t.dlll
III
0
o
6
909K
_ 9 2A
1111 II "
A2 PIN 2
A2 PIN I
VELOCI TY (O.IIIN/SEC)
-2V
-IV
ov
+IV
+2V
TEST POINT C
+15 v~I-I-----'
10.OK
c
C
114iA07-29A
,24B
(J4)A07 .31 A
24A
READ GATE
3
ADDRESS MARK
ENABLE
2
I ri
I
IB
AII-
liB
(IB) A07-25B ,
12,13
U
140
BI
6 -FORWARD EOT
12.70K
III
AII29B
' " 29A
READ ADDRESS MARK ENABLE
CD'
BI
~>--
29B -
0A
31B
UNIT SELECT TAG (000)
PWR UP CLEAR
CD
(18) A07-09A ~04B
03A
(18) A07- IIA
(18) A07- 14B ,OSA
BUS OUT BIT 7
BUS OUT BI T 6
BUS OUT BIT 5
12
(18) A07- 17B
BUS OUT BIT 4
13 CD
o
2.
CD
7
6
10
II
15
14
UNIT SELECT 2 0
04A , A05-07A
CD
UNIT SELECT
038
CD
UNIT SELECT 22
CD
UNIT. SELECT
21
23
ELUV REV L 8 ABOVE
NOT USED.
FOR All INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 2G
I
~
FWD/REV EOT ENABLES,
READ AM ENABLE,
LOGIC PLUG AND UNIT SELECT GATING
LOC: All
o
4
-0
IA
NOTES
I-'
IB
~0
03
03
~
0
~zat;'
ENABL;:~:03-16A
~
(lsI
, A05-0GB (151
068, A05- 07B (15)
07A , AOS - 08A (15)
IA
00
...
3
4
w
w
2
I-'
I-'
W
0
0
AII-
:t::'
~
INTEGRATED VELOCITY
(28) A12-27B ,08B
D
t>
,34B
)
~
"]1
+5V
Y
:l:S,..
FINE ENABLE
• +12V
,., mv ~
-22V
~JJ
AII23A
A03-2BB (8)
: +12V
415V
-15V
TPA
~IA.34A
I
TPZ
1
+5V
t B2R3
3.9K
±5,..
el
ID
2RI0
LVN G 9
1 G AR2
-5V
32B
~2B
.-----2-
• +5V
OIB
..rr
(19) A04 -14A 12A GATED CYLINDER PULSES
I
+5V
AR2 PIN 9
II
°
A4R'
33.2K
12
A4CI
+
+5V
Ie
INPUT PIN liB
A4RI
3.9K
:1:5,..
(27)' (AS
13
OFFSET COMMAND
12B
A04-23A(l0)(D
161
FINE;' HEADS LOADED
OFFSET COMMAND
22A
U-B4
(9) A04 -06A
AII23B FINE •
IMS
A09- 27A (20)
HEAD S LOADED
+5V
OFFSET COMMAND PULSE
~
BI
12B
A04 - 05AOO)
IB
2.2K
±5"1.
(9) A04 -04B .16A
9
SLOPE
Iv
r::-::I
BICI
1t150PF
±1O'r.
@
AI
(24) A10-09B ,26B
(flCR NO AS SHOWN FOR HFRV REV P 8 ABOVE.
CR NO 25 FOR HFRV REV N 8 BELOW.
BIR6
10.OK
10.OK
B~
•
N~
TRACK SERVO SIGNAL
NOTE:
(DNOT USED
BIRS
In.nll
~
5.-liK
___
FINE POSITION SIGNAL
~~!~ ~~!~I
EWV
~
1
-15V
~
0
N
4
3
AT 27
IA
10
+
2
REV
K
a
~-
/
//
00
/
+
3
4
w
W
2
1
I-'
I-'
w
+18V
o
o
100 pF
10.01<
>'
9.761<
+15V
~
D
J!
AII(24) A12- 27B ,08B
INTEGRATED VELOCITY
9JX 341
A2
Y X>Y
~~~"".-.-+--
+5V
D
_ 114
2.21<
v---113
~
6.041<
12A
GATED CYLINDER 'PULSES
10.01<
_112
~
(27)(AS) OFFSET COMMAND
12.70 I<
TPA
T
,0 IA. 34A
+15V~t
I
TPZ
AII-
1'1.
-FINE ENABLE 23ACA03-28B(4).
(5) A04 - 14A
TP-I<
TP-J
+20 V
c
c
33.ZI<
I kn
1-
•
+5V
-15 V
3.91<
UF
±5.".
13
+'
CD
+
6
AII191 A04-06A ,238 FINE. HEADS
12
fiNE. HEAOS LOADED
II
IMS
OffHT COMMAND
+
22A
A09- 27A (20)
13
LOADED
+5V
B
L -_ _ _ _ _ _..::O.:...F:...:FS:.:E:.:T:.......::C.::.O::.:M::.:M::.AN::.;O=-.:.P..;U:.::L.::.SE::..........:.<:I~ B
A04 _ 05A (10)
B
2.2K
2.2K
'1
(9) A04-04B ,16
150 pF
000
1° (
10.21<
A
(24) AI0-09B
26 B
TRACK
FINE POSITION SIGNAL
A
ELUV REV L
NOTE.
CD
~
I-'
NOT
a
ABOVE
FINE ENABLE. OFFSET COMMAND
PULSE AND FINE POSITION
-15V
*'I "
LOC: All
4
(AT) 27
7
SERVO SIGNAL
3
2
1
~
4
I
~
.
3
IV
2
1
r,
AII21B
+5V
t
01
OFFSET COMMAND
D4RI
3.9K
15"!.
---.------J
.- ,
,~
AII-
SERVO OFFSET
,22B
SERVO
(19) A07-16B ,21A
C3R5
2.2K
±5"!.
, ,..,
All
Lt
CI
16B
CD >;5A
CD 15B
CD 14A
CD 17A
TP-D
C2R7
r
IOO~
C4R6
C2R5
10.OK
1.96K
82.5K
~
C2R9
14
C2RI0
4
82.51<
17B
~
t
DIR7
2
FOR All INPUT
VOLTAGE PINS
SEE SHEET 22
+5V
t
r
i~k ~
:t5%
3RI
3.3K
AI
~
:t>'
~
ON
CYl
32A
(9) A04-03A>--
I~~~F I
4
..
DIC3
T·022UF
:t20%
r'f'('U I
237K
T:E
I
DIRIO
>NY-
~5%
:t10"!.
7N
FINE POSITION
DIRI2
34.8K
+15V
DIR5
lOOK
1M
4l----·· pI<"
-=-
iOOK
AII26A
A09-06A (20)
A12-15B (28)
~DIRI
2K
IA
lOOK
-15V
~
ELUV REV
OFFSET COMMAND AND FINE
POSITION ANALOG
lOC: All
POSITION SIGNAL
3
ANOlOG
6
f""
FINE
•
~ ~~
DIRII
56.2K
6.8K
:t5%
I ~:;IB I
IB
DIC2
+15V
EIR3
6.8K
AI2-23B(28)
19.6K
-15V
EIR2
2.2K
±5%
AII09 A_
NOTCH AMPLIFIER
TP-F
I N
t-J
:t5%
_ _...
26@
121K
DICI
0
~+200!.
X/V
10
200U-EIE
(20) A09-24B
00
W
I
t4RI
3.3K
+5V
CYl
SENSE
0'
Ali33A
II
-15V
Q~
i'5%
W
0
0
r
~
BI
I-'
I-'
IC
986 A
U-C4
FINE POSITION
w
C3R6
202K
:l:5"!.
OFFSET NEGATIVE
•
+1
10
POSITIVE
+15V
SS
@22
+5V
_ ___
(19) A07-16A
A02-24B (6)
2
I ,."""" I " I
1
SMD 7490
IAJ
/
00
.
3
4
w
w
I-'
2
1
I-'
W
0
0
AII21B
!J::I
A02-24B (6)
~
+5V
OFFSET COMMAND
D
2.21<
AII(l9 ) A01.16 .,22B
SERVO OFFSET
(19) A0 1. I 6 B' 21 A
SERVO
POSITIVE
'''l
OFFSET NEGATIVE
~"i
(AS) 26
D
+5V
3.9K
52021<
+15 V
c
c
261K
+
+
21j (AT)
4
FINE POSITION SIGNAL
FINE POSITION
B
NOTE:
(i)
2
NOTCH AMPLIFIER
AII09A
AI2-23B(28)
B
TP-F
NOT USED
FOR All INPUT
VOLTAGE PINS
SEE SHEET 22
20.0K
21'.
lOOK
~2K
f
lOOK
!50PF
3.3K
3.3K
56.2K
AII26A
-15V
+5V
ON
CYL
SENSE
2.2K
+5V
2.2K
+15V
6.8K
34.8K 5100K
"'15V
1M
21<
A
OOK
6.8K
-15V
EWV REV L a ABOVE
OFFSET COMMAND
POSITION ANALOG
01::>
J
01::>
LOC: All
tv
I-'
4
3
A09-06A (20)
A12-158 (28)
2
A
(Xl
w
w
w
o
o
:t>'
O
(Ill A04_29B ]B
~~~8s
NOTES:
~+15V
NOT USED
FOR AI2 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS
SHEET 25
6.8K
IR2 t5"1.
3.3K
+15V
TP-T
•
:!: 5 0/.
9.09K
LOCATED
G LOAD
GATE
2.
E2RII
o
2
IRI
12
13 I
E2RIO
~
.!
3
4
I-'
I-'
QI
9.o9K
09
ON
SEE
DECK
4
SIC
5
6
SIC 09 WITH 37938
OLDER UNITS USE THE
WITH
37854
a
a
ABOVE
o
ABOVE
FOLLOWING:
IR4
5.62K
12
IR5
5.62K
IR6
-15V~9~K------C:l
TP-Y
I~:e
E2RI5
82.5
®
1.78K
I.OOK
+1!5V
IR8
6.8K
t5%
c
G)
I
I
3RI
!%'ifo
3R2
r?~
G
1~~A---,,-~N=.;LTA..:.:.~::;.GpR_A_T_O_R_~
DICRI
VELOCITY
~~gscrSfAIN
DICR3
I
VELOCITY
~9B COMPENSATION
28.7K
150PF
A2CI
TP-F
LI __2~OIT __
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
A2R3
(201 A09-12B)
DICR8
,
DICR9
DICRIO
DICRII
DICRI2
TP-E
330
26B
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
A09-28B (201
c
51.IK
DIR9
909K
DIRIO
909K
DIRII
-15V
61.9K
I
I
DIC2
DIR8
I
Dlel
TP-B
J
T
100PF
TP-D
DIRI2
38.3K
...
DICR7
2200PF
31.6K
I
E2CI
E2R7
DICR6
'"
31.6K
DICR4
DICRS
t5%
A2VR2
~t
4.7 V
4.7 V
:t5% A2Clt5%
9O.9K
DIR7
I
CD
DICR2
A2VRI
®
DIRI4
""""
75.0K
DIR6
I
,I
VELOCITY
(91 A04 -13A
-,,
3.3K
15%
10V
DIR5
..
-----;:15V1
-15V E2RI4
DIVR2
10V
t5'Yo
r------JO~.
E2RI3
DIVRI
-'\N\r
619K
B
B
A2R2
~
I.OOM
-15V
29 ( A )
COARSE
POSITION
ERROR
-15V
+5V
-15V
C4R2
(27IAII_09A~~3~B~F;IN~E~P~0~S~I~T~1O~N~N~O~T~C~H~A~M~P~L~IF~I~E~R------------------------------+-----------+------------===~~~~1-~
2.61K
(9IA04_16B2iB
C4R3
2.2K
~5°/.
COARSE
C4RII
...JVV\r
®90.9K
C4R4
1.96K
(27IAII-26A 158 FINE POSITION ANALOG
A
( 91 A04 _I
~6~
FiNE
C4R5
~:':~
56.21<
t S "I.
INTEG
N
3~8AII_02A
(251
VELOCITY
2~BAII_08B
(261
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
AND VELOCITY
,
>I:>.
>I:>.
N
A
VELOCITY
LOC: AI2
~
?
1
,~-
I
00
W
/
4
...
3
W
I-'
2
1
I-'
W
0
0
+15V
~
,
~
TP-X
D4CRI
r
8
~4
10
D3R3
I
.~~
112 1
+5V
II 2
12 I
lU""" f
2.21K
I
D4CI _
82PF -
,
2.15K
2.15K
D3R2g D3RI
I.OOM
I.OOM
TP-C
C4R8
~
C2R6
-15V
C2RI0
I=:._IQW"
+15V
CI
Ie
TP-V
C2R8
6.19K
T
A) 28
C2CRI
B2R7
~ NI-l:~NrTOO"1
-15V
I
-15V
306
B2R4
~
l
I.OOM
BI
+5V
IB
C4RI0
2.2K
:!:s-r.
21B REV SEEK
(9) A04-08A )
(8) ADS -13B
+SV+
I
o 3B
U-A4A
3-
CD
02A SERVO
(II) A04-31A 348
(i)
TRACK
FAULT
®
5
,
+5V
~
-15V
)
A
X7T
O IB
£;2~.'"
OIA
I
200-
-----=
>-------<
fA'"'
2.2K
±5%
2
A4R2
2.2K
tS.".
A4R3
2.2K
:tS.".
A04-338 (II)
04A
03A
4
6
SERVO
TRACK
FAULT
07A
CD NOT
I
®
®
USED
LOCATED ON
OPERATOR MAINT. PNL.
OLDER UNITS
USE THE FOLLOWING.
A
:~+15V
~-15V
~
LOC: AI2
I
w
4
CD
CD
NOTES:
SEEK DIFFERENCE
GENERATION
~
P/J201-01A (42)
3
2
1
"'"
1
A13A04-06B :> 26A
(II)
SERVO RDY • ON CYL • CYL
A07-23A .,25A HI C~L BIT 9
HI CYL BIT 8
T~I
I
146
A13CYLINDER
ADDRESS
REGISTER
------~
I
l
BUS OUT BIT I
18)
C
I
I
BUS OUT BIT 3
A07-IOB )29B
(18)
•
I
146
U-D4B
T
231:
BIT 6
21B,
CAR
BIT 6
22ft
FWD +REV
10
II
15
,14
TIE HIGH
.0
:;
BUS OUT BIT 5
~~)7-
___
BIA07-IIA
33A
CD
(40)
CD
13B~ A04-04A
I-
~}31
IC
§31
146
U-EIE
~31
10
~31
IL_3_~
CYLINDER
ADDRESS
REGISTER
146
U-EIB I\_ _ _ _ _ _...,
14B -}>OA
(40
CD
§31
,
1"
CD
(9)
CIRI
.3.9K
4
D
24~JAOI-l2A
+5V
------
BUS OUT BIT 4
121:
CAR
U-EIC
18)
CD
23~JAOI_IIA
CAR BIT 7
5~1
b- 6
146-
-'IA07- 178 )28B
BIT 8
13A, JAOI-IOA
12B,
(40:
520
13 CD
BUS OUT BIT 2
BIT 9
CAR BIT 7
..
A07-IOA ,24A
CAR
CAR
'~
5
22B
BIT 9
R RGTR
~~DU-" '~
BUS OUT BIT 0
CAR
CAR BIT 8
~
19)
~~)-04B
'AX} 31
I I
~6
k8
1. ~I
146U-C4D
6
SEL
U-C4C
9
A07..,24A ,lIA
18)
IA07-05B
1
2
LOAD+ RTZ
(18)
D
.
3
4
1
"'"
"'"
9
I....
SF) 31
C
i4
BUS OUTBIT6
(18)
B
2
"5
"1
iO
i2
i5
14
)
AI
348
• +5V TPA TPZ
~
00
OIA
W
W
I-'
I-'
A
!1
NOTE
W
0
0
CD
NOT
®
149 H CHIP USED ON FLW V
MOD B 8 BELOW
USED
4
~
~
\
-r
3
-f
2
I
1
~-
(
,--
-"\
/~
,/
co
I
4
w
,
2
W
I-'
I-'
w
o
o
30@
!J::I
~
TIE HIGH
30(8c)
2
"',,:
"
A13-
T 2. 256
14A
9
n """ ""Toe
","J
II
A04-14B(9)
lOB:
.",'
CD
~CD
ID
04 B - AI2-27A(29)
15B~
CD
17A~
CD
+1
~U~
LOAD + RTZ+
~H: coone
SITK
II..
rIl
I~-I
In
ftg;l-I5B
(21)
12 T 5,7 17B_ A09-26B
~
26
II
C13U~5
15t I GI
fill-
CD
A1302B
9l A AI2-IIB(29) Ie
~AAI2_
30~
30
(Be)
CD
-<
12B(29)
04AA12- 13A (29)
SELECTI\E COMP 12
®
T
5
I
A 1308B_
CD
T;:5; I
(9)
06A. A04-17B
-,=-;0
(9)
07B - A04-22B
T=O
OBA.
9
CD
JU-A4DJ
B
A13(9)A04-14A)03B
GATED
CYLPULSES
UNLOAD
9
+1
B
HEADS@
4
-I
1'4
UP TO SPEED + VOLTAGE
FLT
14B, JA02-07
(47,52)
@
A
K4
E3
JA02-
~ ~~)32A
UNLOAD
1(1't)A05-2IA)15A
UP TO SPEED ... VOLT
(6)A02-05B) 16B
WRITE GATE
HEADS @
NOTE.
CD
"'I"'
111
"'"'
NOT
USED.
FOR AI3 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS
SEE SHEET 26
4
I
FLT
®
SIC 09 WITH 37951
G)
@)
NOT USED - SIC 10 AND
AND
ABOVE
3
AMPLIFIER READ
FLWV REV H
a
ABOVE.
149 H CHIP USED ON FLWV
REV
8 BELOW
a
10
DIFFERENCE
ENABLE
16A (JAOI-OIB
(39)
®A06- 29B(l7)
IA
•
~
I
~
'"
~
I
DIFFERENCE COONl!It
2
.~
I
+5v
30~HIGH
30@
01
TI
T
ilj
10
A04-158
(10)
IF
8
2
6
+1
6
_I
A04-14B(9)
~CD
IlL
T ~ 256
I
ID
CD
0'"'
• B - AI2-27A!291
-&..: CD
T ~ 128
101
T ~ 128
17A<
CD
G~
II
-i
OIF
29
16CNTRl
5 O0
U _ B3
4
14A
HIGH (STATIC "I" )
28
30(80)
A13-
T 2 256
29
C
.14 'It
I"
13
T ~7
17~A09-268
~
30~
30(B'F)
CI
30~
30 BH
30 Bt3
2
6
25
CD
c
24
SELECTIVE
~
22
30(BK
B
-i
A13(9)A04-14A _03B
A13·
338,
~~8
GATED
cv,
CD
t-
U-EID
~P
4
TO
SPEED' VOL TAGE
FAULT 148
JA02-07B
(0)
A
CXl
W
W
I-'
I-'
w
a
a
>'
~
1(I't)A05-2IA)15A
CD~
'U"'P"iO
~6)A02_05B)16B
lliJ
SPEED' VOL T FL T
(J7)
1~6110
AMPLIFIER READ
ENABLE
WRITE GATE
REV J
NOTE
CD
NOT
USED
FOR
AI3 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 26
4
I
a
DIFFERENCE
3
+
16A (
~~~I~ ~~:
(39)
U-C4E
ABOVE
COUNTER
LOC: AI3
2
T
1
IA
,/~
;/
,/
co
w
+
3
4
W
I-'
I-'
W
2
1
+!lV
A4RI
1.2K
o
o
~
o
o
WRITE GATE
33
TP-D
(6)
A02 _ 05B' 12B
WRITE GATE
,
"1
61'S GATE .. O GATE (SP) 33
c
(2)
AOI-28B) lOB
(2)
AOI_30BP9A
..... - ....... - ._- __
c
HIGH FREQ CLOCK (19.34 MHZ)
I I I
B4RI
2.2K
Q)~
+1 CD
6
no'
(19.34 MHZ) HIGH FREQ CLOCK
229
2.2K
(35)AI5-24B ~+!lV
glB
~::A
B
EARLY
®
33
12
LATE
®
33
-!IV
II
T
I~
U-C2A
33
6
I
_34A
(SR)
I
1.B
XOOI
-a10
I
2085
4
(17)
A06_29A,23B
t-. 8
EARLY
po 6
LATE
(BW) 33
(BX) 33
WRITE DATA
A
A
NOTE,
CD
CD
NOT USED
SIC II
ANO ABOVE
WRITE COMPENSATION -CONVERTER,
~TTERN
I
~
-...)
REGISTER AND DECODE
LOC' AI4
~
4
3
2
1
+
~
1
4
~
CDI
CD
CD
DI
3
I
00
A14048
2
A1403A
41"1~5
2
"
058
3
J
04A
I"
I
~05A
5
C~ 175
RU-A3A~6
038 ,
'
I-Ij
(19IAD7_15B?5B
STROBE LATE
4
_I
a
10104 +t'12~,,--_ _
D
o
.----:<........11 U-A3A
119IA07_15A,04B STROBE EARLY
DELAYED
I'
DATA
(CA) 37
TTL+ ECL
c
c
.
AT-B3-4
MFM READ DATA
(34lAI5-04B .09B
MFM READ DATA
(34lAI5-03B JOB
B
B
r-
C3RI
100
:t~".
24B
READ REF CLOCK
(I IAOI-238 .238
READ REF CLOCK
II IAOI_248
-5.IV
NOTE
CD
&
(6) A02_04B;128
R'EAo"GATE
X/Y
USED
8
TLZ
TERMINATOR CONFIGURATION
260
162
I
-5.IV~GND
~
TTL. ECL
A
NOT
TYPICAL
PIN NU~BER SHOWN
ON DIAGRAM
A
FOR AI6 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE
SHEET 33
(6)
A02-3IB~3B ADDRESS MARK ENABLE
ODE IDENT
INPUT CONTROL, DATA
DELAY
TTL. ECC
~
I
lJl
lJl
STROBE
19333
DA
LOC AI6
4
3
2
1
oj:>,
4
I
.
3
U1
0'1
2
1
,-
o
D
FILTER
r
B2CI
c
~
: : CC
DELAYED
F
12040
U-B2
6 ~
DATA
FEED6ACK CLOCK PULSE
:t~~o~:
B2R2
AT-82·3 AT-B2-5
~
TP-W
veo
B2C2
~I----~
c
O.IUF
9
+15V
IA>IB
"A-B
IB>IA
38
->
"B-A
A16-
,
• +5V
~
.-5.IV
34B
21B
,33B
S
~-"v'I I
IR4
5.11K
+15V
'-----'VV'o.
IC6
22PF
:t10%
02 B _ 2 2 V
'm
~
1+
EIRI
'~tF
~+22V
REG
B
36
IR5
lOOK
IRI
10K
IMEG
15%
IR7
2.00K
IRB
10K
:t5%
1R9
6.49K
3RI
100
100
:t5%
B
WoK
IRIO
27.4
=
19.34 MHz
I -5.IV
L ___ _
NOTE
CD
&
NOT
USED
TYPICAL TERMINATOR
8
260
162
NOM I NAl
FRED
I
CONFIGURATlON_5.'~ND
PIN NUMBER SHOWN
ON DIAGRAM
A
A
00
W
W
I-'
I-'
PHASE/FREQ eOMPTR,
FILTER AND veo
W
o
o
~
LOC: AI6
4
3
2
1
co
4
W
LV
...
3
2
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
~
t'Ij
AT-D3-4
o
o
TP-X
A16-
112
37
B
B
NOTE:
(!)
&
NOT USED
TYPICAL
TERMINATOR CONFIGURATION
-5.IV
8
260
162
I
AT-D3-6
AT-C3-5
~GND
PIN NUMBER SHOWN
ON DIAGRAM
A
A
FOR AI6 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 33.
@
IN DRIVES WITHOUT PLO THIS POINT IS NOT
USED_ IN DRIVES WITH PLO THIS POINT IS
WIRED TO A06-25B .
.:::.
I
U1
'I
4
3
1
~
4
I
Ul
00
P IIOJ
(40)P 1 03.02 ,02
01
(40)P 103·01 ,
.
3
WR I Tf
CU RR EN T
WR 1 Tf
CUR R E N T
2
1
A1CR 2
A1CRI
AI
+5V
-r-
01
04A
t
JIOIlOA
GND
IIA
SEL
BIT
'f~
2
HE AU
(l7)A06_32A~-'2A
02A
(l7)A06-3IB
~
13A
SEL
.3
I
I 7 .• 101
AI
II
rG":":'"ii
I
I 5 .•
I
D
12
DCDR 1 12
HE AU
(l71A06-32B~'
HEADOE~
X-+YO~
8-::91
BI T 1
HEAD
S El BIT
2
8
4
3
4
2
5
II
HEAD I E
~
6
.1
0
TP-H2
HEAD 2 E
~
2.2K
1
TP-H3
HEAD
3E~ I
c
TP-H4
.5 V
HEAD 4
.3
r
16
14
4 .• 13
r
1414
6 •• II
15 .•
12
c
E
AI
2.21<
1.78K
J A 0 I· JIOI-
(35)AI3_16A~~B
WRITE
14
1"1
GATE
READ
ENABLE
1.96K
1.78K
TPQ
JIOI-6 V
1.33 K
1.33K
MULT HEAD SELECT
TPA
FAULT
JAOI-
~~A
08~
A05-30B(16)
J104-
~(
HEAD ALIGNMENT 0UTPUT
~
B
B
'J
AOORESS MARK OElE CT
JIOIJAOI-
+6V
.IUF
~~
AI5-2IB(35)
ADDRESS MARK DETECT
IK
A
00
W
W
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
~
MISSING
JAOI- JIOI04B liB
(~51 A 11-25A ~,
14B
(40)
·033~FNOTE
CD
NOT USED
~
4
ADDRESS
ADDRESS MARK
T
-=-
JIOIIB
(52)~>.Jio2:l (+42)
3
09~
ENABLE
AI5-22B(35)
A
1
~
!
00
LV
LV
..
/-
/'
4
~
2
3
1
I-'
I-'
LV
0
0
+SV
::x:-
(')
01
41
®
ENABLE A
WRITE
JAOI09B
JIOI06B
(33)AI4-29B~~
TP-D
08B
07B
03
I
I
I _ I"
02
. _ 1-..4
DLC
06
WRITE CURRENT
[ ... 01
WRITE CURRENT
J10302
01
P103-2 (39)
P103-1
(39)
WRITE VOLTAGE SENSE
9
~
-SV
TP-C
FF
MFM COMPENSATED
WRITE DATA
(33)AI4-29A~~)
o
WRITE
DRIVER
J10202
~
S
I
c
CD
I'v
MFM DATA PULSES
(DA) 41
WRITE VOLTAGE FLT
(DB) 41
c
TP-B
os
JAOI-
JIOI-
J102-
(30)AI3-21·B~~7
IIA
04A
TP-O
CAR
BIT
7
06
CAR BIT 8
(30)AI3-23B~~5
CAR BIT 9
(301 AI3 - 24B
I~J
WRITE
~~>--=..:...::.:......c=-:"'--=-----4
WRITE
CURRENT
CURRENT
TP-G
B
13A
02A
OBA
(14) AOS -31B ~>--------;»
WRITE PROTECT DELAYED
~
CR3
41
(DO)
WRITE
JW 2 (39))
ENABLE
B
B
VOLTAGE
SWITCH
WRITE
PROTECT DELAY
TP-J
OB
JMN
I"VI
CURRENT SENSE
I
TPR
~. +42V
REG
(39) ,10
• +27V
• +5V
TPZ
«:::~2
5V!
A
A
NOTE:
CD
NOT USED
WRITE DRIVER, WRITE CURRENT
CONTROL A5 ASSEMBLY
~
I
Ul
\0
4
3
"'I"
4
'"
o
4
(DC)
WRITE
3
CURRENT
2
1
FAULT
D
D
JAOI(6)
JIOI- J102-
A02-05BI~~~
I'V /
WRITE GATE
WRITE ENABLE
B
(DO)
40
ENABLE A
(DE)
40
+5V
WRITE
o3RI7
4.7K
+5V
•
C3R3
330
TP-M
12
13
c
c
WRITE FAULT
JI026
>
40 (oA
MFM
c:lJ
DATA PULSES
4
Ii
JIOI-
JAOI-
~3~~~05-28A (16)
I ". I...n... ,.,I
161
U-B3
6
600 NS
+5V
®
B
B
40 (DB)
A
00
w
W
I-'
I-'
WRITE
VOLTAGE
~
FAULT
A
NOTES:
CD NOT
2
@
USED
REFER
TO SHEET 37 FOR INPUT VOLTAGE PINS.
149 H CHIP USED
ON
FLWV REV
B 8 BELOW
W
o
o
;x:.o
(')
t'I
4
3
/~
co
w
w
~
~
1
r,:-----,
w
o
o
....
2
3
4
+5V
AIRI
:t:'
"VI/'I
(J
I®
I
270
JI P201-
//
I'
~I
AICRI
PA2IJA0214B
14B
;"
VOLTAGE F A U L T . .
::+---
A05-14B (13)
D
D"
//
AIR2
270
//
~I
AICR3
'V\II
270
//
AIR4
270
~I
AICR4
AIR5
//
V\II
VIII
270
I
5
WRITE FAULT
9
W-R FAULT
13
~I
AICR5
12B
OBB
OBA
::~
::+---
A05-29B(12)
A05 - 23A (12)
c
lOB
~,
,~
*
FAULT
// @
O~A
START
IRI
IK
A05-30A(12)
PA2IJA02-
~;A
r
-.i.- S2
@
ICR2
START
01
--
12B
,
L ____ -.JI
//@
L
,~ A05-16B(12)
lOB
HD SEL FAULT
START
+ 5V
13B
~,
+5V
+5V
13B
)'
~
AICR2
AIR3
c
--ON CYL-(WRITE+READ)
,1 3
~I
'V\II
07A
S3-C(PACK COVER SW)
(46)
IR2
lloK
-=
~
LOGIC CHASSIS GND
FAULT
~
PA2IJA02OIA
A05-13B (12)
OIA
3
99CRI
B
+ 5V
READY
13A
/
~/ @
tI
UNIT READY
4
99C""
JA02lPA2lOA
-.i.-@
1-= r
J201-
:;>-,_ _
(52) A16-018
,
- 5 VOLTS
Z~
(52) A02-01B 0~8
GROUND
::IBE
058
I
S3
02B
02B A05-21B (12)
A04-3IB [II)
))
::
CD
NOT USED
®
LOCATED ON BACK OF PC BOARD
@
@
®
....L@
+5V
t
1- \
S4
@~
OPERATOR WRITE_
PROTEC~_
WRITE PROTECT OPTION (EZYNI
ELVV ONLY
I
0'\
~
4
3
OBA
A02-05A (6)
A05-27A (14)
AOB-14B (14)
A
LOCATED ON OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL FRONT
w::.
®
WRITE PROTECT
-5V
+
CLEAR
NOTES:
A
B
:: A05-09B[l4)
FAULl
....:+_5::....:V::.0=LT.:..:S~_ _ _ _<~0~EA:...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I +5V
(52) A02-IOA
13A
)'
Ala - CONTROL
PANEL ASSEMBLY
"'I"
3
4
0'\
2
1
tv
+5V
A3RI
IK
D
JA02-/PA2048048 J/P201Q4A
(19)
•
~~
2 a
MOD ADDRESSED
A07-33A~~
D
X/Y
3
~_
JA02-/PA205AOM
voA
A04-32A ~>---+
(10)
lo2[
~ GI
~~
I
SEEK
f------'-5
END
X/Y
r~06B
12
~}
P J/P201
J203
J2MOD ADDRESSED I
03A ~~.
048 ~~
+
MOD ADDRESSED.
P
W
a
lo2[
6
~GI
13
8
SEEK END
9
SEEK END
~I
~
J2-
02A .....
::xc~CC~
~
I/O
PANEL
~
038.....
-5V
c
c
JA02lPA2-
J/P201-
09~~~A
J/P204
INTERRUPT
..
J2-
L~+-____________________________________~I~N~T]E~R~RUillP~T~====~0~8~A(~~
I HH} I/O
~
",'~r+13:
INTERRUPT
07B(~~
~12:<
l
PANEL
-5V
B
B
LOGIC PLUG SWITCHES
SI
o
t
8
[ NO
.-
~-------------oo
C
I
PA2IJA02.
NO
3
LOGIC PLUG 22
IIA(~ :g~~~7: l~~)
12A
4
!NO
~
LOGIC PLUG 2
LOGIC PLUG 21
liB
(~
LOGI C PLUG 20
14A
A05-08B (15)
(..,...-----.. A02-14B (6)
2
r
NO
0
~
A05-04A (15)
(..,...-----.. A02-15 (5)
I
A02-22A(~
~
A
A
NOTES:
CD
®
00
w
W
f-'
f-'
NOT USED
FOR INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET I.
PANEL
w
o
o
~
()
A05-03A(l5)
4
3
ASSEM BL Y
/-
/
00
4
w
w
.
3
I-'
I-'
2
W
o
o
f;
+5V
D
D3RI
6.8K
q
P202-
I
o
D3R7
2.37K
8UFFER
AMP
D3R8
D3R5
6R3
681
D3R4
4.64K
±I'Y.
3
~I'Y.
5CC
~ 6RI
4/5
I-.--....<
2.2K
D3R3
I.IOK
:t1'Y.
=
P2053A
D
SCHMIDT
TRIGGER
~I'Y.
10
2
SPEED
SENSOR
I
+5V
I~
C2RI
IK
I
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
,
+5V
+5V
c
D2RI
10K
46
(0
( A ) 45
c
C4RI
IK
4
SliiiT
D2CI
I
.1
UF
START
(H )
45
+5V
6/
MISSING
PULSE
DETECTOR
NOTES:
CD
2
NOT
USED.
C4R2
I MEG
B
7
INPUT VOLTAGE
PINS:
+5V
P20512,13
I
+20
II
"~U-C4.3
MISSING PULSE
( B) 45, 46
POWER UP CLEAR
( K ) 45
14B
+5V
18
-5V
P20514A,IA
AI
(
A
"I:APPLICABLE TO AXPN
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
START CMMD
tt:I
~
W
All ASSY
4
3
,
~
.
3
4
0"1
~
D3RI
6.8K
J202
I
D3R7
2.37K
±I%
BUFFER
AMP
10
o
q:
J
SENSOR
D3R4
4.64K
±,.,..
4/5
D3R3
I.IOK
±" I.,..
~
-=
P205-
CD~
1
+5V
+5V
D
2
1
D
SCHMIDT
TRIGGER
D3R8
D3R5
681
~I"'.
P205-
"I.loW
1
2
h:>1
6R3
U:;;A
I
D3R6
I.IOK
560
C2RI
IK
2.2K
1-
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
D2RI
10K
46
c
C4RI
IK
4
D2CI
0
( A ) 45
+5V
+5V
c
A05-17A (15)
-t-:>v
~ 6RI
± ,.,..
JA02-
O;~~
SPEED SENSOR
t=-'W'
If-
START
.1 UF
START PULSE
( H )45
+5V
81
MISSING
PULSE
DETECTOR
NOTES:
CD
2
NOT
~C4R2
B
I MEG
8
USED.
5
INPUT VOLTAGE
PINS:
SIC 09 AND BELOW
PI12,13
+20
3
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
( B )45,46
14
+5V
IB
-5V
POWER UP CLEAR
~--------------------------------------------~~~~~~~--~(K )45
P22,3,5
AI
,
~
A
00
W
W
APPLICABLE TO BXPN REVA-J
I-'
I-'
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
START CMMD
W
0
0
>'
h:j
All ASSY
4
3
"-
00
4
w
...
3
W
2
1
f-J
f-J
W
0
0
~
I'lj
+~V
~5V
D2RI
6.8K
BUFFER
AMP
P202I
D2R7
23.7K
D2RB
~I%
D2R5
2
5R3
~
6.81 K
o~~
~
SPEED
D
SCHMIDT
TRIGGER
1
SPEED SENSOR
560
~I%
+5V
P205- JA02028
038
)~>--A05-17A(l5)
D2R4
46.4K
~
D2R3
II.OK
~
D2R6
II.OK
±I%
5RI
2.2K
BIRI
IK
1<+
~I%
( A ) 4~
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
P20503A
------'
CD~(
c
+5V
+5V
B2RI
10K
46
(0
START
B2CI
c
C3RI
IK
-~
I(
.1 UF
START PULSE
..
( H )4 5
+5V
81
MISSING
PULSE
DETECTOR
NOTES:
CD
NOT
C3R2
B
I MEG
USED.
INPUT VOLTAGE
P205
12B,I3B
PINS
+22V
MISSING
PULSES
DELAYED
(B)
4j
46
14B
+5V
)
'L18
AI
-5V
POWER UP CLEAR
( K ) 4 J,46
14 •. 01.
)
A
~
APPLICABLE TO BXPN REV K THRU T AND C
REV D a ABV
PULSES
,J::.
I
0'\
V1
4
3
...
All ASSY
~
.
3
4
I
0"\
2
1
0'1
4.7
+5 V
+20 V
....
+5 V
I
f~
)~>-A05-17A
111)
4.7 K
10
33 K
S~lo:~~~q
O
I0
P2
2
SENSOR
+5 V
5R2
1 K
P202-
2
4.7 K
SPEED
120 K
",V
1ao
P205-"
J100
OlA
0~(----'
+5V
+5V
c
41
__
0
azcl
IE-
START
.1 UF
B
°:- ;~02-
1 ;PEED
D
B2RI
C3RI
101(
IK
of
c
4
( HH~
START PULSE
B
NOTES:
CD
2
NOT
USED.
INPUT VOLTAGE PINS
P2 0 5
12B,13B
,
I
'22Y
MISSING PULSES
DElAHO
(6) 4~.46
14B
>-----+5V
,
-5V
018
IH.OIA
A
>---.
POWER UP CLEAR
G)
RESISTORS ON REV AD AND ABOVE ONLY.
W
@
RESISTOR USED ON REV AG AND ABOVE ONLY.
APPLICABLE TO BXPN REV U
PULSES
W
o
o
~
~.46
A
w
All ASSY
4
4
~
co
f-'
f-'
(K )
3
a ABOVE.
/
/
ex)
3
w
W
t-'
t-'
W
•
2
1
o
o
~
t"Ij
+5V
!3
J
~
START
TRIAC
P205
START lOB
+r
4
>-------+
K5
KI
lp~?6-
NO
OBB
(DECK
S4 INTERLOCK
P206-
SWITCH)
)~
46~
A4-
K4
-07~~~
44{H
+5V
CMD 09B
CYCLE COMPLETE
~
EI
~>-------+
J)46
NOTE:
CD NOT
USED.
APPLICABLE TO AXPN
START TRIAC CONTROL
Kl RELAY CONTROL
BRUSH RELAY CONTROL
"'I"
0'\
-...J
TYPE' _XPN
All ASSY
K3
4
.I::-
I
.
3
0'\
co
440
440
46
0
2
POWER UP CLEAR
MISSING
+5V
~"R2
AIRI
IK
+ 5V
SPEED
SENSOR
PULSES
+5V
(i)1
t82RI
IK
+5V
J:TART
12 SEC START O~ '}'
~A3R'
TRIAC
A3CRI
3.3 MEG
t
82R2
27K
II
I
l'·V~
AIR3
26.7 K
+
! 1'Yo
A3C2
3.3UF
35 V
P205
,
J
-
C~l:R-
SWITCH)
P206-
AICl
.oOIUF
!IO'"
~ L..-
CYCLE t:OMPLETE
CIR2
O " Q7
I.
10
CIR3K
START PULSE
~
+5V
B~
Ie
+
I.OK
A2CI
4700PF~
B3RI
IK
46 {D'
(DECK.
S4
IfV\ro
82CR2
440
P6
~~
CIRI
T
KI
NO
I I A!q F"I
el
ID
+5V
18.2 K
±I%
+5V
46~
46
START
DI
44 (A
0
'III
PULSE
~B3R21
~ 27K
~B3R3
~I
MEG
NC
LOADED
HEADS
~
,
-'DB
47~ ~
IB
131
CYCLE COMPLETE
46
!.L
T
A2C2
3.3UF
15V
SPEED
A
co
w
NOTE:
CD NOT
A
USED.
® 03,04,06,07,07 ON
94675201
w
APPLICABLE TO BXPN REV
I--'
START TRIAC CONTROL
K 1 RELAY CONTROL
BRUSH RELAY CONTROL
TYPE' _XPN
A
......
W
o
o
~
I-tj
4
3
A-J AND CXPN REV
A-C
I~--
(~
r--'-
"
00
4
w
w
+
3
.....
i-
,/
/""-
,
2
I-'
W
0
0
i;j
DI
44
\..!:)
POWER UP CLEAR
o
t
+5V
.l
+5V
1
AICR2
A3R2
18.2K
A3RI
IK
SPEED SENSOR
•I
44 ( A ) PULSES
c
f :I./~
12~5
+5V
AICRI
+5V
A3CI
2.2 UF
tlO"!.
10V
'4
~CD
82R2
IK
K5-3
C)47~
SPEED>2K
12 SEC
START
K5
START
TRIAC
P205K588
4
»----~
AIRI
3.3M
82R3
27K
c
A3C2
r-1
-=
01
UF
________ ,,_= .001
tlO"!.
.
..
START
4RI
IK
47
04
0
Nol
52
HEADS
~LOADED
_ )
lOB
B
44
®
C
13RI
IK
MISSING PULSE
B
CONTROL
FOR KI
RELAY
98
P~~06-
)~
NCo
S4
(DECK
INTS~I~~CHK)
NO
P:~6 NOTE'
CD
NOT USED
)
APPLICABLE TO BXPN RE V K IHRU T
~
RUN
TRIAC
+5V
A
01=»
I
0\
I
I
MAGNmC rERJrHERj\LS INC
(5ID"."~.", .. ,,,,,,,",,,~
START TRIAC CONTROL
KI RELAY CONTROL
AND CXPN RE V
D
a
ABV
SMn 74QO
TYPE' _XPN
4
3
+
2
A
1
I
BJ
.
~
I
4
'-.I
o
DI
44~
3
2
1
POWER UP CLEAR
o
t
,
+5V
+5V
1
AICR2
A3R2
18.2K
A3RI
IK
h
+5V
~5
II" 1
In.
AICRI
1l1li
+5\1
A3CI
2.2 UF
!IO"l.
15 V
B2R2
IK
CD
1
12 SEC
~TART
K5-3
C)47~
SPEED>2K
P205-
K5
START
TRIAC
K5-
~~
AIRI
3.3M
B2R3
27K
40€
cl
c
40 ( [ ) SPEED SENSOR PULSES
01
~ PULSE
46' - . START
-+
I
.47~
4RI
IK
S2
lOB
n
B
HEADS
._~ LOADED
d-_
NC
B
CONTROL
44
0
~
MISSING PULSE
".,
~~~A~I
'"
P~706)~ "
98
0
NC
INTERLT~CHK)
,.,
(DECK
NO
P~~6 NOTE -
CD
NOT USED
}
00
LV
LV
APPLICABLE TO eXPN REV u
I-'
I-'
MA~~~C rERjrHEfl/.lS INC.
a
W
o
o
~
RUN
TRIAC
+5V
A
~
I
3
a ABV
START TRIAC CONTROL
KI RELAY CONTROL
NORMANOALE
OPERATIONS
"CI'oIUp,QlII.U,(OIIf'O¥ICJI't
+
IC
EM
CODE IDENT
TYPE- _XPN
4
2
A
All ASSY
19333
1
/'
00
2
3
4
w
1
W
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
~
~
I-zj
45(C)
D
D
+5V
C2R3
IK
45(
J)
r
START
-L
c
~2R4
IK
r 13 p:,I
3 SEC CYCLE CMD
~C2R5
~ IK
CYCLE COMPLETE
CYCLE
J"
PACK
COVER
SWITCH
NC
C2CI
.1 UF
~,
NO
START
PA207A
07~
( G ) 45
C2R6
IK
c
I
+5V
)~
LOGIC
GROUND
fO;
D2R3
3.9K
CDO~A
COMPLETE
+5V
C2CRI
06~--~ill----____[,'N'
~~'- ~ ",05~
~~3
c
D}45
12
REMOTE
1
( E)45
START
~--------------------------------------------------~(F)44
+20V
-:==rJ
+5V
B
P205 _
04B
C2R7
IK
7CRI
B)
MISSING PULSES
DELAYED
7RI
9~
+ 20V
t
2.2K
12B
99CI
.IUF
IT
-
6
CD
READY ALERT
199c:
T
-
6.8UF
35V
t
+5V
JIP201-"
36
13A
)~>------K-
®
F'
NOTES:
NOT USED
APPLICABLE TO AXPN
SPEED 8
I
...J
I-'
INTERLOCKS
All ASSY
~
4
3
B
,
INTERLOCK
44(
A
PACK COVER
INTERLOCK
~~
A
I
.
3
4
oj:::.
-...J
N
45 (C)
2
1
SPEED> 2K
D
+5V
C2R3
IK
45
J
START
---1...-
L:'05A
CI
07A
C2R5
IK
CYCLE COMPLETE
5
6
PACK
COVER
+5V
SWITCH
NC
C
PJ05S3
06B
START
0---«
NO
PA207A
LOGIC
f~9K
-=
REMOTE
X/Y
G
+5V
•
Ie
+5V
START
START
E} 45, 47
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
POWER UP CLEAR
P205058
r'1
~7CR'
I
lc2R7
IK
PA02-
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
9~ ;~~_18;
'=0
10K
1
7*
2.2K
Q7
rl
INTERLOCK
+ 20V
t
C3RI
309K
!1'Yo
~I
PACK COVER
INTERLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
P205048
+5V
99CI
C3R2
.IUF
4 4,47
02A
A04-12A (II)
»---~>--- A05-02A{l5)
START
+'V
47
M
0
+20V
44 ( B ~
45
F~R6
3.9K
START
45 (p ~
45
.. 5V
+5V
-r- 5~ f
CYCLE COMPLETE
D2R3
3.9K
0
47 ( L
D
12
3 SEC CYCLE COMMAN:>
~GROUND
47
C2R4
IK
IB
128
IJ
T
199C:
6.8UF
35V
PA2IJf.D2(I4) A05-09B pA
"'U"'-N::-::IT-R-EA-D-Y
P201-
13~
00
W
W
I-'
I-'
W
"
®
NOTES:
CD
®
'"Ij
4
READY
NOT USED
READY ALERT IS CONNECTED ONLY IF
I.NTERLOCK OPTION I.S INSTALLED.
PACK COVER
o
o
~
+5V
"
"l
A-J AND CXPN REV
.
All ASSY
2
~
1
A-C
t
A
/'
/
/
I
co
4
w
w
3
2
I-'
I-'
W
0
0
::t:'
~
D
D
~~1 0- - -'421
START I
I
; -.L:
c
iI
I
ljP~~~'
~
i
I
I
L_
:
PACK
COVER
SWITCH
NC
S3
t
+5V
P205068
~
+5V
BIR5
BIRZ
3.9K
3.9K
START
PAZ07 A
I
BZR4
IK
~
_ __ 07A
J
~
c
+5V
O----<~
NO
5V
LOGIC
GROUND
J
+5V
82C3
3.3 UF
15V
-/,0 ; 1
47R
(E) 4S,47
START
3.9K
REMOTE
47
MISSING PULSES
START
DElAYED
STAiiT
44W
POWER UP
44 . 47
~----------------------------------------~S~TA~R~T------~)~~ADS
~
CLEAR
47
( F)
P205058
----
PA0202A
A 04
I 2 A (II J
D2A (IS)
+ZOV
PACK COVER
INTERLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
+5V
P205048
r'
~------~):J]
IZCRI
INTERLOCK
44( 8)
MISSING PULSES
DELAYED
B
+ 20V
9""
t
EZRI
IZ8
309K
::1%
fA,
99CI
.IUF
E2R2
IT
199cz)
T
-
-
6.8UF
35V
P A 2 J AD 2
(14)ADS-D98 ~3A;;-:
UN,...,I-;T......".,RE,...,A~D."..Y
READY
13~t
ALE.RT
U-EIC
(t.
READY
NOTES:
CD
NOT USED
®
READY ALERT IS CONNECTED ONLY IF
INTERLOCK OPTION IS INSTALLED.
PACK
COVER
K B ABV AND CXPN REV
SPEED
~
1
-..J
W
+5V
P20J-
XIY
200-1~'~------------------~
4
1
•
TYPE: _XPN
.2
8
INTERLOCKS
All ASSY
1
D B ABV
A
f
4
-...]
3 . .
2
1
~
+!W
+5V
E2R3
3.9K
05
ci:A -
DI
E2RI
2
470
E2R2
F2R I
390
CD
X/Y
] 162C
GI
1,2-
5A
+5V
E2R4
470
4
9
06A
07A
~
6
470
10
P205-
UNIT SELECT STROBE
G2U-E2
-=-
_ E2CI
9
I'OOPF
±IO%
+ 20V
-5V
46
F2R2
2.2K
START
CI
+22V
7RI
MISSING Pll...SES DELAYED
46
M
+5V
+5V
F2R3
7CRI
IK
45
(C
---SPEED>2K
46
2K
13
46
r=\
START
II
8CRI
gPJ'J'lESSIONi
~~~~EERESIS
BCRI
PA2 , -_ _04 A : A04-24B ( I I )
K6CR2 IK6CR3
.5V
B
B
K7CRI
REMOTE
. °
A6
!);~~
~/:;08: ).~'~: :.A j.; . : UU_::_II~_:_
~~>
+ 5V
>---<
76
SL
"
,,-
SI
rvv~- -----r
>--->~
·,V
2
02A
P AO°le"
13A
(31)AI3-14B~
./
~
~
I
•
15
K7CR2
I
EM"'''''
REMOTE START
'If.1-
46
''''ACT
220
6CRI
+20
B
': ; :~ '
6R2
"
"
A
"OJ
(A3+20'
OJ,,,
"-'TIl". 50"
~"'IIT
501l2
=
NOTE·
CD
A
NOT USED
OLDER CARDS USE THE
FOLLOWING LOGIC:
APPLICABLE TO
BXPN REV
POWER UP SEQUENCE
EMERGENCY RETRACT
BRAKE CONTROL
TYPE· _XPN
~
U1
I
12
0.
)0
180
'"
®
I
-...J
,.-----,
L_~,-_ _ _ _~I~I
,e---.
..:..:..:.:WW-,-,:__
CO~~t~TOR
A
..
4
3
2
K 8 ABV AND CXPN REV
D
8 ABV
EM
8
All ASS)'
1
~
4
I
-....J
3
2
1
'"
D
D
®
®
®
AOI
A02
A03
A04
I i i
A05
A06
A07
i i i
A08
A09
AIO
i i i
All
AI2
AI3
AI4
i i i
AI5
I
AI6
I
;%)
"ll
en
en
....
:I:
el
'"
l>
;%)
g
~
(J)
'"r
'"
....
("')
II>
'"'"
0
0
:IE
;%)
;;:
II>
(J)
~
;%)
'"l>
0
~
l>
."
~
~
."
r
...
'"
'"<
;%)
n
;%)
~
(J)
"ll
'"'"
'"I
0
0
'"
....
n
'"
....
("')
:IE
:!
....
;%)
'"
l>
"ll
~
"ll
i
5
....
II>
~
~
\
Ie
(J)
(J)
II>
0
"ll
l>
("')
("')
'"
5
0
~
(J)
'"
....
("')
....
;%)
l>
c
....
~
~
...l>
r
("')
~
~
0
ij
....
,.,
("')
....
....
C
;%)
("')
Z
0
r
::::;
...
~
~
'"en
n
0
~
'"
~
("')
BI
CD
®
G>
®
®
co
W
W
f-'
f-'
W
0
0
~
I"Ij
0
....
~
~
....
0
Z
en
'"Z
'"
~
~
~
...
~
'"'"
~
Z
'"l>
~
("')
;%)
0
II>
~
("')
0
~
l>
~
l>
0
r
~
"ll
r
0
z
<
'"
~
~
I I I I I I I I II I I I I
M~NIEzKNI
AI
("')
~
'"
~ g
0
0
~
;%)
("')
~
z("')
'"
<
d
...
c
en
0
~
....0l>
~
0
USED
FOR
HEAD ALIGNMENT.
AS ASSEMBLY LOCATED BEHIND LOGIC CHASSIS
AND UNDER SHROUD.
LOCATED ON
POWER
AMP ASSEMBLY NEXT TO MAGNET.
I®J
®
®
NOT USED
HLRV
KLRV
FZJN
MZJN
IN
IN
IN
IN
SC 09
SC40
SC 09
SC 09
®
DLQV IN SC 08 WITH OUT 37854 AND BELOW
HLQV IN SC 08 WITH 37854; SC 09 WITHOUT 37938
JLQV IN SC 09 WITH 37938 AND ABOVE
®
ELVV IN SC 09 WITHOUT 37966 AND BELOW
MLVV IN SC 09 WITH 37966 AND ABOVE
4
CD
SPEV - SIC 09
®
ELPV HFRV DLUV JLQV FLWV CLXV
IIFZQNI
AND
LOCATED UNDER
AXPN; SIC 10
BELOW. BPEV - SIC
10 AND
ABOVE.
DECK ASSEMBLY. (SIC 09 AND
AND ABOVE, AS SHOWN.)
BELOW,
HHV - sic 10 AND BELOW.
ATHV - sic II AND ABOVE.
DTHV - SIC 18 AND ABOVE.
@
IN ALL UNITS EXCEPT BJ7BI CID USE:
AXPN - SIC 09 AND BELOW
BXPN - SIC 10 AND ABOVE
ON BJ7B ICID USE CXPN
S
LLYV SIC 39 WIO DJ00044 a BELOW
MLYV SIC 40 W/OJ00044 a ABOVE
37979
WITH 37979 AND ABOVE
W/DJ00072 (B701 ONLY)
WITHOUT 37925 AND BELOW
WITH 37925 AND ABOVE
le~N
@
OPTIONAL CARD WITH PLO OPTION
® ~t~~ :~ ~g g~ ~1,~~0~13~~~~~9;cA~~ ~FTL~cfUT
®
leZYNI
IB
®
BLZV
IA
CHASSIS
3
®
MAP
/'
-'
4
W
r
•
3
I-'
I-'
W
o
2
1
-42V
o
I
:t:oo
1/4!l
I-,
1
-...J
-...J
4
3
.
SIC
21
a BLW
DWG NO
A8 POWER AMP ASSEMBLY
AJ
A9 EMERGENCY RETRACT ASSEMBLY ~----~--~-------'r---~--~
2
1
•
~
4
J
-..J
3
ex>
TO PWR SUPPLY
I5o)A3 J/PI-IO
+4ZV
,
2
Z
A8-RZ
1144
lOW
1
D
,-------E!5
:I
30B
EIO
I
I
~II_ _ M'="40,E
___ ~
121) A09-07B
298
I
I
I
__ ...J
r------~
MJ403!5
C
Ell I
-.
I
I
I
~8
1
- -l
I
T -.!
E7
~
B
+
1
CRI
1
AC
VC-Z
VOICE COil
VC-I
~)Il
CURRENT
SENSE
I ... 7 9 ... 3 2 ... 8
: A09-218 121)
c
CRI
1
I~
I~
"
-
.!2..J
____
"-,+,,.
OEENERGIZEO
30W
I
I
102
1
P~~ 9-
1
1
1
I
~
f2.-1l H
6
I
I'"
______
1
I L
Ell
1
Iii
E9
,------,
I I
I 1
1
I
1211 A09-06B
I
I
I
Ell
~
068
r--------- --1
1\
BUSS BAR
(zl! A09-Z9B
:
B t ' l 01
E6
CI
---,
l'
I
(ZI) A09-lOB
D
EI3
Zr
I
TO 42V
GROUND
,
3
PI JI-" (501
+-
:~
1
__ J
1
E 14
I
1/40
30W
AB-RI
TO POWER SU PPlY
Z
ISO A3 J/PI-IZ
B
.., +
AC
- 42V
CRZ
~
B
,~CR2
I
A8-R4
r-----TO POWER AMP
DRIVER CA 8lE WIO
P/J 109
E3
088
\20) A09-0118
1
E2 18
1
~8_M'="402.5 _ _ _
AI
ex>
w
w
I-'
I-'
\20) A09-09B
E1.2
TRANSISTOR CASE
~
L A9 _
03
.
_
_
-r
4
3
A09 -14B (20)
C7
~E~E~Y..!E~Ac:! A!.SY -.J
A
..
SIC 22
I
+
a
ABV
AS-POWER AMP ASSEMBLY
A9-EMERGENCY RETRACT ASSEMBLY
~--
o
JAOS
148
'
MAGNETIC 1'E~I'HERf,LS INC.
o
I-Ij
..... L..-
._
RESISTOR lOCATED ON DECK
w
:J::I
- , EMERGENCY
I RETRACT
--
NOTE:
4
w
w
......
......
w
2
3
1
o
o
PI! JI
~
[]+5
I
RED
I
I-%j
ID
D
~
j: I
TBI
CD
CD
CD
WHT
GRY
VO'l
J:3~
r~NOFWER
FILTER
OUTPUT
CI
I J-hI
[
~I
5\
6
4i:
5 'V
REGUI
:3~1
GRY
II
12 BLK
21
L
I
CD
®
GRY
10VI0 :3
I
w GND
I:3GRY
BLK
WHT
BLK
YEL
4 4
tlL.K
U-5
:3
S S
6 6'
0<0
I
gO'n
WHT
14
ISORN
16 WHT
7
14
WHT
1
I, ,."
I
C
1-1-12
S SI
9 9
1
-12
5L10W
YEL
17
-20
BRN
10J
(SENSE)
~ISBLKIIIIII~
PWR AMP (AS) R2-2 (49)
,19 YEL 112112
B
Ie
L ___ _
_ _
.42
'-L.
,
I
B
I -I --.J
NOTES:
CD
1
SOHZ TRANSFORMER PRIMARY
CONNECTIONS.
e
100VAC: JUMPER TBI-I TO TBI-:3 AND
TBI-2 TO TBI-4.APPLY IC. TO I AND 4.
220VAC: JUMPER TBI-2 TO TBI-:3.APPLY
AC TO I AND 5.
AI
1
I leR9
@}l
I I
~
'T'
~:.-------J
240VAC: JUMPER TBI-2 TO TBI-:3.APPLY
AC TO I AND 6.
®
ORN
6.01' F
660VAC
TUNING
CAP
I,
R4
SIO
lOW
~~~~~~~~~______~________~
~
19
IL
J I
- - - - - - - - - - - - L ___________________
-.J
II
9
II
BLU
I~
12
PWR
- 42
AMP (AS) R:3-2 (49)
(SENSE)
60HZ TRANSFORMER PRIMARY CONNECTIONS.
100VAe: APPLY AC TO I AND 2.
120 VAC: APPLY AC TO I AND :3.
®
TI AND TBI LOCATED ON BASE ASSY.
~
o
INDICATES WIRE SOLDERED TO BOARD.
@)
0
DENOTES TWO WIRES CRIMPED INTO ONE PIN.
A
SIC 23
a
BLW
FERRO RESONANT XFMR
POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC
AI, A2, A3 ASSEMBLIES
~
I
-....J
~
4
3
.
~
4
I
00
0
r~
@
TBI
6
DI
AC POtiER
~~~~
FlUER
OUTPUT
4
3
@
CD
6 TI
tiHT
15
IF 16
G'Y
5
VEL
4
VIO
r:
BRN
1~17
V 10
IS
GRY
19
BlK
ORN (50)
GRY (60)2
BlK (50)
1
,- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -, +20 V
+ 5V
(SEE SHEET 51
----------1
FOR DETAilS)
,
I
I
I
I
II I [PA'.038 "2(L0
-5 V
I
+20 V
o
r'iHT
+20 V
- - ---'
V
l--
6
c
5A SLOW
12 r'iHT
CD CONNECTIONS.
TRANSFORMER PRIMARY
CIS
+
50 Hz 100 V AC' JUMPER
TBI - I TO TBI - :3
TBI - 2 TO TBI - 4
APPLY AC TO 1 ANO 4
..
~5
r
:11
F2
C I NOTES
I0
L---l-_ _~G,,-,N-tD
L_
14
IP2
AND -5 V REGULATORS
20 GRY
tiHT (60) I
+5 V
I
10
I}-
3 Be< ' " ' '
1..2..
..,
r
Pl
BRN (50)
2
,
'2
'T'
I "F
35 V
50 Hz 220 V AC' JUMPER
TBI - 2 TO TBl - :3
APPLY AC TO 1 AND 5
~101
~121
- L - C14
50 Hz 240 V AC, JUMPER
TBI - 2 TO TBI -:3
APPL Y AC TO I AND 6
I }JF
,-C15
/f' 7500 }JF
30 V
60 Hz lQO V AC' APPLY
AC TO 1 AND 2
35V
R17
560
2 fI
..
PAl-12B (52)
A09-17B (21)
AS R3-2 (49)
±L C'9
/T'- II'F
I
35 V
~ s"'I--4---
PAl ·02B (52)
60 Hz 120 V AC' APPLY
AC TO 1 AND:3
BI®
®
B
t---
4
TI AND TB I ARE lOCATED
ON BASE ASSY.
~14
C21- C24 6 C29-C32 ARE
NOT USED IN OLDER UNITS.
C29
9
_VEL
- 42 V
@
RI9
510.n
10 W
10 IBlK
Iltl~
IYEl
I7
....
I4
'--
~PA1-14B(52)
L-~----'---.
PAO~-03B
9
11 PrjR AMP
I
L
A
__________ _
lIs
00
W
W
I-'
~
tJ::~
C1RN
ORN
A
660 V AC
TUNING CAP
SIC 24 S. ABV
MA~~C
W
PERJPHERAlS INC.
(g~c..ONT,.:llo.o.T"(~ll()l'ol
4
(49)
A3 CR2-AC (49)
CB
o
o
~
(21)
2 (491
~6.0}JF
I-'
~
~1
A9 CRI
- - - - - - - - ------'--'
CS -
I
f.8
3
+
FERRO RESONANT XFMR
POWER SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY Al
2
NORMANDALE
OPERATIONS
I
C
DW
c,09'333'
1
( ----
/
\
/
(Xl
w
w
4
I-'
3
2
1
I-'
w
0
0
~
I'Ij
a:
D
w
=>
a.
l=>
I
=>
~
w
H
0:
~
u
<[
(J)
w
0:
a.
:i
I-
l-
l-
0:
I-
l-
W
II-
0
~
~
>
z
0:
0:
cr0
0
(J)
~
=>
0
...J
...J
<[
=>
=>
a.
l=>
0
I-
u
=>
u
@@
VIO
I
CI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BlK
I
=>
a.
=>
0
w
W
0:
(J)
iw
~
0
f~
r- --,
I BRN
I-
I-
~
0:
~
I-
l-
0
l-
D
C>
C>
l-
a.
(J)
(3Y4
@
w
C>
=>
a.
=>
~
o
>
0
0:
LU
(J)
>
0
o
a.
i4
~~------~-----;~----l---------------------L-~----~ o
TBOI
RI,<:
"
I
.15
15W
I
I
I
I
I I
.&.
R3
22.1
I
I
t-----J
L
C3
14000MFD
15 VDC
U2
95601100
I
I
~
LI
CI
1000PF
1000V
I CR4
/
I
~
B
C5
'68 MFO
15 VDC
R4
150
RB
2.0K
r
I
I
I
CRI
IN749A
Q2
2N4441
RII
475
.&.
~
R6
1.5K
R2
10.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
C6
.1 MFO
35V
I
I
I
I
1000PF
1000V
l-
=>
a.
l=>
~
Z
H
ll~
o
c..>
~
z
<[
NOTES,
I
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
All RESISTORS ARE
o
o
o
A
.&.
4
I
00
I-'
4
---0 E 1- GND
w
o:r
(J)
~
z
w=>
INDICATOR CIRCUIT.
A
SIC 23
3
AND AC CENTER
TAP INPUT
Z
W
(J)
INDICATES INCREASE IN ADJUSTMENT CLOCKWISE DIRECTION.
.r::.
SENSE
_ 5VDC
(J)
1-0
00
:='1-
INDICATES CARD EDGE CONNECTIONS.
INDICATES CARD QUICK-CONNECTS.
I NDICATES SUPPLY INPUT - OUTPUT TERMINAL STRIP CONNECTIONS •
OPTIONAL OUTPUT
~
TO CHASSIS
z
1/4 W 1%.
I I
Isl - 5VDC
~
w~
INPUT- OUTPUT TERMINATIONS ARE AS FOllOWS'
B
I
R5
500
=
I
I
==J=====~==~---r---lr-----~----1--------------------1----_1
I-
c
I
I
R9
100
R7
2.0K
RI3
332
SENSE
I
RIO
102
C4
14000
MFD
15VDC
I
f61 ... 5VDC
oN'V-
C7
4.7MFD
50VOC
~5VOC
I
a
BLW
,A I I A2 ASSEMBLIES
.t:>.
4
I
00
N
+
3
2
CD~'J
+5 SENSE
:
CD~
(50) PI-I
~
J 1
~1
+9 V
I -:=-CI
: ........... OluF
r - - - - - - - -
rC~7
:-::--JC
~
I
E1
:
.22 uF,!lO%
~2
I
I
I
(§)
I
C~~
~=-
~I". __: " " r-
I
(50) PI-3
~:~
c
1 .5 kO
CD~
0~:
CD~:
:
+5 COM
i
Bl_,
..
J 4
E3
(50) PI-II
(50) PI-?
w
W
i-'
i-'
W
0
0
:t:'
~
17
~
I
I
®
@)
G)
®
..
C3
;:~1
}JF
35 V
..IT 5 V
C20
4700 pF
SCR4
19
C17
+
;:~
/
R7
7
®
2k~~
P 10
1/2 W
,
~~O}JF
16 V
c
R22®
1.5kn
:!:I%
.E!!..
1
GND
E.5
I
..
~ P2-1 (50)
I "
- 5 SENSE
BlK
+9 V
I
~07
I
I
~Y--------+--~--r-------+-r-----~
I
R8
1.5 kO
pF ;.~
I\,;,."W
1~
-:=-C7
""'f'.01 uF
C25
-\1
.!}.
.22uF,_IO Yo
I
I
R9
0
l
CR3
...
C26
\1
1.5 kn
r- - I 06
- -,
I
I
1
ex
ON
R7 .. RI
R22 .. R
8 E
R51 USED ON REV EC 8 ABOVE
C25-C28 NOT USEO IN OLDER UNITS
I
CC
I
IE
l ____
J
EI
,
5 V
19
W
P
;.:r:
C6"
1 }JF
35 V
"'12
~i. 5 kO
2
Nt-
1---1-1--'
U3
9
;.:r:
Cl0"
1 }JF
35 V
13
..
~-
I----
-r-
r-"- N IE>4.5"
I 8
~
CR4
/
2-
-5 VR
3BA
R13
6.49 kn
I
I
ci
SCR1
+7.1VR
10 N
6
I
1
I
1 15
Rl0
15 0
B
.---I
USED F
B
~..IT
pRIl
2 kn
:!: 10 %
1/4W
R23
I kn
:!:.I%
C~6
J I
I
I
I
I
0
*
I
_ 5 COM
RED E6
NOTES'
2.
R5
120 0
112 W
~
~
5
1
®
CD
12 0
~
I I
~:.~
~:
D
~I-
U2
I
15 V
~
_ _ _ _ _ _ ...J
~ P2-3 (50)
1/
+5VR
3BA
R5
[ 1 }JF
+7 1VR
2.10 kO
35 V ·
14 15 6
I
C5
10000
(50) PI-5
J2,
+5 V
.120
2W
R2
121131111
'--_-+1~0 N ~
I
I
B
00
h7.'.'
~
r---
I
I
.:0~
A
9
>"'-N
8
I
I
I
...
~
l
R1
I
I
R4
I
CD~
1
I
~
~
15 0
2W
E2
(50)PI-IO
CD~
C2
27000 }JF
15 V
l
EI
L_
~
.22uF,~10%
I
~Q5
CI2 (50)
R3
~
RED
I
D
1
20 V
20
-- V
C9
~220 }JF
,... ....... 16 V
R12
120 0
1/2 YI
C8
4700 pF
/1120113116
I
I I
r-----~------~I
1
f----....-------'
I
-5 V
~
lR14
SIC 24
.12 0
MA~~~C PERJPHERALS INC.
ASSY
SIDlCl'tlJp.OO""-,QIIII'{.....,....,..
Ai
a
I
ABV
NOAMANDAlE
EC
OPERATIONS
CODE IDFNT
19333
4
3
+
2
A
~ P2-5 (50)
1
/~
(~
00
+
3
4
w
w
I-'
I-'
,
'2
w
o
o
~
hj
o
D
fAIO-oPERATORCONrROL - PANEL (PARTIAL DWG)
+?
-
-,
I
START
, - - - - C;'; - i:4-RELAY BOARD
r-.r-,
ASSEMBLY
I
$/:
START
(ALTERNATE)
I
\ACTION
I
r-<>---O
II1II1
c
~
~
_____
I
I
I
!
I
~---o
L-
-=
_____
_
I
EI2
E2
E4
C~NC
--'5~A,""p)1:-J,
)hI
r
I
31
III
,r,--I
I y
c
J
E7
CRI
I
1
I
SPD+START
BRAKE
......~>-'VV'v--l 02
-20
RELAY
)
RI
IK
04 :
+5
I
r1-
I
B
~I
H- f
Ell
-.
I
I
I
r - - __+t~-E5
BRUSH
MOTOR OPTIONAL,
1
STARTO----'
TRIAC
RELAY
I
L
-
-
I
INTERLOCK
C
~
220
CR4
EMERGENCY
RETRACT
RELAY
CH
r+t-
I
SWITCH
SW4
E6
I,
I
I
L _____________ J
)'
NO
09
a
~+20(A3+Z0)
A
A
~
K2
BLW
CABLING I BLOCK DIAGRAMS
WITH AXPN :rNTERLOCK
"'00I"
w
4
3
+
B
1I'V\r--++5
I
DECK
HEADS
~
I BRUS~M~OTOR --j~L~_.
ER MTR
(BI) _
__
I
I SPINDLE
I
I
D
I
II
L--...J
DRIVE
~O~R~M~ _ _ -.-J
I
-.l
LOGIC CHASSIS
FAN (82)
2~~1
mWERSUPPLY(SO) NOTES:
e
I. ASSEMBLY
AO
AI, A2, A3
A4
A5
A6, A7
AB
A9
AIO
All
TBI
I DENTI FI CATION
-
-
-
PIDD/JIOO
l
(W6)
PI/JI
I
TI
HEAD SELECT AND
READ PREAMP (39, 40, 41)
I
+5
AO
LOGIC
GND
5 CHASSIS
ASSY
I
LOG I C CHASS I SASSY
POWER SUPPLY
RELAY PC BOARD (REF ONLY)(~9)
HD SEL AND RIW AMP
IIO PANEL
POWER AMP
EMERGENCY RETRACT
OPERATOR CONTROL PNL
BXPN BOARD
DC
POWER
SUPPLY
PZOI (42.43)
Ie
t-gP207 (47)
5
7 1{+421
(47)
6 iI-IZ)
9~
u
B
2. RELAYS / TRUCS
KI-RUN RELAY (PART OF TRIAC KI)
K2-EMERGENCY RETRACT
K5-oRIVE MOTOR START TRIAC/ RELAY
K6-SPEED 2K
K7-LOCAL/REMOTE RUN
KB-START
AI, A2,A3
I
I
IL
fEMERGENcYRETRACT
B
I
U"Izh/'
-=---=--:"""-1
I
- I
I
I~CI
~09~16)
I~B(16)
I
I
I
.~~
I
I
(49) -
~
~-~~6-')
'AO A09(16)
fA9-=K2 .
J
Ipl/JI-10(~6) I
I +;2+ ~
7
-bDO<
10
_____ J
P/JA09-
-ijZ
(45)
FI ELD TEST
UNI T CONNECTION
JA6
eo,,,,,,,,
GOING TO
BACK PANEL
W/W PINS
JA7
~
PAlO
JA09
JA09-
CR2
M
A093RI
I
A09OBBJ
{~
JAI2
C7
+T
16.000uF
65VDC
-
I
I
_ _ _ .J
<3
-2
(+42)
A
A
00
LV
LV
SIC 10 - 23
I-'
I-'
CABLING I BLOCK DIAGRAM
WITH _XPN INTERLOCK
LV
o
o
:t:'
I-Ij
4
3
i--
"
,/-
DO
W
4
3
2
W
I-'
r- - - - - - - -
I-'
I
W
AC
CBI
I
o
o
1-----1
J!PDMI-
I
-2
BLU
I
1
I
~
hj
I
RUN
D
BXPN START
COMMANO
BXPN RUN
COMMANO
II
-!~~5
+ 5V
J20S08B(45)
I
:
I
~~m~T
~:;>-~::..:.....---------------+.-+.-----.jf-----I-.-I-.-----------------~
A II
J20S09B (45)
P206-2
~:;
):;
-I
P206-'
C \~
--£ NO
o
1
THER"'AL
~)
)>-
DECK INTER'_OCK
,
1
DRIVE
~O~R~M~
I
1
L--..J
SPINDLE
I1
RUN
1
__
-.J
I
I
r~L~E~M~ ~ ~
_
LOGIC CHASSIS
FAN (B2)
2
--l
rPOWERSUPPLY(sO)
NOTES:
c
TBI
I. ASSEMBLY
AD
AI, A2, A3
2.
10ENTIf ICATION
A4
A5
RELAY PC BOARD (REf ONLy)(ij9)
HO SEL AND R/W A",P
A6, A7
A8
IIO
PANEL
POWER A",P
A9
AIO
All
E"'ERGENCY RETRACT
OPERATOR CONTROL PNL
BXPN BOARD
I~
REMOTE (PART
S2 - HEADS LOADED
S3 -PACK COVER
S4 -DECK INTERLOCK
CABLE
WI
OF
6XPN
(2)
I
I
fE'MERGENCY
rA9=K2
o
JA09~ =+
I
CR2
~1(20) ~6~1
AOlR-1 I
30W
I I
~5VDC
r- - -
1
I
-42
PI!JI-12(48)
L
L _ _ _
I
6
PAlO
JA09
-I
JAI2
I
I
J
OO~EC_ _ ~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _R_3_-""1'
-.J
E3
R4-1
'
EL
L
JA7
CONNECTORS
GOING TO
BACK PANEL
W/W PINS
Aci
.=
0.......
50 Hz.
I
RI-2
(-42)
P~:~R
R3-2
(GND)
AB
R2-2
(+42)
SHEEI4q.J-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
L ___ ::.,c .!.,423 _ _ _ _ _ ..JI
A
a
@ TO
WI CABLE SHIELD ONLY ON SIC 40
SIC 24
ABV
CABLING I BLOCK DIAGRAM
WITH BXPN INTERLOCK
AND ABOVE.
I
4
a
W/DJ00029
,J::.
DO
-I
16,OOO;.F
I
JA6
C7+t I
I""
-,
""
A09(20}
1
@GND PRESENT ONLY ON SIC 40 W/DJ00029
ABOVE.
U1
RETRACT A9 (49)
PLUG INSTALLEO ON WIRE WRAP SlOE OF LOGIC CHASSIS.
I
A
12
_J
- - - - - - - -~- - - -,
-1 P!JI-12(~~~ I
CAPACITOR SIZE DEPENDS ON INPUT
VOLTAGE AND fREQUENCY.
-----Lr----l3
~ LINE
I
C~~;~'S
c
FIELD TEST
UNI T CONNECTION
[ill
;;t
BOARD)
ASSEMBliES
ONLY 220/240
43)
46.45.44)
13
P2/J2
-AC HARNESS
1----------
-5
(+-12)
AD
LOGIC
(-42)
I
Ii· SPEED> 21
11 lDCll REMOTE RUN
18 STIR!
W4 -R/W a HO SEL
W5 - SWT a CONTROL PNL
W6 -DC PWR DISTRIBUTION
w7 -SERVO OIBIT CABLE
W9 - BASE ASSY
WIO - LOGIC CHASSIS TO PWR AMP
CD
CD
r---+----" GND
DC
POWER
SUPPL Y
AI, A2,A3
3. Sw ITCHES
SI - LOCAl
HEAD SELECT AND
READ PREAMP (39. 40. 41)
JAOI
I
+5
RELAYS! TRIACS
4
(W61
J2IP2
LOGI C CHASSI SASSY
POWER SUPPLY
KI - RUN RELAY(PART Of TRIAC KI)
K2 - EMERGENCY RETRACT
KS - DRIVE MOTOR START TRIAC! RELAY
B
PI/JI
TI
3
~
4
I
00
+
3
0'\
2
1
10
1M
o
o
-IOOPF
T
100
~N
r~'OOK
"~N
.4"
309
3PF
:!:IPF
II
o.lUF
lOOK
41PF
499
21.5K
_ J8JAIO- 29B
:
~B» + 12V
100UH
c
+6.2V
IUF
2.4K
,14
. .0
c
4~L-
\
~
6.BV
220
1000K
J8- ,-,
10.OK
1"::'_H__.._~)02B:
-+
41
·
cct )
•
~
+ 6.2V
~OIB
8
\
B
1
-
O.IUF
SK..D
JAIO-;'08
, 03A» -GND
AI
*
~410
~IOO
T
V
•
v
~41
,
~
+"'T'"""""V<
I'Ij
OIA
(22)
-
\,ODI
TRACK SERVO PREAMP
I
JA10-24B (GND)
I
I
I
I,
I I I
I
JA10-238 (22)
IT~HLD
t.:::..:::... JA10-26B
B
(GND)
SHLD
2
IDI.. '
19333 I I. I
LOC'A3A05
3
1..-
IA
W
4
",
JAIO-2~B
-6.2V
0
0
~
I
-6.2V
00
LV
W
I-'
:
I
j lI
T·O'~
IOOUH
r'~
,-
r----H)02A
I.OOK
I
I
,
SMD 7490
I
I BL
I
/
(
~
00
W
LV
I-'
I-'
LV
o
o
,
i;j
J
IF TAG OUT
DECODE IS
I
I
,
AND BUS OUT IS
I
I
BUS IN BITS
BUS OUT BITS
NAME
,
DRIVE PLACES ON BUS IN
DECODE
0
SELECT
I
2
3
000
(j)
(j)
EARLY
STROBE
LATE
STROBE
ERROR
RECOVERY
001
DIAGNOSTIC
010
HEAD ADDRESS
011
HIGH CYLINDER
100
TARGET REGISTER
101
LOAD
TARGET
REGISTER
2
LOW CYLINDER
110
27
6
2
CONTROL
III
RTZ
CLEAR
ATTENTION
+
-
OFFSET
OFFSET
CLEAR
CHECK
DIAGNOSTIC
CLEAR
FAULT
STATUS
4
5
6
7
0
I
2
3
4
23
22
21
20
DEVICE
I..D.
DEVICE
ID
DEVICE
I..D.
ATTENTION
2
®
@
@
DEVICE
I.D.
DEVICE
I.D.
DEVICE
I.D.
ATTENTION
2
NO
HEAD
SELECT
WRITE
FAULT
(W+R)o
OFF
CYLINDER
W.R.
FAULT
VOLTAGE
FAULT
HEAD
SELECT
FAULT
SEEK
ERROR
WRITE
PROTECTED
NO
HEAD
SELECT
WRITE
FAULT
(W+R)'
OFF
CYLI NDER
W.R.
FAULT
VOLTAGE
FAULT
HEAD
SELECT
FAULT
SEEK
ERROR
WRITE
PROTECTED
ECHO
READ
TARGET
REGISTER
SECTOR
6
2
2
ECHO
READ
TARGET
REGISTER
SECTOR
6
2
2
CLEAR
ERROR
RECOVERY
CLEAR
RPS
22
21
2
TRANSFER
SECTOR
COUNT
6
WRITE
GATE
2
2
5
5
3
24
2
24
2
READ
GATE
ADDRESS
MARK
ENABLE
3
9
2
2
22
21
2
22
21
2
0
8
0
0
5
6
7
3
22
21
20
3
22
21
2
0
5
24
2
5
24
2
AM
FOUND
ON
CYLINDER
UNIT
READY
OFFSET
ACTIVE
CHECK
DIAGNOSTIC
AM
FOUND
ON
CYLINDER
UNIT
READY
OFFSET
ACTIVE
CHECK
DIAGNOSTIC
.
0
3
22
21
2
3
22
21
20
NOTES:
(j)
®
®
@
UNITS WITH PLO
0' LOW TRACK DENSITY
I ' HIGH TRACK DENSITY
0' LOW HEAD COUNT
I' HIGH HEAD COUNT
0' SMD
I: RESERVED FOR FUTURE
.MII.'II711 •
~
I
00
-...J
I
.,·II·.
crWG~
SMD 7490
TAG / BUS DECODES
NORMANDALE
DIVISION
CODE ID£NT SHE! T
19333
54
CD
jAEV
AJ
CROSS REF
NO
SECTION 5
WIRE LISTS
WIRE LISTS
INTRODUCTION
Wire lists are divided into two basic categories; wire wrap wire lists and non-logic
wire lists.
WIRE WRAP WIRE LISTS
Wire wrap wire lists provide wire origin/
destination information for the logic back
panel and ~he R/W pin and guide assembly.
Wires are referenced by logic term origin.
The signal name is decoded as follows:
~-~
cb
@ cb
A2808; is the logic term of the
inverter, multiplexer, op-amp, etc.,
found in the logic diagrams.
2; denotes the various outputs of
the same logic term.
00; indicates daisy chain order of
wires th~t go to various destinations
from a single logic term.
Signal names that begin with a numeral, are
miscellaneous wires. These wires generally
originate at some point other than a logic
term (switch, bus, test point, etc.).
83311300 Y
5
Z level denotes the vertical position of a
wire on a pin relative to the wire wrap
board. Two vertical positions are possible.
A numeral 1 in this column indicates the
wire is closest to the wire wrap board. A
numeral 2 indicates the wire is farthest
from the wire wrap board. Both ends of a
wire are always at the same Z level.
NON-LOGIC WIRE LISTS
Non-Logic wire lists provide wire origin/
destination information for harness assemblies
and various panels.
The number identification is used to sequence the wire list and provide engineering
reference for change order activity.
Wire color coding is as follows:
o-
Black
5 - Green
1 - Brown
6 - Blue
2 - Red
7 - Violet
3 - Orange
8 - Gray
4 - Yellow
9 - White
In mUlti-digit color codes, the first digit
denotes base color and the remaining digits
denote tracer colors.
5-l/5-2
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
PIN 76038053
TITLE
SIGNAL" NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
."
ORIGIN
AOI018
AOI028
AOI01t8
A01128
A01138
A01148
A01218
A01228
A01238
A01248
A01268
A01278
A01288
A01308
A01338
A01348
A0201A
A0202A
A02028
A0203A
A0203A
A02038
A0204A
l0204A
A0204B
l02048
A0205l
l02058
A0206A
A0206A
l02068
l0207A
A02078
A02018
A0208A
A02088
A0209A
A02098
A02098
A0210A
A02108
A0211A
lOl118
A0212A
A02128
l0213l
A02138
A0214A
A02148
A0215A
A02158
A0216A
.
DESTINATION
Z
LEVEL
A01218 1
A05028 Z
A03228 2
A060311.: 1
A0331A 1
A01348 1 \
AOI018 1
A10128 1
l16238 1
A16248 1
A0315A 1
A06278 1
A14108 1
A1409A 1
A05338 2
A01148 1
A02178 1
A05278 1
A07288 1
A0326A 2
A07108 1
A0725A 1
A0322A 2
A07178 1
A0629B 1
A15318 2
A0527A Z
l0524B 2
A07048 1
A03118 2
'03258 1
A03268 2
607058 .1
A03326 2
l0324A 1
A0324B 1
A03318 1
A0633A 2
A1106A 1
A03308 1
A0330A 1
A0329A 1
A0323A 1
A0131A 1
A03328 1
A05318 2
A0531A 1·
A0611l 1
A05088 ?
A0504A 2
l0530A l
A0612A 1
I
SHEET NO.
1 of 13
/REV.
BA
NOTES
SIC 09 WIO 37951 AND BELOW
KOR-OS42B-2
83311300 Y
5-2.1
I WL IDOCUMENT
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
Z
LEVEL
A02168
A0217A
A02178
A0221A
A02218
A0222A
A02228
A0223A
A02238
A022,.A
A0221t8
A0225A
A02258
A0226A
A0226A
A02268
A0221A
A0730A
A05148
A0201A
A06118
A05048
A0503A
A06108
A07118
A0411A
A05288
A11218
A06178
A0523A
A0234A
A02298
A06168
A04318
A0227A
A0610A 2
&05298 2
A02278
A0228A
A02288
A0229A
&02298
A0230A
&02308
A0231A
A02318
A0232A
A02328
A02328
A0233A
A02338
A023,.&
A0301A
&0304A
A0301t8
A0305A
l03058
A0306A
A03068
&0307l
A03078
A0310&
A03108
A0311A
l03118
A03118
A0312A
A0312A
A03128
A0621A
A07338
&0631A
&0226&
A0617A
A15328
A05168
A1124A
JA0209A
A1132A
A0403A
A03138
&03218
A0226A
A0311A
AI0118
'04218
A032ljA
A1032A
&04118
l0424A
A04328
A04258
&11098
l11148
A0301A
&0206A
&13228
A09258
&04138
A0705A
NO.
I SHEET NO;
IREV.
BA
NOTES
1
2
1
1-
Z
Z
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
i
2·
1
l
SiC 09 WI 37743 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 WI 48140 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 WIO 48140 AND BELOW
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
SIC 09 WI 37743 AND ABOVE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Z
1
A0312B
Z
1
1
A0427A 2
A03138
'03138
&0315A
A0233A 1
A06028 Z
&01268 1
SIC 09 WI 37966 AND ABOVE
KOR-OS42B-2
5-2.2
83311300 Y
(
\
I WL IDOCUMENT
TiTlE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTI·
NATION
Z
LEVEL
l0316l
.03168
A0317l
'03178
l0321'
403218
403218
40322A
A03228
A03228
A0323A
A0323A
A03238
A03238
1.0324A
1.03248
A0325A
A03258
A03264
A03268
A032613
A0327A
A03278
A03218
A03288
A0329A
l0330A
A03308
A0331A
A03318
A0332A
A0332A
403328
A03328
A0333A
1.0333B
A04011.
AO"02A
A04028
40"028
A0403A
A0403A
AOlt038
A040"A
AO"048
A1108l 1
AO"02A 1
lO"068 1
lO"078 1
lO"17l 1
40602A 2
l02338 1
4020"4 2
II 033 A 1
AOI01t8 2
A0630A 2.
A02118 1
A071"8 2
1.13301. 1
1.0208A 1
A02088 1
A0305' 1
A02068 1
A0203l 2
A0710A I
40207A Z
AO"33A 2
A1301A Z
AO"058 1
A1123' 1
A0211A 1
A0210B 1
A0210A 1
A0113B 1
A02091. 1
A1326B 1
A02078 Z
A01,128 1
A06308 2
A0429A 1
A0724A 1
A0423A 1
A0316B 1
A1301A 1
A0405B l
A02328 1
.A1305B 2
A0524A 1
A13139 1
A1116A 1
A04054
10"058
A04059
AO"06A
AO"068
A04069
A0407A
A11128
A04028
403218
411138
AI110B
A0317A
412168
A0405A
A1109A 1
1
Z
1
NO.
I SHEET
~O.
IREV.
BA
NOTES
SIC 09 WI 37867 AND ABOVE
SiC 09 WIO 37867 AND BELOW
SIC 09 WI 37867 AND ABOVE
1
2
1
1
KOR 0542B 2
83311300 Y
5-2.3
I Wt IDOCUMENT NO. ISHEET N~.
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
AO~07A
AO~078
A09238
A0525A
A0317B
A09228
A12218
A0416A
A0533A
A13328
Al305A
A02238
A0306A
A0502A
A1333B
JA0202A
A1208A
A1210A
A10278
A0312A
A1112A
A1314A
A09248
A13258
A12178
A0409A
A12228
A0321A
A1306A
A09168
A0304B
A1113A
A13078
A1112B
A040tA
A05178
A03068
JA0204A
A09158
A03078
A112 5 8
A0526A
A0705A
A0312B
A10088
AlO078
A0333A
A12078
ll1138
A09278
A1202'
A0227A
A0511A
JA0205A
A0307'
A0327A
JA0201A
A04078
A0408A
A0408A
A0409A
A04098
A0410A
A04108
A0411A
A04118
A0412A
A0412A
A0412A
A04128
A0413A
A04138
AO~138
A0414A
A04148
A0415A
A04158
AO"16A
A0416A
AO"168
A0417A
A04178
A04218
A04218
A0422A
.A0422B
A0423A
A0423A
A04238
A0424A
A042"8
l0425A
'04258
'0426A
A04268
A0427A
A0427A
A04278
A04288
A0429A
A04298
A0430A
A04308
A0431A
'04318
A04318
AOlt32A
A04328
A0433A
A04338
Z
LEVEL
IREV.
BA
NOTES
Z
Z
1
2
1
Z
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
sic
sic
09
09
SIC
SiC
09 AND BELOW
10 AND ABOVE
SiC
09
WI
SiC
09
WI 37867
SiC
SiC
09
09
WIO 37867 AND BELOW
WI 37867 AND ABOVE
SIC
09
WI
37867 AND ABOVE
SIC
09
WI
37966 AND ABOVE
SiC
SiC
10
09
wi
Wi
48140 AND ABOVE
37743 AND ABOVE
WI
WI
37966 AND ABOVE
37743 AND ABOVE
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
t
2
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
J.
1
1
1
2
2
37966 AND ABOVE
AND ABOVE
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
-1
1
Z
1
I
KOR-OS42B-2
5-2.4
83311300 Y
I WL IDOCUMENT
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINA TION
Z
LEVEL
A04338
A05138 2
A0505A 1
A0501A
A0501A
A0506A 2
A0502A JA0206A 1
A0502A
AOlt12A l
A05021\
A0802e 1
A05028
A010Z8 Z
A0503A JA0211B 1
A0503A
A02224 2
A05038
A09038 1
A0504A JAO?12A 1
405044
A0215A 2
A05048 JA021lA 1
A05048
A02218 2
A0505A
A0501A 1
A1407B 1
A05058
A0505B
AII05B 2
A05058
A0731B 2
40506A
A0501A .2
A0506A JA0203A 1
A05068
A11038 1
A0507A
AI10'" 1
A05078
AI1068 1
A050BA
AI107A 1
A05088 JA0214A 1
A05088
A02148 2
A0509A
A15258 1
A 0~09B
JAOZl~A
A0511A
A05128
A05138
l0513B
A05148
A05148
405168
405168
A0517A
A05178
A0521A
A05218
A0521B
A0522A
A05228
A0522B
A05228
A0523A
A0523A
405238
A0523B
A04318
A07228
A1207A
A04338
JA0214B
A0217A
A0231A
JAOZ13B
JA0203B
A04238
A1315A
JA0202B
A0523B
A07068
A1531B
Al124B
A1124B
JA0208B
A02258
A05258
A0521B
'04038
A0205B
JAOI10B
AI027B
A04078
A0523B
A07038
A04268
~0524A
A0524B
A05248
A0525A
A0525A
A052 58
A0525B
A0526A
A0526B
A0527A
NO.
I SHEET N~.
l
REV.
BA
NOTES
SIC 09 WI 37743 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 Tvl 48140 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
1
2
SIC 09 WI 37743 AND ABOVE
1
1
Z
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
?
SiC 09 NI 48028; SIC 10 N/O 48140
SIC 09 WI 37951 AND ABOVE
SIC 09 WI 48028; SIC 10
1'1/0 48140
1
1
2
1
2
1
~TA0206A 2
A0S314B 1
SiC 09 WIO 37743 AND BELOW
SIC 09 WIO 37743 AND BELOW
KOR-OS42B-2
63311300 Y
5-2.5
I IL 1DOCUMENT NO. ISHEET N~.
TiTlE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
Z
LEVEL
A0205A 2
A0521A
A0202A 1
A05278
A0528A JA0109A 1
A0224A 2
A05288
A02218 2
A05298
A05Z98 JA0212R 1
A021~8 ·2
A0530A
A0530A JA02108 1
A05308 JA0108A 1
A02138 1
A0531A
A05318
A0213A 2
A05318 JA0113A 1
A0532A JA0409A 1
A05328
A09328 2
A05328 JAOl148 1
A0533A
A04098 2
A01338 ?
A05338
A05338
A08338 1
A0601A
A0606A 1
A03218 2
A0602A
A03138 2
A06028
A0603A
A0726A 1
A06038
A01128 1
A0604A
A16268 1
A0606A
A06068 2
A0606A
A0601A 1
A0606A 7A06068
A0733A 1
A06098
A0610 A
A07318 1
A0610A
A0227A 2
A06108
A02228 1
A0611A
A0214A 1
A06118
A0221A 1
A0612A
A0216A 1
A06168
A02268 1
A0611A
A0230A 1
A06118
A0225' 1
A0621A
A0228A 1
A06258
A15268 2
A0626A
A14128 1
A0626A
A13168 2
A06278
A01278 1-.
A0629&
A14238 1
A0629B
A0204B 1
A0629B
A1612B 2
A06298
A1316A l
A0630&
A0711A 1
A0630A
l0323A 2
A06308
A0709A 1
A()3328 2
A06308
A0631A
A0229A 1
A06318 JAOl02A 1
A0632A JAOlO)A 1
A06328 JAOI04A 1
A02098 2
A0633'
jREV.BA
NOTES
SIC 09 wi 37743 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 WIO 48140 AND BELOW
SiC 09 WIO 37951 AND BELOW
SiC 09 W/O 37951 AND BELmv
SiC 09 WI 37951 AND ABOVE
KOR-OS42B-2
5-2.6
83311300 Y.
I WLI DOCUMENT NO.
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTI·
NATION
Z
I
SHEET N~.
JREV.
BA
NOTES
LEVEL
\
A0633A
A06338
A0701A
A07039
A0701t8
A0705A
A070SA
A07058
A07068
A0709A
A0709A
A0710A
A0710A
A07108
A07109
A0711A
A0711A
A07118
A07148
A07148
A0715A
A07158
A0716A
A07168
A07178
A07178
A0722A
A07228
40723A
A07234
A07Z"A
A072"A
A0725A
A07258
A0726A
A0728A
A0728B
A0730A
A0731A
A07318
A0731B
A07318
A0733A
A0733A
A07339
A08028
A08148
A08148
A08338
A0901A
A0902A
A09028
A0903A
A07149
A0728A
A0723A
A05258
A0206A
A0427A
A03128
A02078
A0522A
A06309
AII01t9
A1324A
A03268
A0203A
A13298
AI103A
A0630A
lO223A
A03238
A0633A
A16048
1
1
2
BJ701J,K UNITS SiC 18 AND BELOW ONLY
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
l
2
1
1
2
1
1
A16038 1
Al1ll8,1
I
A1121A
A020ltA
Al1078
A13068
A05128
A1325A
A0701A
A03338
A1321A
A02038
AI10'A
A0603A
A06339
A02028
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
AOl16~ 1
AOZ12A 1
A05058,2
JA0202B 2
A0610A
JA0204B
A06099
A02288
A05029
JA0208A
A0527A
A05338
A09178
A09028
A0902.&
A09038
1
2
1
1
1
BJ701J,K UNITS SIC 18 AND BELOW ONLY
SIC 10 WI 48140 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 WIO 48140 AND BELOW
l
1
1
1
1
1
2
ELPV, REV.C
ELPV, REV.C
ELPV, REV.C
KOR·OS42B-2
l_
833113UO Y
5-2.7
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICAnON
I
ORIGIN
A0903A
A09038
A09038
A090ltA
A090ltA
A09048
A0906A
A09018
A09128
A09158
A09168
A09118
A09228
A09238
A09248
A0921t8
A09258
A09268
A0927A
A09218
A09288
A09298
A0931A
A0931A
A09318
A0932A
A0932A
A09328
A09328
A0933A
A09338
AI0078
A10088
A10098
AI0118
A10128
AI027B
A10218
AI0288
A10298
AI032A
AI033A
AI102A
AII028
AlI03A
AI103A
A11038
AI104A
A11048
AI10,.8
All05A
AII05A
A11058
AII05:1
AII05B
WL
DESTINATION
I DOCUMENT NO.
I SHEET
Z
LEVEL
A090ltA 1
A0903A 2
A05038 1
A0903A 1
A0901t8 2
A0904A 2
A1126A 1
A09298 1
A12288 1
AOlt25A 1
A04218 2
A0901A 1
A0408A 2
AOlt01A 2
A0415A 1
A1133A ·2
A0312A 2
A131181
A1122A .1
A04308 1
A12268 1
A09078 1
A0932A ·2
A09318 1
A0931A 1
A0931A 2
A09328 1
A05328 2
A0932A 1
A09338 1
A0933A 1
A04288 1
A04278 1
A11268 1
A0304A 1
A01228 J..
A0525A 1
A04138 Z
JAOI028 1
JAOl128 1
A03058 1
A03228 1
A12308 1
A15028 1
A1333A 1
A0711A 2
A05068 1
A0507A 1
A1331A \
A0709A 2
A07258 11
l11118 2
A15288 1
A1407B 2
A0505B 2
N~.
IREV.
BA
NOTES
ELPV, REV.C
ELPV, REV.C
ELPV, REV.C
ELPV, REV.C
ELPV, REV.C
sic 10 WI 48226 AND ABOVE
Sic 09 WI 37867 AND ABOVE
SiC 09 WI 37867 AND ABOVE
ELPV
ELPV
ELPV
ELPV
ELPV
-
REV.C
REV.C
REV.C
REV.C
REV.C
ELPV - REV.C
ELPV - REV.C
ELPV - REV.C
SiC 09 WIO 37743 AND BELOW
SiC
SiC
SiC
SIC
11
10
09
11
AND ABOVE
WI 48140 AND ABOVE
WI 48028 AND ABOVE
AND ABOVE
KOR-OS42B-2
5-2.8
83311300 Y
I
1WL I
TITLE
"
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
AI106A
AI1068
AI107 A
AI1079
AII078
A1108A
A1I088
AII09A
AI109A
A11098
A11108
AI1108
AI111A
AI111B
A1112A
A1112A
A1112B
A11128
A1113A
A11138
A11148
A1116A
A1121A
A11218
A1122A
A11228
A1123A
A11238
A112ltA
A1124A
A1121t8
A1121t8
All25A
A11258
A1126A
A1126A
A11268
A1132A
Al133A
A11338
A1202A
A1207A
A12078
A1208A
A1210A
A1211B
A1212A
A12128
A1213A
A12138
A1215A
A12158
A1216A
A12168
A02098
A05078
A0508A
A1328B
A0717B
A0316A
A12278
A0405A
A12238
A0310A
A04068
A1326A
A15238
Al105A
A0414A
A13038
A0423A
A0405A
A0422A
A0430A
A03108
A04048
A07168
A02248
A0927A
A0716A
A03288
A0406A
A02318
Allt268
Alb128
A05228
JAOI0~8
A0426A
A12158
A090bA
AI0098
A02328
A09248
A15338
A0431A
A05138
A04298
A0412B
A0413A
A1302A
A13158
A1303A
A1304A
A1310A
A13098
A11264
A13118
AOlt07A
DOCUMENT NO.
Z
LEVEL
1
SHEET
N~.
IREV.BA
NOTES
1
1
1
1
Z
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SIC 09 WIO 37867 AND BELOW
SIC 09 WI 37867 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
SiC 09 WIO 37867 AND BELOW
SiC 09 \'11 37867 AND ABOVE
Z
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
SIC 09 WI 37951 AND ABOVE
SiC 10 wlO 48226 AND BELOv]
SIC 10 WI 48226 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 wlO 48226 AND BELOW
KOR-OS42B-2
83311300 Y
5-2.9/5-2.10
I WL IDOCUMENT
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTI·
NATION
l1217A
A12178
A12218
A1222B
A12238
A12258
A12268
A1227A
A12278
l12288
A12308
l1231A
A1234A
A1302A
A130Z8
A1303A
A13038
A130Ql
A0416A
A0408l
A04168
AI109A
A13028
A09288
A13048
A11088
AOQ1Z8
A1102A
A1234A
A1231A
l12118
A12Z58
AIZ128
AI11ZA
AIZ13A
AIZ27A
A130~A
A13048
A1305A
A130'58
A1306A
A13068
l1307A
A1307A
A13078
A1309A
A13098
A1310A
A13118
A1313A
A13138
A1314A
l13148
A1315A
A13158
A1316A
A1316A
A13168
A13118
A1321A
A13228
A13238
A1324A
A13248
A1325A
A13258
A1326A
A13268
A13288
A13298
A1330A
AO~108
AO~03A
AO~178
Z
LEVEL
NO.
tSHEET NO.
10
IREV.
BA
NOTES
1
1
1
1
1
1
SIC 09 WI 37867 AND ABOVE
SIC 09 wi 37867 AND ABOVE
1
1
1
1
1
1
L
1
1
SIC 09 WI 37867 AND ABOVE
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
A07Z2A 1
A03278 2
A04028,1
A04228 1
A1217A 1
A1215A 1
&12138 1
A1216A 1
JAOII0A 1
AO"04A 1
A04148 J.
Jl02018 1
l0521A 1
l1212A 1
JAOI018 1
A06298 2
A0626A 2
A09268 1
A0724A 2
l03118 1
JA0111A 1
A0110A 2
JAOl12A 1
A0123A 1
A04158 1
A11108 1
A0332A 1
AI1018 1
A01108 2
A03238 1
SIC 09 WI 37951 AND ABOVE
KOR·0542B·2
(
'''--.
83311300
y
5-3
I WL IDOCUMENT
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
Z
LEVEL
A1331A
AI101t8 1
A1332A
JA0202A 1
A13328
A1333A
A0410A 1
AI103A 1
A1333B
A0412A 1
A1401A
A1405'
A14078
A1405. 2
A1401A 2
A05058 1
A1407B
AI105B 2
A11t078
A16108
A16128
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
A112~A 1
A16138 2
JA01088 1
JAOI09B L
AI1028 1
A16028 2
A16108 1
A16098,1
JAOI078 1
JA0106B 1
JAOI058 1
JAOI06A 1
AI111A 1
A14228 1
A0509A 1
A06258 2
A16138 1
A1105B 1
A14078 2
A16228 1
A02048 2
A05228 1
A02308 1
A11338 1
A16338 2
JA0401A 2
JA02058 1
A15028 2
A07158 1
A0715A 1
A15048 1
A15038 1
A1124B 1
A,l612B
A,0629B 2
A16138
A16138
A16228
A1623B
A1624'8
A16268
A1527B
A14268
A1!i30B
A0123B
A01248
l0604A
A1~OqA
A14108
A14128
A14128
A14228
A14238
A11t268
A14268
Allt29A
A14298
A15028
A1502B
A15038
A15048
A15078
A15088
A15218
A15228
A15238
A15248
A15258
A15268
A15278
A15288
A15288
A15308
A15318
A15318
A15328
A15338
A15338
A1601A
A16018
A16028
Al"038
A16048
A 160Q8
A15288
A0130B
A01288
JAOl108
A0626A
A15248
A0629A
1
2
1
1
1
1
NO.
I
SHEET NO.
IREV.
11
BA
NOTES
SIC 09 AND BELOW
SIC 09 AND BELOW
SIC 09 WI 48028 AND ABOVE
SIC 09 WI 37979 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
SIC 09 WI 37979 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 WI 48140 AND ABOVE
SIC 09 WI 37979 AND ABOVE
SiC 09 WIO 37951 AND BELOW
SIC 09 WI 37979 AND ABOVE
KOR-OS42B-2
5-4
83311300 y
I
TITLE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
A16338
A1533B
JA0105A
A1316A
A0631B
AI028B
A0632A
A06328
A1125A
A163ftA
A1521B
A1522B
A1508B
A15018
A0530B
A1ft29A
A0528A
A1429B
A1313A
A0524B
A1ft12B
A1323B
JAOZIOA
A1324B
AI029B
A0531B
A0532B
A0433B
JA0201A
JA0206B
A163~A
JAOI01B
JAOI02A
JAOI02B
JA0103A
JAOI04A
JAOI0ftB
JAOI05A
JAOI058
JA0106A
JAOI06B
JAOI01B
JAOI08A
JA01088
JAOI09A
JAOI09B
JAOII0A
JAOII0B
JAOlI0B
JAOl11A
JA0111B
JA0112A
JAOl12B
JAOl1)A
JAOl14B
JA0201A
JA0201B
JA0201B
NOTES
J.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
ELPV - REV.C
1
1
1
1
1
2
JA0202B
A0731B 2
JA0203A
JAOZ03B
JA0204A
JA0204B
JAOZ05A
JAOZ058
A0506A
A0511A
A04Z4B
A0133A
A0432A
A1601B
JA021~~
BA
1
A0412A 1
A0521B J.
SIC 09 AND BELOW
SIC 10 AND ABOVE
SIC 10 WIO 48140 AND BELOW
1
1
1
2
I
1
A0502A 1
A0526B 2
JA0201B
JA0201B
JA0209B
A1314B
AOB148
A0523A
A023?A
JA0201A
JA0111B
A0530A
A0504B
A0503A
A0504A
A05298
A05098
IREV.
2
JA0202A
JA0202B
JAOZ06B
J A0207 A
JA0207A
JA02018
JA020BA
JA020B8
JA0209A
JA0209B
JA0210A
JA0210B
JA0211A
JA02118
JA0212A
JA0212B
12
1
A1332A 1
I
I SHEET NO.
Z
LEVEL
JA0202.A
JA0206A
JA0206A
\..
WL JDOCUMENT NO.
Z
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
l
1
1
SIC 09 ~'ll 37743 AND ABOVE
SiC 09 WIO 37743 AND BELOW
ELPV - REV.C
('
\
"
KOR-OS42B-2
83311300 Y
5-5
I WL
TiTlE
SIGNAL NAME OR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
JA02138
JA021ltA
JA02148
JAOItOlA
JAOlt09A
DESTINATION
A05168
A05088
A0514B
A1601A
A0532A
I DOCUMENT NO.
Z
LEVEL
ISHEET NO.
13
IREV.
BA
NOTES
1
1
1
2
1
KOR-OS42B-2
5-6
83311300 y
1WL I
TITLE
DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7874
BASE ASSEMBLY WIRE LIST (Ref 77387400)
CONDUCTOR
WIRE
COLOR
10
1
2
4
9-60 HZ
0-50 HZ
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
S4-C
Tl-l
TBl-l
0
Ml
CBI-A2
4
9
Ml
CBI-B2
.'
3
Tl
TUNING CAP-l
)
3
Tl
TUNING CAP-2
CBI-Al
CB2-1
Tl-2
TBl-2
Tl-3
TBl-3
6
1 of 2
IREV.
B
NOTES
A4-E2
3
5
ISHEET NO.
7
8
9
10
BLACK
8-60
3-50
0-60
1-50
HZ
HZ
HZ
HZ
11
4
Tl-4
TBl-4
12
8
Tl-5
~Bl-5
13
9
Tl-6
TBl-6
14
RED
POWER SUPPLY
Cl+
15
BLUE
POWER SUPPLY
C2-
16
BLACK
POWER SUPPLY
Cl-
19
BLACK
DMI BRAKE
A4-EI0
20
BLACK
DMI BRAKE
A4-E7
21
YELLOW
SWI-NC
A4-E9
22
RED
K5-2
C6-2
23
BLUE
DMI-AC
K5-1
24
YELLOW
DMI-AC
P302-1
25
RED
DMI-AC
C6-1
26
BLACK
TBl-2
TBl-3
27
BLACK
A9-K2-5
A9-K2-4
28
BLACK
A9-K2-7
A9-K2-9
29
BLACK
A9-K2-2
A9-K2-3
30
BLACK
VC-2
A9-K2-8
31
YELLOW
A9
32
YELLOW
S4-NO
J206-1
33
YELLOW
S4-C
J206-2
34
BLACK
TBl-l
TBl-3
17
18
(
\,
83311300 T
(CRI AC)
220 V, 50 HZ
240 V, 50 HZ
A9-K2-8
100 V, 50 HZ
5-7
TITLE
I WL 1DOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7874
BASE ASSEMBLY WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
2 of 2
NOTES
35
BLACK
TBl-2
TBl-4
100 V, 50 HZ
36
YEL/BL
CB2-2
TBl-5
220 V, 50 HZ
37
CB2-2
TBl-6
240 V, 50 HZ
38
CB2-2
TBl-4
100 V, 50 HZ
39
CB2-2
TBl-3
120 V, 60 HZ
CB1-B1
TB1-1
NEUTRAL
40
YEL/BL
JREV. B
83311300
A
TiTlE
CABLE ASSEMBLY W4 WIRE LIST (Ref 75243700)
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
t WL
IDOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7437
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
lSHEET NO.
1 of 2
(REV.
B
NOTES
1
lA
5
JAI-IB
JI01-14B
IB
0
JAI-IA
JI01-14A
lC
4
JAI-2B
JI01-13B
ID
3
JAI-2A
JI01-13A
IE
3
JAI-3B
JI01-12B
IF
0
JAI-3A
JI01-12A
IG
2
JAI-4B
JI0I-IIB
IH
0
JAI-4A
JI0I-IIA
IJ
1
JAl-SB
JI0I-I0B
lK
0
JAl-SA
JI0I-I0A
lL
0
JAI-6A
JI01-9A
1M
0
JAI-8A
JIOl-7A
IN
0
JAl-9A
JIOl-6A
IP
S
JAI-IOB
JIOl-SB
lR
0
JAI-IOA
JIOl-SA
IS
4
JAI-IIB
JIOI-4B
IT
0
JAI-IIA
JIOl-4A
lU
3
JAl-12B
JIOl-3B
IV
0
JAl-12A
JI01-3A
lW
2
JAl-13B
JIOl-2B
IX
0
JAl-13A
JIOl-2A
lY
1
JAl-14B
JIOI-IB
lZ
0
JAl-14A
JIOI-IA
2A
6
JAl-6B
JIOl-9B
2B
9
JAl-7B
JIOl-8B
2C
SHLD
CONDo IDENT. 3
CONDo IDENT.
3
0
JAl-7A
CONDo IDENT. 2C
4
0
CONDo IDENT. 2C
JIOl-8A
SA
6
JAl-8B
JIOl-7B
SB
9
JAl-9B
JIOl-6B
SC
SHLD
CONDo IDENT. 2C
CONDo IDENT.
2
S
83311300
A
5-9
TITLE
CABLE ASSEMBLY W4 WIRE LIST
I
WL
I DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7437
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
6
0
CONDo IDENT. 2C
CONDo IDENT. 5C
7
0
CONDo IDENT. 5C
CONDo IDENT. 4
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
ISHEET NO.
2 of 2
IREV. B
NOTES
.
5-10
83311300
A
TITLE
sic 09 & BLW
W-5 HARNESS WIRE LIST (Ref 77479300)
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
WL
I
IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7793
ISHEET NO.
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
1 of 2
IREV' A
NOTES
1
lA
0
PA2-1A
P201-1A
FAULT TO LED
2B
9
PA2-1B
P201-1B
GROUND
3
4
PA2-2A
A4-E4
UNLOAD HEADS
4
4
PA2-2B
P201-2B
FAULT CLEAR
6
4
PA2-4A
A4-E3
HEADS LOADED
7
4
A4-E3
S2-NO
HEADS LOADED
8
4
P201-5A
S3-C
PACK ACCESS COVER SW.
9
4
P201-%a
PA2-6A
START
10
4
PA2-7A
P201-7A
GROUND TO START SW.
11
4
PA2-7B
A4-E6
SPEED + VOLT FLT
13
1
A4-E2
S2-NC
HEADS LOADED
14
4
PA2-10A
P201-10A
+5 VOLTS
15
4
PA2-11A
P201-11A
LOGIC PLUG BIT 3
16
4
PA2-11B
P201-11B
LOGIC PLUG BIT 1
17
4
PA2-12A
P201-12A
LOGIC PLUG BIT 2
18
4
PA2-13A
P201-13A
READY TO LED
19
4
PA2-14A
P201-14A
LOGIC PLUG BIT 0
20
4
S3-NO
A4-E12
PACK COVER SW.
21
0
S2-7
A4-GND
GROUND TO HDS. LOAD SW.
22
2
AO-+5
A4-E5
+5V TO A4 ASSY
23
2
AO-+20
K2-B
24
2
K2-B
A4-EI0
25
2
A4-E5
KI-3
+20V TO K2 COIL
+20V BUSS FROM K2
COIL TO A4 ASSY
+5V BUSS FROM A4 ASSY
TO SPINDLE MOTOR TRIAC
26
0
AO-GND
A4-GND
GROUND TO A4 ASSY
28
6
AO--20
29
4
K2-A .
A4-E8
-20V BUSS TO ASSY
BRUSH TO OPTION
UP TO SPEED TO K2 COIL
30
3
PA2-12B
P201-12B
WRITE FAULT
31
3
PA2-10B
P201-10B
HD. SEL. FAULT
32
4
PA2-8B
P201-8B
W • R FAULT
33
4
PA2-13B
P201-13B
ON CYL •
5
5A
5B
\
,,-
83311300
N
(W+R)
5-11
TITLE
IL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7793
I
W-5 HARNESS WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
2 of 2
IREV.
A
NOTES
34
4
PA2-14B
P201-14B
VOLTAGE FAULT
35
4
PA2-5B
P201-5B
-5 VOLTS
36A
9
PA2-5A
P201-6A
SEEK END
36B
0
PA2-6B
P201-6B
GROUND
37A
9
PA2-4B
P201-4A
MOD ADDRESSED
37B
0
PA2-9B
P201-6B
GND
38
4
PA2-9A
P201-9A
INTERRUPT
39A
9
J203-1
P201-2A
SEEK END
39B
0
J203-2
P201-3B
SEEK END
9
J203-4
P201-3A
MOD ADDRESSED
P201-4B
MOD ADDRESSED
36
37
39
40
40A
40B
41
41A
9
P204-2
p201-7B
INTERRUPT
41B
0
P204-1
P201-8A
INTERRUPT
42
4
PA2-8A
P201-9B
WRITE PROTECT SW.
43
4
P201-5B
P205-1B
44
4
P201-13A
P205-3A
45
4
A4-E1
P205-9B
46
4
A4-E2
P205-7B
47
2
A4-E5
P205-14B
48
2
A4-E10
P205-12B
49
4
A4-E12
P205-6B
50
2
K5-3
P205-14B
51
4
K5-4
P205-10B
PA2-1B
P205
52
5-12
52A
0
PA2-3A
p205-1A
52B
2
PA2-3B
P205-2B
53
0
P205-2A
P205-14A
54
55
57
0
4
A4-GND
P206 .... 1
P206-2
P205-14A
Kl-4
P205-8B
4
83311300
A
TITLE
WS HARNESS WIRE LIST SIGNAL NAME
OR NUMBER
IDENTIFICATION
\
(Ref. 40140801)
10 + ABV
Sic
ORIGIN
I
WL IDOCUMENT NO.
DESTINATION
IRE~.
ISHEET NO.
1 of 2
4408
WIRE
2
COLOR LEVEL
NOTES
"
lA
PA2-1A
P201-1A
9
FAULT TO LED
2B
PA2-1B
P201-1B
0
GROUND
3
PA2-2A
P20S-S3
4
UNLOAD HEADS
4
PA2-2B
P201-2B
4
FAULT CLEAR
S
P20S-11A
P207-1
4
BRAKE CONTROL
SA
S3-C
P20S-9A
4
PACK ACCESS COVER SW
SB
PA2-4A
P207-2
4
HEADS LOADED
6
PA2-4A
S2-NO
4
HEADS LOADED
8
P201-SA
S3-C
4
PACK ACCESS COVER SW.
9
P201-SA
PA2-6A
4
START
10
PA2-7A
P201-7A
4
GROUND TO START SW.
11
PA2-7B
P20S-13A
4
SPEED +VOLT FLT
13
P20S-103
S2-NC
4
HEADS LOADED
14
PA2-10A
P201-10A
4
+S VOLTS
IS
PA2-11A
P201-11A
4
LOGIC PLUG BIT 3
16
PA2-11B
P201-11B
4
LOGIC PLUG BIT 1
17
PA2-12A
P201-12A
4
LOGIC PLUG BIT 2
18
PA2-13A
P201-13A
4
READY TO LED
19
PA2-14A
P201-14A
4
LOGIC PLUG BIT 0
20
S3-NO
P205-63
4
PACK COVER SW.
21
S2-C
jAO-GND
0
GROUND TO HDS. LOAD SW.
22
AO-+S
1K1-3
2
+5V TO Kl ASSY
23
AO-+20
1K2
2
+20V TO K2 COIL
2S
KI-3
!ISS-3
2
+5V BUSS TO SPINDLE MOTOR TRIACS
26
A3-GND
1P20S-14A
0
GROUND TO 3XPN ASSY
27
S2-NC
P20S-10B
4
29
K2-A
P205-12A
4
30
PA2-12B
P201-12B
4
WRITE FAULT
31
PA2-10B
!P201-10B
4
HD. SEL. FAULT
32
PA2-8B
P201-8B
4
W .• R FAULT
33
PA2-13B
1P201-13B
4
ON CYL
34
PA2-14B
P201-14B
4
VOLTAGE FAULT
3S
PA2-SB
P201-SB
4
-5 VOLTS
36A
PA2-SA
P201-6A
9
SEEK END
83311300 N
UP TO SPEED TO K2 COIL
(W+R)
5-12.1
I WL IDOC~~;~T
TITLE
WS HARNESS WIRE LIST
SIGNAL NAME
OR NUMBER
IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
NO.
ISHEE~ NO.
l .
WIRE
COLOR LEVEL
NOTES
36B
PA2-6B
P201-6B
0
GROUND
37A
PA2-4B
P201-4A
9
MOD ADDRESSED
37B
PA2-9B
P201-6B
0
GND
38
PA2-9A
P201-9A
4
INTERRUPT
39A
J2-CC
P201-2A
9
SEEK END
39B
J2-AA
P201-3B
0
SEEK END
40A
J2-DD
P201-3A
9
MOD ADDRESSED
40B
J2-BB
P201-4B
0
MOD ADDRESSED
41A
J2-EE
P201-7B
9
INTERRUPT
41B
J2-HH
P201-8A
0
INTERRUPT
42
PA2-8A
P201-9B
4
WRITE PROTECT SW
43
P201-SB
P20S-1B
4
44
P201-13A
P20S- 3B
48
K2-B
P20S-12B
2
SO
KS-3
P20S-14B
2
Sl
KS-4
P20S-83
4
S2
PA2-1B
P20S
S2A
PA2-3A
P20S-1A
0
S2B
PA2-3B
P20S-2B
2
S5
p206-1
Kl-4
S7
P206-2
P205-9S
4
58
P208-3
P20S-8A
4
59
P208-1
P205-10A
4
60
p208-2
P20S-2A
4
61
P20S-1A
P20S-4A
4
62
P20S-4A
P20S-5A
4
5-12.2
IRE~.
+S BUSS TO XPN
83311300 E
TITLE
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
WL
I
DC HARNESS W6 WIRE LIST (Ref 75258300)
I DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7583
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
IREV·E
NOTES
1
RED
Jl-l
AO-+5
+ 5 VOLTS
2
BLACK
JI-2
AO-GND
GND
3
BLUE
JI-3
AO--5
-5 VOLTS
4
RED
JI-4
PAI-12B
+12 VOLTS
5
BLUE
JI-5
AO--20
-20 VOLTS
6
BLUE
JI-6
PAI-2B
-12 VOLTS
7
RED
JI-7
PAI-14B
+36 VOLTS
8
RED
JI-8
AO-+20
+20 VOLTS
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
BLUE
BLUE
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
BLUE
BLUE
RED
JI-9
JI-9
JI-I0
JI-10
Jl-11
Jl-l1
JI-12
JI-12
A9 CR-+
AO A09-3B
AO A09-JB
A8-R2-2
A8-R2-2
A8-R3-2
A8-R3-2
-36
-42
+36
+42
+42
AR-Rl-2
-1h
A8-RI-2
A8-R2-2
-42
14
BLACK
AO A09-17B
A8-R3-2
15
BLUE
A9 CRl--
A8-RI-2
16
BLUE
A9 CRl--
A9 CR2-AO
17
BLUE
AO--5
PAI-3B
-5
18
RED
A3-+20
PAI-13B
+20
19
RED
Jl~7
A3-A09-32B
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
20
RED
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
21
RED
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
22
RED
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
23
BLUE
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
-42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
24
BLUE
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
-42 VOLTS
I.
ELPV - REV. C
25
BLUE
AO AQ9-XX
AO A09-XX
-42 VOLTS
I.
ELPV - REV. C
9
+36
VOLTS,ELPV - REV. B
VOLTS,ELPV - REV. C
VOLTS,ELPV - REV. B
VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
GND-,- ELPV - REV. B
VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
VOLTS, ELPV - REV. B
VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
..
83311300
N
~
5-13
TITLE
Wl0 CABLE ASSY WIRE LIST
(Ref 77396500 B)
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7965
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
1
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E12
2
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E15
3
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E3
4
YELLOW
AOp09-XX
A8-El0
5
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E9
6
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A9-C7-
7
BLUE
AOP09-XX
A8-R3-1
8
YELLOW
VC-l
A8-R3-1
5-14
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV. E
NOTES
83311300 N
\
TITLE
'--
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY WIRE LIST (Ref 77563500)
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7635
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV. A
NOTES
1
1A
0
P400-1
CB1-A2
1B
9
P400-2
CB1-B2
P400-3
GND OF BASE-GND
1C
83311300
STRAND
A
5-15
TITLE
POWER AMP DRIVER WIRE LIST (Ref 77396400)
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
I
WL
I DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7964
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
1
RED
A8-R2-1
A8-E13
2
WHITE
A8-R4-2
A8-E4
3
YELLOW
A9-C7-
A8-R4-1
4
BLUE
A8-R1-1
A8-E14
5
YELLOW
A8-E11
A9-K2-6
WHITE
A8-E12
A9-K2-1
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV. A
NOTES
6
7
8
9
5-16
83311300
A
TITlE
AC HARNESS WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
(S/C 31
&
ABV, 50 Hz)
I
WL
IDOCUMENT NO.
ISHEET NO.
Ref. 77387300
1 of 1
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
NOTES
1
4
CB1-Al
TBl-l
2
4
CBI-Bl
TBl-2
3
5
GND
TBl-3
4
1:1
CB1-A2
Kl-l
5
4
CBI-B2
J302-1
6
5
GND
K5 BASE-GND
7
4
CBI-A2
P301-3
8
4
CBI-B2
P301-2
9
5
GND
P301-1
10
4
CB2-2
TBl-2
60 HZ, 100 VAC
11
4
CB1-B1
TB1-1
NEUTRAL OR PHASE
12
5
GND
CKT BKR BASE-GND
13
4
Kl-2
K5-1
14
5
GND
TB1· 'BASE-GND
15
4
CB2-2
TBl-3
60 HZ, 120 V
16
4
CB2-2
TBl-4
50 HZ, 100 V
17
4
CB2-2
TBl-5
50 HZ, 220 V
18
4
CB2-2
TBl-6
50 HZ, 240 V
83311300
z
IREV. B
GND
5-16.1/5-16.2
TITLE
AC HARNESS WIRE LIST
~DucrOR WIRE
10
(SIc 30 & BLW, 50 Hz;
ALL 60 Hz)
WL IDOCUMENT
NO. ISHEET NO.
Ref. 77387300
1 of 1
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
COLOR
I
IRE~.
NOTES
~-.
1
~I
4
CBI-Al
LF-3
2
II 4
CBI-Bl
LF-4
3
5
GND
LF-GND
4
4
CBI-A2
Kl-l
5
4
CBI-B2
J302-1
6
5
GND
K5 BASE-GND
7
4
CBI-A2
P301-3
8
4
CBI-B2
P301-2
9
5
GND
P301-1
10
4
CB2-2
TBI-2
60 HZ, 100 V
11
4
CBI-Bl
TBl-l
NEUTRAL OR PHASE
12
5
GND
CKT BKR BASE-GND
13
4
KI-2
K5-1
14
5
GND
TBI BASE-GND
15
4
CB2-2
TBl-3
60 HZ, 120 V
16
4
CB2-2
TBI-4
50 HZ, 100 V
17
4
CB2-2
TBI-5
50 HZ, 220 V
18
4
CB2-2
TBI-6
50 HZ, 240 V
I
83311300 Z
5-17
TiTlE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST (Ref 40139600 B)
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
1 of 7
fREY.
B
NOTES
1
lA
0
J3-1
PA7-32B
1B
1
J3-4
PA7-29A
2A
0
J4-1
PA7-32B
2B
1
J4-4
PA7-29A
3A
0
J3-2
PA6-8A
3B
2
J3-5
PA6-7B
4A
0
J4-2
PA6-8A
4B
2
J4-5
PA6-7B
5A
3
J3-3
PA6-24B
5B
0
J3-7
PA6-25A
6A
3
J4-3
PH6-24B
6B
0
J4-7
PA6-25A
7A
4
J3-8
PA6-15A
7B
0
J3-12
PA6-14B
8A
4
J4-8
PA6-15A
8B
0
J4-12
PA6-14B
9A
0
J3-10
PA6-9A
9B
5
J3-13
PA6-8B
lOA
0
J4-10
PA6-9A
lOB
5
J4-13
PA6-8B
11A
0
J3-11
PA6-13B
lIB
6
J3-14
PA6-14A
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
5-18
833113nn D
l WLI
TITLE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7264
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
12A
0
J4-11
PA6-13B
12B
6
J~-14
PA6-14A
13A
0
J3-15
PA6-21B
13B
7
J3-18
PA6-22A
14A
0
J4-15
PA6-21B
14B
7
ISHEET NO.
2 of 7
IREV.
B
NOTES
13
14
J~-18
PA6-22A
15
15A
0
J3-16
PA6-15B
15B
8
J3-20
PA6-16A
16A
0
J4-16
PA6-15B
16B
8
J4-20
PA6-16A
17A
0
J3-17
PA6-22B
17B
9
J3-21
PA6-23A
18A
0
J4-17
PA6-22B
18B
9
J4-21
PA6-23A
19A
0
J3-22
PA7-2A
UNIT SELECT
19B
1
J3-25
PA7-7B
UNIT SELECT
20A
0
J4-22
PA7-2A
UNIT SELECT
20B
1
J4-25
PA7-7B
UNIT SELECT
21A
0
J3-23
PA7-2B
21B
2
J3-26
PA7-3A
22A
0
J4-23
PA7-2B
22B
2
J4-26
PA7-3A
0
J3-24
PA7-4A
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23A
83311300
A
5-19
1WL 1
TITLE
DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7264
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
3
J3-27
PA7-6A
24A
0
J4-24
PA7-4A
24B
3
J4-27
PA7-6A
25A
0
J3-28
PA7-13B
25B
4
J4-31
PA7-13A
26A
0
J4-28
PA7-13B
26B
4
J4-31
PA7-13A
27A
0
J3-29
PA7-8B
27B
5
J3-32
PA7-9B
28A
0
J4-29
PA7-8B
28B
5
J4-32
PA7-9B
29A
0
J3-30
PA7-17A
29B
6
J3-33
PA7-21A
30A
0
J4-30
PA7-17A
30B
6
J4-33
PA7-21A
31A
0
J3-34
PA7-14A
31B
7
J3-37
PA7-21B
32A
0
J4-34
PA7-14A
32B
7
J4-37
PA7-21B
33A
0
J3-35
PA7-12B
33B
8
J3-38
PA7-7A
34A
0
J4-35
PA7-12B
34B
8
J4-38
PA7-7A
23B
ISHEET NO.
3 of 7
IREV.
B
NOTES
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
5-20
83311300
A
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
TiTlE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
,IREV.
4 of 7
B
NOTES
35
35A
0
J3-36
PA7-8A
35B
9
J3-39
PA7-12B
36A
0
J4-36
PA7-8A
36B
9
J4-39
PA7-12A
41A
0
J3-42
PA6-24A
41B
3
J3-45
PA6-23B
42A
0
J3-42
PA6:-24A
42B
3
J3-45
PA6-23B
43A
0
J3-46
PA7-23B
43B
4
J3-49
PA7-27A
44A
0
J4-46
PA7-23B
44B
4
J4-49
PA7-27A
45A
0
J3-48
PA7-27B
45B
53
J3-51
PA7-26B
36
37
37A
37B
38
38A
38B
39
39A
39B
40
40A
40B
41
42
43
44
45
I
\
t
46
83311300
A
5-21
I WL IDOCUMENT NO.
TiTlE
1/0 CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
5 of 7
SMD 7264
B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
IREV.
46A
0
J4-48
PA7-27B
46B
5
J4-51
PA7-26B
47A
0
J3-52
PA7-29B
47B
6
J3-55
PA7-32A
48A
0
J4-52
PA7-29B
48B
6
J4-55
PA7-32A
49A
0
J3-74
PA6-5A
49B
7
J3-77
PA6-4B
50A
0
J4-74
PA6-5A
50B
7
J4-77
PA6-4B
51A
0
J3-75
PA6-12B
51B
8
J3-78
PA6-13A
52A
0
J4-75
PA6-12B
52B
8
J4-78
PA6-13A
53A
0
J2-EE
J204-2
INTERRUPT
53B
9
J2-HH
J204-1
INTERRUPT
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
54A
0
54B
9
55
55A
0
J2-AA
P203-2
SEEK END,
Sic
09 & BLW
55B
1
J2-CC
P203-1
SEEK END,
Sic
09 & BLW
56A
0
J2-BB
P203-3
SiC
09 & BLW
56B
1
J2-DD
P203-4
SiC
09 & BLW
56
57
57A
5-22
0
83311300
D
TiTlE
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
IREV.
B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
6 of 7
57B
58
58A
58B
59
59A
a
59B
3
J3-80
PA7-34A
J4-80
PA7-34A
60
60A
a
60B
3
61
61A
6
J2-A
PA6-28B
61B
61C
62
9
SHLD
J2-B
PA6-28A
62A
6
J2-M
PA6-5B
62B
62C
63
9
SHLD
J2-N
PA6-7A
64A
6
J2-W
PA6-6A
64B
64C
65
9
SHLD
J2-X
PA6-6B
63A
63B
64
65A
6
J2-J
PA6-26B
65B
9
J2-H
PA6-27A
65C
SHLD
66
a
CONDo IDENTo 63C
CONDo IDENTo 64C
67
a
CONDo IDENTo 64C
CONDo IDENTo 62C
68
a
CONDo IDENTo 62C
CONDo IDENTo 65C
69
0
CONDo IDENTo 65C
CONDo IDENTo 61C
70
a
CONDo IDENTo 61C
J2 CORNER GUIDE PIN
71
J2 CORNER GUIDE PIN 4
J2-D
72
a
a
J2-D
J2-E
73
a
J2-E
J2-K
83311300
D
5
5
5-23
1WL IDOCUMENT NO.
TITLE
SMD 7264
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
5-24
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
74
0
J2-K
J2-T
75
0
J2-T
J2-Y
76
0
J208-1
J3-73
77
0
J208-2
J3-76
78
0
J208-2
J4-76
79
0
J208-3
J4-73
80
0
J2 Corner Guide Pin
IREV.
B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
7 of 7
BAS Ground
83311300 J
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7362
TITLE
FAN CABLE WIRE LIST (Ref 76036200)
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
1
0
CB2-2
B2-1
2
9
CB1-B1
B2-2
3
CLEAR
CB1-GND
LOWER GRILL B2
83311300
A
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV. A
NOTES
5-25
TITLE
TRANSDUCER CABLE W/L (REF: 76427200
SIGNAL NAME
OR NUMBER
IDENTIFICATION
5-26
ORIGIN
I
A)
WL
DESTINATION
IDOCUMENT N°·1SHEET NO.
SMD 7272
1 of 1
WIRE
2
COLOR LEVEL
1
P12
34A
J22
1
0
2
P12
31A
J22
4
0
3
P12
28B
J22
2
4
4
P12
2gB
J22
3
4
5
J22
4
J22
SHLD
6
P12
34A
BASE GND
IRE~
NOTES
0
83311300
B
SECTION 6
PARTS DATA
PARTS DATA
INTRODUCTION
course of normal factory build.
If it
is necessary to order an assembly which
is catalogued in this manner, the
actual part number can usually be found
on the part number label attached to
the assembly.
If the actual part number
cannot be determined, be sure to include
on the order the series code of the
machine, and a listing of all the change
orders installed. NFR in the part number
column indicates that an assembly is not
field replaceable.
If repair of the NFR
item is necessary, refer to the
maintenance section of this manual for
further information.
This section provides the information needed
to order field replaceable parts for the
BJ701 & BJ7Bl Storage Module Drive (SMD).
Information within this section is provided
by representative illustrations and their
companion parts lists. The parts shown on
the illustrations are assigned index numbers.
These numbers cross reference the illustrations to the associated parts lists. The
first illustration in the manual shows the
complete SMD. Subsequent illustrations progressively break the drive down into its
component parts and assemblies.
The parts lists associated with each illustration are organized in four columns:
•
•
The Index Number column cross references the applicable entry to the associated illustration. When more than
one entry is given for a particular
index number, the use of the particular
part is defined in the Application
column.
The Part Number column provides the
eight digit number by which a part may
be ordered.
In some cases the last two
digits (referred to as Tab numbers) may
be shown as "xx". This situation
exists when an assembly (which is not
normally considered field replaceable)
changes tab numbers rapidly in the
6
•
The Description column provides the ~art
nomenclature. This column also provldes
information on the relationship of parts
and assemblies. This is accomplished
by means of indentation within the
column. An indented item is part of a
previous assembly which is indented to
a lesser degree.
•
The Application column is used to show
differences in configuration when more
than one configuration of a machine is
covered in the manual. This is shown
by identifying a machine configuratio~
(50 Hz), by identifying a machine serles
code and change order number (SiC 10
with 37900), or by identifying the last
two digits of the eight digit assembly
part number to which the particular
part applies (Tab 17).
,.'
/
I",
83311300 U
6-1
/~6
16 / '
20
6-100(2)F
6-2
FIGURE 6-1.
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
83311300 AK
INDEX
NO.
III-
IIIII-
IIIII-
PART
NUMBER
76420017
76420018
76420019
76420020
76420025
76420026
76420042
76420047
76420067
76420068
76420072
76420073
76420085
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
93592428
10126402
10125106
10125606
92602002
75071700
92033221
92373004
82353600
943724XX
20
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-9)
SCREW, TPG. HEX PNL, 10-32 x 3/8
WASHERS, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 8
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLIES
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SEE
FIGURE 6-5)
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SEE
FIGURE 6-6)
NUT-HEX, MACH, SCREW, 8-32
WASHERS, PLAIN, 8
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
LEFT SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-8)
IX FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-7)
RIGHT SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-8)
NOT USED
NOT USED
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-12)
ACOUSTICAL PACK COVER ASSEMBLY (SEE
FIGURE 6-11)
PIN-PIVOT, COVER
RETAINING RING
NOT USED
NYLINER-SNAP-IN
LOGIC PLUG KIT
(LOGICAL ADDRESS PLUG) (TAB 00-15)
NOTES
BJ701A
BJ701B
BJ701C
BJ701D
BJ7BIA
BJ7BIB
BJ7BID
BJ7BIC
BJ7BIK
BJ7BIJ
BJ701J
BJ701K
BJ7BIL
SIC 27 & BLW
SIC 28 & ABV
PACKED SEPARATELY AND SHIPPED
PART NUMBER TAB
WITH UNIT.
CORRESPONDS TO KEY NUMBER.
I
SPRING, GAS (SEE FIGURE 6-15)
I"
83311300 AK
6-3
6-104(3)D
FIGURE 6-1.
6-4
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 2)
83311300
~B
I
~
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
11
2
3
4
4
4
5
6
7
'.
8
9
10
11
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
10125801
10127104
77562901
77562906
77562909
92602002
77560300
75173315
10125724
76412701
75241500
75241501
95655516
77561100
76429318
94001133
76429327
76429328
77561800
10125747
10126403
10125108
10125607
77561600
77561700
10127142
76429329
76429328
76425201
76425202
77561200
10127113
10125803
76429362
10126401
10125105
77560400
77560200
76402600
75010103
75010102
75010105
75017500
47
I
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 1X OPTION (SHEET 2)
I/O CABLE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-13)
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 4
SCREW, PAN HD, MACH, 4-40 x 3/8
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
BASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-14)
PIVOT PIN-RIGHT, COVER
PLATE-NUT
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES, 8-32 x 3/8
VARIABLE SECTOR OPTION (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
CARD PLACEMENT (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
SCREW, SHEET METAL, 6-20 x 3/8
FLANGE-SHROUD, RIGHT
FRAME ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-3)
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
TAPE, FOAM
NOT USED
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
. DAISY CHAIN-OPTION (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
KEEPER-LATCH, DOOR, FRONT
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES., 10-32 x 1/2
WASHER, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 10
NUT-HEX, MACH., SCREW, 10-32
WASHER, PLAIN, 10
HINGE-DOOR, FRONT, LOWER
HINGE-DOOR, FRONT, UPPER
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 10-32 x 3/8
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
NOT USED
FLANGE, SHROUD, LEFT
SCREW, PAN HD, MACH, 6-32 x 3/8
WASHERS, SPRING LOCK, 6
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
WASHERS, EXT TOOTH LOCK, 6
NUT-HEX, MACH, 6-32
PLATE, NUT-BRACKET, PIVOT
PIVOT, PIN-LEFT, PACK COVER
NOT USED
COVER-CHASSIS, LOGIC
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 0 AND 3
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 1, 2, AND 4
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, SERVO HEAD
SCREW, HEAD ARM
NRZ TO MFM FEATURE (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
PHASE LOCK FEATURE (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
NOTES
SIC 39 & BLW
SIC 40 & 41
SIC 42 & ABV
siC 08 W/O 37669 & BLW
SiC 08,09 W/ 37669
Sic 10 & ABV
SiC 09 W/O 37910A & BLW
SiC 09 W/ 37910A & ABV
SIC 27 & ABV, W/ 55658.
BJ7BIC/D ONLY
/
\ '-----
83311300 AH
6-5
6-100(4)D
6-6
FIGURE 6-2.
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
83311300 AK
INDEX
NO.·
2222-
PART
NUMBER
76420021
76420022
76420027
76420028
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
75071700
92033221
82353600
943724XX
9
83311300 AK
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
NOT USED
NOT USED
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-12)
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER ASSEMBLY
(SEE FIG. 6-11)
PIN-PIVOT, COVER
RETAINING RING
LOWER CASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-10)
LOGIC PLUG KIT
(LOGIG ADDRESS PLUG) (TAB 00-15)
NOTES
BJ701E
BJ701F
BJ7B1E
BJ7B1F
PACKED SEPARATELY AND SHIPPED
WITH UNIT •. PART NUMBER TAB
CORRESPONDS TO KEY NUMBER.
SPRING, GAS (SEE FIGURE 6-l5)
6-7
I
15
6-100(5)M
FIGURE 6-2.
6-8
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SHEET 2)
83311300 AG
I
\
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
21
I
~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
36
37
37
37
10125801
10127104
77560300
75173315
10125724
76412701
75241500
75241501
95655516
76423401
76423404
76423501
76429330
94001133.
76423400
76423403
76423500
76423402
76423405
10127113
10125803
76429331
10126401
10125105
77560400
77560200
76402600
75010103
75010102
75010105
75017500
76425201
76425202
77562901
77562904
77562906
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY ... 2X OPTION (SHEET 2)
IIO CABLE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-13)
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 4
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 4-40 x 3/8
BASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-14)
PIVOT PIN-RIGHT, COVER, PACK
PLATE-NUT
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, CRS. RES, 8-32 x 3/8
HYS'l'B:f{BSIS Bl ) •
(See NOTE.)
NOTE
Speed with which needle returns to infinity (ex»
is a
function of capacity rating.
Return swing is rapid for
small capacitors, becoming
slower as capacity increases.
To a lesser degree, return
swing is also dependent upon
which meter scale is used.
83311300 U
(
('
"----
A-3
TABLE A-I. DC VOLTAGES USED BY LOGIC-CHASSIS CARDS
Loc.
+5 V
AOI
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
A02
A03
A04
A05
A06
A07
A09
AlO
All
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
.;
*
-5 V
+12 V
+42 V
-42 V
.;
*
*
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
*
*
.;
.;
+20 V
-20 V
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
= Used
= Brought in via back-panel connector
TABLE A-2. VOLTAGES USED BY ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLIES
Ass'y
Name
A4
Motor Relay Brd (with AXPN only)
AS
Hd Select, R/W Amp
A8
Power Amp
A8
A9
Servo Preamp
Emergency Retract
A10
Operator Panel
All
_XPN Board
+5 V
.;
.;
.;
.;
-5 V
.;
.;
.;
+12 V
-12 V
+20 V
+42 V
-42 V
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.; = Used
A-4
83311300 U
Tl
C5 (BLOWER MTR.
9K61
Figure A-i. Electronic Components on Base
83311300 U
A-5
FRONT
•
\
C6
DRIVE MOTOR
START CAP.
"
"
~
REAR
""
"
C7
EMERG. RETRACT
CAPACITOR
K2
EMERG. RETRACT
RELAY
DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY
'(HYSTERESIS BRAKE NOT SHOWN)
NOTE: DECK IN MAINTENANCE POSITION,
VIEWED FROM LEFT SIDE OF UNIT.
9K62
Figure A-2. Electronic Components on Deck
A-6
83311300 U
P09-21B B
(CURRENT SENSE) _L_U_ _- .
VC _I _Y;..,:E;.:;L_____
BLK J 1-10 (GND)
---A09-17B
C7 (_) _Y_E_L_ _
JI-12 (-42 V)
A8-E4
A9CRI (-)
JI-10(+42 V)
R2
1....-.1...---
A9CRI (+)
R2-2 +42 V
R 1-2 -42 V
R3-2 ±42 V GND
RED A8-E13
9K67
Figure A-3. 30-W Resistor Locations for Assembly A8
83311300 U
A-7/A-8
\
\
'-.
(
\.
DECISION LOGIC TABLES
DLT
(sheet 1 of 2)
POWER UP
1
Warning:
Tuning capacitor CB is charged to 440 volts.
Enters from: Assumptions
B
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams
References:
DLT 2 or sheet 2 of this DLT
Exits to:
Drive connected to ac power
l.
Assumption:
2.
3.
Treat it with respect!
Disk pack installed
Attempt to power up and start drive from SMD panel (LOCAL mode) .
CONDITIONS
Does CBl trip?
l.
Turn on AC POWER breaker (CBl) .
2.
3.
Does blower start when CBl is actuated?
Turn on POWER SUPPLY breaker (CB2) . Does CB2 trip?
Does logic fan start when CB2 is actuated?
Does CBl or drive motor thermal brkr trip when CB2 is actuated?
Is smell of burning insulation detected soon after turning on CB2?
4.
5.
6.
1 2 3 45 67 8
- - - - - - - - - N - - - - - Y - - - - - Y
N Y N Y - N N - - Y
Y
N
N
ACTIONS
I.
2.
Continue with Condition 7 on sheet 2.
Suspect blower. Separate P/J301; if trouble persist, blower is OK.
4.
Suspect short/gnd in blower cable or·connector.
Suspect time meter. Disconnect; if trouble persists, meter is OK.
5.
Suspect CBI.
6.
If pwr plug customer-provided, check phase and gnd connections.
7.
Check for ac at line filter.
Chk for open blower, cable, or blower motor capacitor.
3.
8.
9.
10.
II.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Suspect shorted CB. See WARNING, above.
Suspect shorted logic fan or cable.
Do steps 1-5 in Procedure B.
Problem may be the -XKV (p. s.) brd.
Suspect short in Tl or Tl wiring. Go to step 6 in Procedure B.
Suspect open logic fan or cable.
If ac present, replace CB2.
Chk CB2 for ac input.
Cause: Run triac energized before START switch has been pressed.
Suspect Run logic
X
-
- - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 2 - 1 - 3 - 4 - - 1
- - 2
- - 3
- - 4
- - - - - - -
2
-
-
1
1
-
(-XPN board) .
17.
Chk Run triac for shorted LOAD contacts (terminals 1,2) .
IMMEDIATELY TURN OFF CB2 TO PREVENT
You have lost +5 V power.
BURNING UP THE VOICE COIL. To check for loss of voltage, go to DLT 2.
- - - - - 2 - - - - - - X
lB.
Call Field Support.
-
16.
5 5 5 3 3
-
K0R-0679-2
83311300 U
(
"'-
..
A-9
i
DLT
(sheet 2 of 2)
POWER UP
1
None
Warning:
Sheet 1
Enters from:
C
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams, DLT 6
References:
DLT 2, DLT 7
Exits to:
l. Drive connected to ac power
Assumption:
2.
3.
Disk pack installed
Attempt to power up and start drive from SMD panel (LOCAL mode) .
CONDITIONS
Does either CBl or drive mtr thermal brkr trip?
1 8 9 10 11 '1213141
N Y N N N N N N
7.
Press START sw.
8.
Does START light come on when START switch is pressed?
Does drive motor start when START switch is pressed?
Y
10.
Does drive motor come up to speed?
Y
ll.
Do heads load?
12.
Does drive mtr cut out after up-to-speed timeout expires?
Does CB2 trip after drive has been operating normally?
9.
13.
Y
Y
(READY light comes on. )
N
N
- N
- Y
- - - - -
N Y Y Y Y
N N Y Y Y
- - N Y
- - - N
- - Y - - - -
Y
Y
N
Y
ACTIONS
I
Go to DLT 7.
19.
Power-up and First Seek completed properly.
20.
Suspect shorted Start triac.
2l.
22.
Suspect shorted drive motor start capacitor.
Suspect open Start winding in drive motor.
23.
START indicator burned out.
24.
Check all interlocks.
25.
27.
Go to DLT 2 to check for presence of +5 volts.
Chk that Local/Remote sw (BXPN brd only) is set to LOCAL.
If tripped, find out why.
Chk drive mtr thermal brkr.
26.
28.
Suspect Run logic.
29.
Suspect Run triac.
30.
Replace ind/sw.
Start with -XPN board.
3l.
Chk hysteresis brake for mechanical binding.
Suspect brake logic continuously energized (-XPN board) .
32.
Suspect speed sensor, or attendant logic on -XPN board.
33.
Suspect open Run winding in drive motor.
34.
Refer to DLT 6--First Seek.
35.
Suspect overloaded (overheated) pwr supply.
36.
Call Field Support.
Chk per Procedure C.
X
-
1
2
3
4
- - - - - - - - - - 5 - - - 8 - 1 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - - - 1 - - - 2 - - - 3 - - - 4 1 - - 6 2 - - 7 3 - - - 4 - - 9 - - - - - X
- - - - 2 310 5 -
1
2
KQjR-0679-2
A-10
83311300 U
DLT
DC VOLTAGE CHECK
2
Warning: Tuning capacitor C8 is charged to 440 volts. Treat it with respect!
Enters from: DLT 1 or when a dc voltage is suspect.
Procedures: A
References: Logic Diagrams
DLTs 3,4,5; or DLT 1 if this table was entered from Actions 17 or 25 of that DLT.
Exits to:
Assumption: Lack of one or more dc voltages is noticed or suspected. Initial voltage
measurements are made with all dc loads connected, using Procedure A.
1 2 3 45 6 78 910 11 12
CONDITIONS
l.
2.
Are ±5 voltages OK with load?
With ±5 V loads disconnected (P/J2 separated) , is there +5 V
(Use J2-0l as ground. )
at J2-03 and -5 V at J2-05?
(0
±20, ±42 voltages significantly low?
3.
Are ±12,
4.
Are ±20 voltages OK?
5.
20 V fuse (s) blown?
6.
Are ±12 voltages OK with load?
7.
With ±12 V loads disconnected, is there +12 V at J2-l0 and
(1) (3)
(Use J2-0l as ground. )
-12 V at J2-08?
8.
Are ±42 voltages OK?
9.
42 V fuse (s) blown?
-(2)
y N N N N
- N y N y -
- - - - - - - NN - - - NY - - - - - N
y N N
y
-
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - Ny - - - - - - - - - - NN
N - - - - - - - - - N y
y
G)
ACTIONS
l.
DC voltages are OK.
X
2.
Separate P/J2 (on -XKV brd) and try Condition 2.
Trouble is in the ±5 V loads. Go to DLT 3.
-
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Replace -XKV brd or, optionally, the entire p. s. assembly.
Suspect open tuning capacitor (see WARNING, above) .
Go to DLT 4.
Trouble is in the +20 V loads.
Separate P/J2 and try Condition 7.
Trouble is in the +12 V loads. Go to DLT 3.
Go to DLT 5.
Trouble is in the ±42 V loads.
Call Field Support.
(1)
- X - X
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1
- 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
- - 1 - - X
- X- - - - X
- - - - - 2 -
-
-
- -
-
-
1
-
2
X
-
Reconnect P/J2 to reestablish loads before going to
next Condition.
Fuse is bad if supply voltage does not
appear on each side of fuse (use board foil as gnd) .
(2)
Check with VOM.
(3)
If no voltage, check 39D resistors R15 and R18 (figure
Open resistor indicates drastic overload. Be
sure to check out the loads (DLT 5) after replacing
A-4) .
the supply.
K!2lR-0679-3
83311300 U
A-II
DLT
LOCATING FAULTS IN THE ±5 V,
3
±12 V LOADS
Discharge C8 each time you turn off CB2
Warning:
Enters from:
DLT 2
D
Procedures:
References:
Figures A-l,A-2,A-3; tables A-l,A-2;
DLT 1, if required to complete Power
Exits to:
Assumption:
DLT 2 has pointed to a load fault in
(sheet 1 of 2)
to separate or mate connectors
Procedure A for dc voltages
Up diagnostic
either the ±5 V or the ±12 V networks.
Precede each of the listed Conditions by turning off CB2.
CONDITIONS
I.
b)
c)
d)
e)
3.
Remove PIOI from connector on assembly A5.
Remove P201 from connector on operator panel (ass'y AIO) .
f)
Remove P205 from connector on -XPN brd (ass'y All).
Reconnect P/J2 to establish power supply loads.
Turn on CB2. Are +5 voltages OK?
CD
Y
(1)
- -
(1)
- - - -
(0
-
N
- - - - - -
Restore +12 V to logic chassis:
a)
Reconnect PAl to w/w side of logic chassis.
b)
Turn on CB2.
Are ±12 voltages OK?
N
Y
- - - -
Add control panel (ass'y AIO) to +5 V load:
Reconnect P/J201 on operator panel.
a)
b)
4.
Remove PAl from w/w side of logic chassis.
Remove PAlO from w/w side of logic chassis.
g)
h)
2.
1 2 3 45 67 8
Limit ±5 V load to logic chassis only:
Remove ±20 V and ±42 V fuses (4) .
a)
Turn on CB2.
Are ±5 voltages OK?
Add -XPN brd (ass'y All) to ±5 V load:
a)
Reconnect P/J205 on -XPN board.
b)
Turn on CB2.
Are ±5 voltages OK?
-
-1-
Y
N
- -
- -
Y
N
-
-
-
ACTIONS
I.
2.
Go to Procedure D to pinpoint ±5 V fault in logic chassis.
3.
Go to Condition 3.
4.
Turn off CB2, remove card All, and try again.
If trouble persists,
examine w/w from PAl to location All for +12 V short to gnd.
trouble disappears when 11.,.11 is removed, replace card All.
5.
Go to Condition 4.
6.
Replace operator panel.
7.
Go to Condition 5 on sheet 2.
8.
Replace -XPN board.
9.
Call Field Support.
(1)
- - X- - - X- - - 1
X -
Go to Condition 2.
-
If
-
-
-
- X - - - - 1 - - - - X - - - - 1
2 - 2 - 2
As given in Procedure A.
K!ZlR-0679-2
A-12
83311300 U
DLT
3
LOCATING FAULTS IN THE ±S V, ±12 V LOADS
(sheet 2 of 2)
Discharge C8 each time you turn off CB2 to separate or mate connectors
Warning:
DLT 2
Enters from:
D
Procedures:
Figures A-l,A-2,A-3; tables A-l, A-2; Procedure A for dc voltages
References:
DLT 1, if required to complete Power Up diagnostic
Exits to:
DLT 2 has pointed to a load fault in either the ±S V or the ±12 V networks.
Assumption:
Precede each of the listed Conditions by turning off CB2.
9 10 1112
CONDITIONS
S.
Add servo preamp assembly to ±12 V load:
Reconnect PAlO to w/w side of logic chassis backpanel.
a)
Turn on CB2. Are ±12 voltages OK?
b)
CD
Y N
- -
6.
Add assembly AS to ±S V, ±12 V loads:
Reconnect P/J10l on assembly AS.
a)
b)
Turn on CB2. Are any voltages below spec?
Q)
- -
Y N
ACTIONS
10.
Go to Condition 6.
11-
Replace the servo preamp assembly.
12.
Replace assembly AS.
Return to DLT 1, if required, to
The ±S V and ±12 V loads are OK.
complete the Power Up diagnostic.
13.
14.
Call Field Support.
CD
X - - - 1 - - - 1 -
- - 2
-
x
2
-
As given in Procedure A.
K(2lR-0679-2
83311300 U
/'
(
\
"----
(
"'----
A-13
DLT
4
Warning:
Enters from:
Procedures:
References:
Exits to:
Assumption:
LOCATING FAULTS IN THE ±20 V LOADS
Discharge C8 each time you turn off CB2 to separate or mate connectors
DLT 2
None
Logic Diagrams; tables A-l, A-2
DLT 1, if required to complete Power Up diagnostic.
Be sure that Fl and F2
Fl or F2 blows when ±20 V loads connected.
are good, then precede each Condition listed below by turning off CB2.
1 2 3 45 6 78 910 11 12
CONDITIONS
l.
Restrict ±20 V distribution to the logic chassis:
a)
2.
3.
4.
Remove P10l from assembly AS.
b)
Remove P20S from -XPN brd (assembly All) .
c)
Turn on CB2.
Y N
Does either Fl or F2 blow?
- - - - - - - -
Add assembly A5 to +20 V load:
a)
Reconnect P/J10l.
b)
Turn on CB2.
I
-
Does Fl (+20 V) blow?
- Y N
- - - - - -
Add -XPN board (assembly All) to +20 V load:
a)
Reconnect P/J20S to -XPN board.
b)
Turn on CB2.
- - - -
Does Fl (+20 V) blow?
Check out ±20 V wiring on logic chassis:
a)
Remove cards A01, AOS, A09, A10, All, A12, A16.
Y N
- - - -
(All
use ±20 V.)
b)
S.
Turn on CB2 and check Fl and F2.
Did either fuse blow?
- - - - - -
Y N
- -
- - - -
Y N
Check individual ±20 V cards:
a)
Select a ±20 V card and insert it in the proper card
b)
Turn on CB2.
slot.
Did either Fl or F2 blow?
- - -
-
I
ACTIONS
Go to Condition 4.
l.
Problem is in the logic chassis.
2.
Go to Condition 2.
3.
Chk P10l cable for shorts/gnds.
4.
Go to Condition 3.
S.
Chk P20S cable for shorts/gnds.
6.
Check logic chassis backpanel wiring:
-20 V is on pin 02B.
- - - - - - - - - X - - - 1 - - - - X
-
- - - - - - -
Y
If OK, replace assembly AS.
-
If OK, replace -XPN board.
-
+20 V is on pin 33B,
If problem cannot be located, special-
- X - 1
- - - -
-
-
-
X
-
X
order a new logic chassis.
7.
Go to (or repeat) Condition S.
When all cards OK, go to
Action 9.
8.
9.
Replace the defective card and try Condition 5 again.
The ±20 V loads now check out to be OK.
Return to DLT 1, if
- - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - X- - - -
required, to complete the Power Up diagnostic.
10.
Call Field Support.
- -
2
-
2
- - -
2
-
Kf/lR-0679-3
A-14
83311300 U
DLT
LOCATING FAULTS IN THE ±42 V LOADS
5
(sheet 1 of 2)
Ensure that any leads you disconnect are clear of grounds or electrical elements.
Caution:
Enters from: DLT 2
None
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams; tables A-l,A-2; figure A-3
References:
DLT 1, if required, to complete Power Up diagnostic
Exits to:
F3
and/or F4 blow when ±42 V load is connected.
Assumption:
This DLT involves alternately
disconnecting ass'ys AS,A9,A5 and AO (locations A05 and A09 only) until faul t is found.
Be sure F3 and F4 are good, then precede each Condition below by turning off CB2.
CONDITIONS
l.
Is F3 (+42 V) the only fuse blown?
2.
Disconnect ±42 V from assembly AS:
3.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Y N - - - -
(refer to figure A-3) .
a)
Remove the two red wires (+42 V)
b)
Remove the two blue wires (-42 V)
c)
Remove the two black wires (gnd)
d)
Turn on CB2.
from R2-2.
from Rl-2.
from R3-2.
-
Did either.F3 or F4 blow?
N
- -
- - - -
Y N
-
y
Disconnect ±42 V from emergency retract assembly A9:
a)
Discharge tuning capacitor CS.
b)
Remove red wire from + terminal of dual-diode package CRl.
-
(WARNING:
440 vol ts!)
c)
Remove two blue wires from
d)
Remove single blue wire from AC terminal of dual-diode CR2.
e)
Turn on CB2.
terminal of CRl.
Did either F3 or F4 blow?
ACTIONS
l.
Turn off CB2, then remove Fault Store capacitor (500
Replace F3 and turn on CB2.
~F)
from JA04.
If fuse holds, replace capacitor.
1
- - - - -
If
fuse blows, reinstall capacitor and take next recommended Action.
2.
Go to Condition 2.
2 X
3.
Ass'y AS is OK.
- -
Restore wires removed in Condition 1, then qo to
- - - - - -
X
Condition 3.
4.
Replace assembly AS and try Condition 2 again.
5.
ASs'y A9 is OK.
6.
Replace assembly A9 and try Condition 3 again.
7.
Call Field Support.
Restore wires removed in Condition 3, then go to
- - - 1 - - - - - X -
Condition 4 on sheet 2.
- - - - 3 - - 2 -
1
2
KQjR-0679-2
S33ll300 U
I
\,,-
I
'''-.._--
A-15
DLT
(sheet 2 of 2)
LOCATING FAULTS IN THE ±42 V LOADS
Ensure that any leads you disconnect are clear of grounds or electrical elements'.
S
Caution:
DLT 2
Enters from:
None
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams; tables A-l ,A-2; figure A-3
References:
DLT 1, if required, to complete Power Up diagnostic
Exits to:
Assumption: F3 and/or F4 blow when ±42 V load-is connected. This DLT involves alternately
disconnecting ass'ys A8,A9,AS and AO (locations AOS and A09 only) until faul t is found.
Be sure F3 and F4 are good, then precede each Condition below by turning off CB2.
CONDITIONS
4.
S.
7 8 9 10'11 12 13 14:
Check out head sel/R-W assembly AS:
a)
Disconnect PIOI from assembly AS.
(AS does not use -42 V. )
b)
Turn on CB2.
Did F3 blow?
Y
N
- - - - - -
Check out ±42 V wiring on logic chassis backpanel:
a)
Remove cards at locations AOS and A09 of logic chassis.
b)
Turn on CB2.
Did F3 or F4 blow?
6.
Install card AOS and turn on CB2.
Did F3 or F4 blow?
7.
Install card A09 and turn on CB2.
Did F3 or F4 blow?
8.
Assembly AS is OK.
- - Y N - - - - - - - Y N - - - - - - - Y N
ACTIONS
9.
Reconnect P/JIOl and go to Condition S.
Replace Piggy-back-ZKN board (Writer) in assembly A5 and try
- - - - - - - 1 - - - - - -
X
Condition 4 again.
10.
+42 V is on
Check backpanel wiring between locations A09 and A05.
pin 33B, -42 V on pin 03B. Voltages come in on W5 harness attaching
- -
1
- - - - -
to A09 w/w pins via PA09.
II.
Go to Condition 6.
12.
Replace card A05 and try Condition 6 again.
13.
Go
14.
Replace card A09 and try Condition 7 again.
15.
The ±42 V distribution check out OK.
to Condition 7.
Go to DLT 1, if required, to
-
-
- -
-
- - - 1 - - - X - - - 1 - - - X
-
2 2
-
2
X
complete Power Up diagnostic.
16.
Call Field Support.
-
2
-
K0R-0679-2
A-16
83311300 U
DLT
(sheet 1 of 2)
FIRST SEEK
6
None
Warning:
DLTs 1 through 5
Enters from:
See sheet 2
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams
References:
DLT 7 or sheet 2 of this DLT
Exits to:
Assumption:
START light is on, drive is up to speed.
CONDITIONS
1 2 3 45 67 8
1.
READY light comes on, signifyinq successful First Seek?
Y N N N N N
2.
First Seek attemEted?
- N N N N N
3.
Check that Heads Loaded switch is transferring:
a)
Press START sw to stop disk. Do not turn off breakers.
b)
Manually push voice coil forward to move heads off unloading
ramp.
4.
Does voice coil attempt to retract?
Check forward drive to voice coil:
a)
Disconnect wire from term. 2 of v.c.
-
- N Y Y Y
(one closest to magnet
assy) .
b)
Attach + lead of VOM to disconnected wire, com. lead to
c)
Press START.
d)
Wait for 15-20 second up-to-speed timeout to expire and then
logic gnd.
chk VOM.
Does VOM read approx +40 V?
- - - -
N Y
ACTIONS
No problem.
2.
Go to DLT 7.
Go to Condition 3.
X - X
-
I.
3.
Suspect leads to (or contacts in) Em. Retract Relay.
4.
Suspect open voice coil.
5.
Replace Heads Loaded switch.
6.
Replace power amp.
7.
Hds Loaded sw OK.
8.
Suspect card A09 (pwr amp control) .
9.
Go to Condition 4 to chk fwd drive on v.c.
Suspect cards All, A03
(direction control) .
10.
Suspect card A12 (summing amp).
II.
Suspect card A13 (diff cntr, CAR) .
12.
Suspect card A05 (speed control) and -XPN board.
13.
Voice coil should attempt First Seek when up-to-speed timeout
14.
Call Field Support.
expires.
-
- - - - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 6
- X- - 1
- - 2
- - 3
- - 4
- - 5
- - -
-
X
-
-
-
-
Go to Condition 5 on sheet 2.
- -
5
7
K{ijR-0679-2
83311300 U
A-17
DLT
FIRST SEEK
6
(sheet 2 of 2)
None
Warning:
Enters from:
Sheet 1
Trk Servo Amplitude Check (section 3C) ; Hd-Arm Repl. (3D) , Hd Alignment (3B)
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams
References:
DLT 7
Exits to:
Assumption:
START light is on, drive is up to speed.
CONDITIONS
2.
First Seek attempted?
5.
Drive attempts First Seek, then unloads?
6.
Servo preamp input to card AlO OK?
7.
Track Servo signal present at AlO-09B (output pin)?
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
N N N N N N N
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y - - - N Y Y - - - - NY - - -
8.
Drive seeks to forward mechanical stop, FAULT light comes on
(+42 fuse blows) , but heads don't unload--unit cannot power down?
- - - -
1.
READY light signifies successful First Seek? (From sheet 1.)
9.
(From sheet 1.)
Y
- -
Drive seeks to fwd mech stop, waits for FAULT light (+42 fuse
- - - - - Y - - - - - - Y
blows) , then retracts?
10.
Drive loads heads, hesitates, then creeps to fwd EaT?
15.
Not sensing dibits.
16.
Chk
17.
Replace servo preamp.
ACTIONS
Chk servo preamp input to AlO (Trk Servo Ampl
X -
- - - - -
Chk) , then go to Condition 6.
~or
continuity /gnds in servo preamp cable (input to AlO) .
18.
Replace and align servo head (see Procedures, above) .
19.
Suspect card AlO.
20.
Suspect propagation of Track Servo signal through cards All, A09,
- 1 - 2 - 3 - - 1
- - -
1
-
-
-
A12, A04.
21.
22.
Replace power amp.
Suspect velocity transducer and attendant logic on card A12
(cards
- - - - - - -
- -
3 2
2
A04, All also involved, but checked in Action 23) .
23.
Suspect Fine Enable logic on cards All, A04.
24.
Suspect cards A12, AlO, A09.
25.
Call Field Support.
- - - - 1 - - - - - 1
- 4 2 2 4 3
1
2
3
Kf2JR-0679-2
A-18
83311300 U
DLT
RTZ/CONTINUOUS SEEKS
7
None
Warning:
DLT 6
Enters from:
None
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams
References:
DLT 8
Exits to:
1. FTU connected to drive via A and B cables
Assumption:
\
2.
3.
Remote/Local switch on drive (if present) set to REMOTE
LAP installed and drive selected from FTU.
CONDITIONS
RTZ successful?
1.
Actuate RTZ switch on FTU.
2.
Set up and perform continuous seeks:
a)
1 23 45 67 8
y
N
- - -
y
-
N -
Set FTU Auto Function switch to CONT.
b)
Set all FTU cylinder address switches "off" (down) .
c)
Actuate FTU's START switch.
d)
Sequentially select/deselect cyl addr switches (1,2,4 ... 256,
512) to step actuator between track 0 and the track indicated
by the active cyl addr switch.
Is Continuous Seek successful?
3.
4.
-
Select track (cyl) 822:
•
Set cyl addr switches to 366 16 (1466 8) •
•
Set cyl addr switches to 367 16 (1467 8) .
Does Seek Error occur when attempting to go to track 823?
Is seek to track 822 successful?
Select track (cyl) 823:
Y -
-
N -
Y -
-
- N
- - -
ACnUN~
1.
Seeks executed properly--proceed to DLT 8.
X -
2.
3.
Replace A03 card (Access Control and Sector Decode) •
Replace A04 card (Access Control 1) .
-
4.
Replace All card (Access Control 2) .
- 3
5.
Replace A12 card (D/A Function Generator) .
-
6.
Replace A07 card (Receivers) •
Replace A13 card (Difference Counter and Control) .
- 5 4 4 4
7.
8.
Replace A02 card (RPS Steering, et al).
- 6 5 5 5
9.
Call Field Support.
- 7 6 6 6
1 1 1 1
2
- - - - -
4 3 3 3
- -
2 2 2
K(2JR-0679-2
83311300 U
(
/'
\,
-
A-19
DLT
WRITE
8
Warning: None
DLT 7
Enters from:
None
Procedures:
Logic diagrams
References:
DLT 9
Exits to:
Assumption:
TB303 FTU connected to drive (REMOTE operation) •
switch set to WR position.
FTU's RD/ACC/WR
CONDITIONS
1.
1 2 3 45 6 78 910 11 12
FAULT indication given when drive is connected to controller
but not when connected to FTU?
N Y N N N N N N N N
- YY
- NY
- - - -
FAULT liqht on FTU panel comes on?
N
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
4.
FAULT liqht on SMD panel comes on?
Is Fault limited to certain groups of contiguous addresses?
N
5.
Check LEDs on back of Operator panel (Ass'y AIO):
2.
3.
a)
WRT FLT on?
b)
HD SEL FLT on?
c)
W
d)
ON CYL
.
-
R FLT on?
.
(W + R) on?
-
-
-
Y N
-
- - - -
- Y - - - - Y - - - - Y - - - - y
ACTIONS
2.
No problem--proceed to DLT 9.
Check that Write Protect switches are OFF.
3.
Chk that +5 V is available.
I.
4.
Go to Condition 4.
5.
Replace A13 card (CAR bits) .
6.
Go to Condition 5.
Check that the OFFSET switch on FTU panel is lIoffll (Center
position) .
8.
Replace AOI card (Write PLO) .
9.
Replace A14 card (NRZ
-+
X -
If voltage OK, replace Operator
Panel.
7.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - X
MFM) .
10.
Replace A07 card (Rcurs) .
II.
Replace A02 card (RPS et all .
12.
13.
REplace A06 card (xmtrs) .
Replace A05 card (Write Protect) .
14.
Replace A04 card (On Cyl) .
15.
Replace Write Driver card on assembly A5.
16.
Replace Read Amp card on assembly A5.
17.
Call Field Support.
-
- X - - - - - - - X - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - X - - -
-
-
-
-
-
- - 1 1 1
- - 2 - - - 3 - 2 - 4 2 2
3 - 5 3 3
- - 6 4 4
- - 7 - 5
- - - - - - 8 - 6
- - - 5 4 - 9 6 7
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
K{1jR-0679-3
A-20
83311300 U
DLT
READ
9
Warning:
None
DLT 7
Enters from:
Procedures:
References:
Exits to:
Assumption:
Head Alignment
Logic diagrams
DLT 10
TB303 FTU connected to drive (REMOTE operation) .
RD/ACC/WR switch set to RD position.
FTU's
CONDITIONS
1.
Was data read properly?
2.
Is ALT/ONES switch on FTU set to read the data pattern previously
Y N N N N
written on the disk?
3.
1 23 45 67 8
- N Y
- -
Is NRZ/MFM switch on FTU set correctly for data being received from
- - -
drive under test?
4.
Are errors head-related?
1.
No problem--proceed to DLT 10.
X -
2.
Change switch to agree with data being read and try again.
- X
3.
Replace A16 card (Read PLO)--for NRZ interface only.
4.
Replace A15 card (Data Latch) .
5.
Replace A14 card (NRZ
-
Y N
-
N - Y
ACTIONS
-+
MFM) .
6.
Replace All ~ card (Offset) .
7.
Replace A07 card (Rcurs) .
8.
Replace A06.card (Xmtrs) .
9.
Replace A02'card (RPS et al).
10.
Check head alignment per maintenance procedures.
11.
Replace Hd Sel/Rd Amp card on assembly AS.
12.
Replace Faulty Head(s)
13.
Call Field Support.
and perform Head Alignment.
-
- - - X 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 1
7 - 2
8 - 3
9 - - - 4
10 - 5
KIZlR-0679-2
83311300 U
\,
''''--_/
A-21
DLT
POWER DOWN
10
None
Warning:
DLT 9
Enters from:
None
Procedures:
Logic diagrams
References:
None (diagnostics completed)
Exits to:
Assumption:
Remote operation--Attempt to power-down the drive from the FTU
Local operation--Press START switch to extinguish START light and power-down
the drive.
1 23 45 67 8
CONDITIONS
(LOCAL mode only. )
Y Y Y Y N
l.
START light on SMD goes out?
2.
Heads unload?
Y Y Y N
3.
Drive motor brakes to a stop.
Y N N
4.
Drive motor coasts to a stop.
N N Y
- - -
ACTIONS
l.
None req'd--diagnostics completed satisfactorily.
2.
Chk deck interlock switch (or wiring) for grounds.
-
Chk that Heads Loaded switch has transferred (PA02-4A should be
- 2
3.
X 1
- - - - - - -
at ground).
4.
Replace BXPN brd (ass'y All) or relay brd (ass'y A4) as applicable.
5.
Chk hysteresis brake and intervening connectors (see logic diagrams);
- 3
- -
2
1
- - -
if OK, go to next recommended Action.
6.
Replace A03 card (RTZ Latch) .
7.
Replace A12 card (Summing Amp) .
8.
Replace A09 card (Power Amp Control) .
9.
Suspect base of Ql on operator panel (-ZYN card) grounded.
Check
-
-
-
4 3 4 2
- 1 - 2 - 3 - - 1
associated components on -ZYN card.
10.
Call Field Support.
KQlR-0679-2
A-22
83311300
u
/'
PROCEDURES
/'
\'(
""----
'
PROCEDURE A: CHECKING DC VOLTAGES
\
gives the usual symptoms for a malfunctioning
power supply. Because spare parts for the
components in the various supplies are not
usually provided, a power supply is not normally repaired in the field, but simply replaced by substituting either a new power
supply board or an entire power supply assembly.
This procedure defines dc-voltage checkpoints on the drive for both load and no-.
load conditions. It is used in conjunction
with DLT2 or whenever a dc voltage is suspect.
The voltage readings in table A-3 may be
obtained by using either a standard (need1etype) or digital volt-ohmmeter. Table A-4
TABLE A-3. CHECKING DC VOLTAGES
Volt-Ohmmeter Connections
+5
-5
+12
-12
+20
-20
+42
-42
+ Probe
- Probe
+ Probe
- Probe
+5 Faston
-5 Faston
Either of the
GND Fastons on
logic chassis
or the ground...;
plane foil of
the -XKV brd
(see figure
A-4) •
J2-03
J2-0S
J2-10
J2-0S
J2-06
J2-04
J2-13
J2-09
J2-01
or
J2-02
or
J2-12
or
J2-14
ffi35
U9-2
US-2 1 2
+20 Faston
-20 Faston
A1F3
A1F4
3~
CD
No Load
(A1P/J2 Separated)
Normal Load
(A1P/J2 Mated)
Voltage
to be
Checked
US, U9
Pin
Arrangement
2"I\A~/1
0
I---
~
TABLE A-4.
+5.1
-5.1
+12
-12
+20
-20
+42
-42
(±O.OS)
(±O.OS)
(±2)
(±2)
(±2)
(±2)
(±2)
(±2)
If ± 12 vo1taqes remain in the range
7-9 V (± ) or fluctuate between ±12 V and
o V, suspect a fault in the dc loads.
Verify with no-load readings.
Heavy
overloads such as a dead short will cause
the regulator's thermal protect feature
to drop the output voltage to zero.
FAILURE SYMPTOMS IN POWER SUPPLIES
Symptom
83311300 U
Voltage
Readings
Probable Cause
1. Noticeable ripple at output
(checked with oscilloscope)
Open diode or open
filter capacitor
2. Less than specified output
(ac input ok)
Shorted diode or shorted
filter capacitor
3. Output decreases significantly
when load is connected.
Open
b1eed~r
resistor
A-23
PROCEDURE:
1. Turn off POWER SUPPLY breaker (CB2)
2. Raise logic chassis to maintenance position to give access to voltage
Fastons.
7. If the ±5 V readings are outside the
tolerances of table A-3, adjust those
voltages as described under the Plus
and Minus 5 Volt Regulators procedure
in section 3B.
8. If further maintenance is not to be
performed at this time:
3. Be sure that P/J2 is mated to provide
loads for the supplies to be checked.
a. turn off CB2
4. Turn on CB2
b. reconnect P/J2
5. Using the VOM probe connections from
the NORMAL LOAD columns of table A-3,
check each supply voltage.
c. return the logic chassis to its normal position and secure the 1/4-turn
fastener.
6. If any voltage is outside the tolerance given in table A-3, or is nonexistent, proceed to check the noload voltages by separating P/J2 and
using the probe connections specified
in the NO LOAD columns of the table.
(Turn off CB2 before separating P/J2)
d. turn on CB2 to restore normal drive
functions.
A-24
833113QO U
PROCEDURE B: CHECKING AC INPUTS TO POWER SUPPLIES
For this reason, do not separate P/Jl in an attempt to
measure the ac input voltages
directly at the pin-sockets
of PI.
This procedure verifies that a given secondary winding of ferroresonant transformer Tl
has sufficient voltage to drive its associated power supply. The procedure should
be performed whenever Tl is suspected as
the cause for a lower-than-normal dc voltage, as measured using Procedure A. Steps
6 through 16 should also be performed whenever either the power supply assembly or
the -XRV power supply board has been replaced, to assure that the previously malfunctioning supply did not damage the
transformer.
T~e first five steps in the procedure, along
w1th the resistance readings in table A-5,
assure that the -XKV board itself is not
shorted. This ensures that the subsequent
ac input readings will be a valid indication
of the transformer's performance. Table A-6
shows the oscilloscope connections for monitoring the ac input to each supply. Figure
A-~ gives the location of those monitoring
p01nts on the -XKV board. Figure A-5 shows
the square-wave input (secondary-winding output) and the nominal ac voltages, the latter
given more precisely in table A-6.
NOTE
The ±5, ±20, and ±42 V supplies constitute the load for
Tl and its tuning capacitor,
A1C8. Without a load, Tl
would oscillate and produce
meaningless voltage readings.
+5 V
ADJ-------=-'/~---.,;.ERLJ
-c:::r-~
--rnm:.~
~
CBIIJ...-c:::J------;--- 5 V ADJ
-c::J-
U2
"
U3
I
Q6 (-5 V) COLL.
=
',--
r[J
F4
[]
[J
F3
[]
F2
[]1
FI
[]-1
R20
RI9
=
~
r
CRI3
CR9
@
@
CR7
±42 V
9K72
Figure A-4.
83311300 U
(
'.
(
"-
AC-Input Probe Points on -XKV Board
A-25
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
SCOPE GNO TO LOG I C GNO
VOLTS/OIV
CH I CH 2 -NA
CD
TIME/OIV
A- VARY FOR CONVENIENT TRACE
B-NA
TRIGGERING
A (USE X I
B (USE X
E
L
PROBE)- LINE
PROBE)- NA
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I (USE X I
PROBE)CH 2 (USE X
PROBE)- NA
®
CD
---------~-----------....
-r-~""--~f:;;..-.;t;=_' --
- '-
--
--
±5 V: E=II V
± 20 V: E =22 V
±42 V: E =44 V
® SEE
Figure A-5.
Steps 1 through 5 ensure that there are no
shorts in the power supplies on the -XKV
board that might give the erroneous impression that Tl was at fault rather than the
board itself.
(Power Supply breaker)
2. Remove the plastic cover protecting
the -XKV board.
3. Isolate the -XKV board by separating connectors P/Jl (to Tl) and
P/J2 (to dc loads).
4. Referring to table A-5, check the
input resistance of each supply.
Allow time for the input capacitor
to charge before determining the
final reading.
TABLE A-5.
Power
SUPPly
+5
-5
±20
±42
A-26
V
V
V
V
CHECKING FOR SHORTED -XKV BOARD
YOM
Connections
to Jl
1,3
5,7
6,8
2,4
Resistance
(VOM Scale:
RxlOO)
Inf.
Inf.
9K68
Tl Inputs to Power Supply (-XKV Board
PROCEDURE:
1. Turn off CB2
TABLE
5. If any of the four readings are significantly lower than those given in
table A-5, the -XKV board should be
replaced.
Steps 6 through 16 check the ac input
to the -XKV board.
6. Reconnect P/Jl
7. Plug in the test scope and set the
trigger control to LINE. Turn on
the scope and when the horizontal
trace becomes visible, center it on
the graticule.
8. Connect the scope's ground probe to the
ground-plane foil of the -XKV board
(refer to figure A-4) .
9. Turn on CB2.
10. Connect the scope's + probe (i.e., CHI
or CH2, depending upon scope set-up)
to either lead of the input filter
capacitor listed in table A-6 for the
voltage to be checked.
(Refer to figure A-4 for capacitor locations.)
11. Adjust scope's TIME/DIV control to secure a stable square-wave trace (ref:
figure A-5) .
4300~
4300~
83311300 U
TABLE A-6.
CHECKING AC INPUTS TO -XKV BOARD
Scope Connections
Supply to be
(Refer to Figure A-I)
Checked. for
+ Probe
AC Input
- Probe
(AC Input)
(Ground)
+5 V
Cl
-5 V
C7
±20 V
Cll
±42 V
C16
12. Adjust scope's VOLTS/DIV control to
allow easy mental reckoning of the
voltage represented by the trace, as
shown against the graticule lines.
13. Record the voltage (or make a mental
note, if you trust your visual memory)
from the ground ieference line on the
graticule to the top and bottom
plateaus of the trace, as indicated
by "E" in figure A-5 (two readings).
14. Repeat step 13 with the + probe connected to the other lead of the input
capacitor.
15. If both steps 13 and 14 show a symmetrical wave shape about the ground
reference line (that is, all four
voltage readings are the same), and
are within the tolerance specified
in table A-6, the Tl winding for that
particular supply is ok.
Groundplane
foil of
-XKV board
(see fig.
A-I)
AC Input
Voltages
(Check each Side
of Input Capacitor)
11 V ±l V
11 V ±l V
22 V ±l V
44 V ±2 V
any difference more distinguishable. Keep in mind
that the VOM readings will
be less because they are
effective, not peak, voltages.
16. If the voltage readings are not the same,
or if they are the same but not within
the tolerances given in table A-6, the
problem has to be a shorted winding in
Tl. You may be able to confirm this by
sniffing the transformer for evidence
of burned insulation, although this is
not a definite test. Proceed to step 17.
WARNING
j
Tuning capacitor AIC8 is
charged to 440 volts.
Be
sure to discharge it before
starting step 17.
No'rE
If you suspect a disparity
between the sets of readings
taken in steps 10 and 11,
check the probe points again
with a VOM, which will make
83311300 U
17. Replace transformer Tl, using the procedure given in section 2D.
18. Check the newly installed transformer by
repeating steps 6 through 14.
A-27
PROCEDURE C: TROUBLESHOOTING HEATGENERATED PROBLEMS
CAUTION
If the heads perform an
unscheduled retract and the
START and FAULT lights are
both off, immediately turn
off the POWER SUPPLY breaker;
you have dropped +5 V and
run the risk of burning up
the voice coil. Only after
you've shut off dc power
should you check to see if
the power-down resulted from
a failure on the ac line.
(Hint: is the blower still
on? )
If you commit the above CAUTION to memory and
act instinctively upon it, you may one day
save yourself a lot of trouble; failure of
the +5 V supply is a common cause for abnormal shut-downs.
Heat problems are of two types -- those originating in the power supplies and those developing in the various loads. Should a load
fault take out a 20 V or 42 V fuse, the
course is clear: simply refer to the applicable "load" DLT. If the load does not pop
a fuse but merely brings up a FAULT light
(on the back of the operator panel), the
table below should offer a starting point
for correcting the problem.
(If the +5 V
supply goes, of course, the fault lights
won't work.)
FAULT
Voltage (except
+5 V)
On Cyl·
(~HR)
Write
A-28
A05
A05, A02, A04
A05, A02, A13, A14, AS
assy (Write Driver board)
A05, A02, A07
Hd Sel
Heat-related problems are easy to diagnose:
they occur only when the drive gets hot, and
they disappear when the drive has had a
chance to cool off.
If you suspect a problem
is heat-related, let the drive cool down,
then note the failure (or more accurately,
the absence of the failure) when the drive
is started up again. Often the troubleshooting period can be shortened by applying
artificial heat to the suspected area (a hair
dryer is useful here). Once you've diagnosed
the problem, correct it as you would any
other malfunction.
PROBLEM RELATED TO
A05, A06, AS assy (Hd
Sel/Rd Amp board)
Losing ±5 V can be bothersome because those
supplies maintain a uniform output voltage
right up to their current limit, and then
drop to 0 V when that limit is exceeded.
Should this happen, check to see if the supply itself is the culprit by disconnecting
the 5 V load.
If the voltage returns to 5 V,
the fault lies in the load, not the supply.
83311300 U
PROCED,URE D: PIN-POINTING VOLTAGE
FAULTS IN THE LOGIC CHASSIS
4. Ensure that all other connectors are
properly mated.
This procedure locates ±S V, ±20 V, and ±42 V
faults on cards in the logic chassis or in
the logic chassis backpanel wiring.
(There
is no ±12 V load in logic chassis assembly
A2. )
S. Remove all cards from the logic chassis.
(See NOTE, above, for possible exception to this "all cards" rule.)
The test procedure may be conducted in either
of two ways.
The first method is to check
the ±S V, ±20 V, and ±42 V loads individually
by entering Procedure D from the applicable
DLT:
±S V -- Condition 1 of DLT 3
±20 V
Condition 1 of DLT 4
±42 V
Condition 3 of DLT 6
The second method is to check all three loads
at the same time.
The test for load faults
in each voltage is made by adding cards to
the logic chassis one at a time, so it'is
more efficient to check all three loads on a
given card at one time.
(Of course, some
cards will not require all three checks.)
The second method is the one described below, '
and requires that the tests for Conditions 1
and 2 of DLT 6 have been satisfactorily completed before entering the procedure.
NOTE
\-..
It should be pointed out that,
as shown in table A-I, only
+S V is used on every card.
If there is no +S V fault in
the logic chassis, only the
cards using the faulted voltage(s) need to be removed.
1. Be certain that Conditions 1 and 2 of
DLT 6 have been tested with satisfactory
results before proceeding to step 2.
(Condition 1 checks the servo capacitors,
Condition 2 the power amplifier.)
6. Turn on the PS breaker.
7. Load faults caused by wiring errors in
(or damage to) the logic chassis backpanel will show up as a blown fuse.
Check the integrity of each fuse as described in DLT 2.
If a fuse blows,
carefully raise the logic chassis to the
maintenance position and check backpanel
for grounds caused by bent pins or dangling wires.
After clearing the fault,
restore the logic chassis to its normal
position.
8. Turn off the PS breaker.
You are now
ready to start putting the cards back in
the logic chassis one at a time, checking for faults after each one has been
inserted.
9. Before inserting a card, examine both
sides for evidence of arcing across the
foil.
Often the carbon residue around
an arc area can be removed with an
alcohol swab and the card won't give
any more trouble.
10. Insert the selected card properly.
11. Turn on the PS breaker,
12. Using table A-I to determine which voltages are present on the card, check the
integrity of the applicable fuses.
13. If step 12 shows a blown fuse, turn off
the PS breaker, replace the card just
installed with a fresh one from the
spare parts bin and try the test again.
14. If step 12 shows that the fuses are OK,
turn off the PS breaker and, selecting
another card, repeat steps 9 through 14.
2. Turn off the POWER SUPPLY (PS) breaker.
3. Separate PA80 and PA81 from their jacks
on the logic chassis.
/--I
I
~
83311300 U
IS. When all cards have been checked good,
return to the applicable "load fault"
DLT to continue the dc-load checkout on
the additional assemblies.
A-29
I
\
APPENDIX B
DECISION LOGIC TABLES (DLTs)
for SMDs with Series Code 23 (S/C 23) and below
CONTENTS
Introduction
B-1
DLT 6
-
First Seek
B-20
Using the DLT
B-1
DLT 7
-
RTZ, Continuous Seeks
B-22
DLT
8
-
Write
B-23
-
Read
B-24
USEFUL TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
Using a VOM to Check a Capacitor
B-3
DLT 9
In-Circuit Diode Checking With a VOM
B-3
DLT 10
DLTs
-
Power Down
B-25
PROCEDURES
-
B-11
Procedure A: Checking DC Voltages
B-27
DLT 2
Isolating Problems in the DC
Network
B-13
Procedure B: Checking AC Inputs to
Power Supplies
B-29
DLT 3
Loads
Locating Faults in the DC
B-15
Procedure C: Troubleshooting HeatGenerated Problems
B-31
DLT 4
Loads
Locating Faults in the ±20 V
B-17
Procedure D: pin-Pointing Voltage
Faults in Logic Cards
B-32
DLT 1
DLT 5
Loads
-
Power Up
Locating Faults in the ±42 V
B-18
FIGURES
B-1
Electrical Components on Base
B-5
B-2
Electrical Components on Deck
B-6
B-3
External Components on Power
Supply Module
B-7
DC Connections to Logic Chassis
B-8
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-4
Voltage Checkpoints on Assembly
A3
B-8
30-W Resistor Locations for
Assembly A8
B-9
T1 Input to Power Supplies
(Proc B)
B-30
Failure Symptoms in Power
Supplies (Proc A)
B-29
Checking AC Inputs to Power
Supplies (Proc B)
B-29
TABLES
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
DC Voltages Used by Logic
Chassis Cards
B-4
DC Voltages Used by Electronic
Assemblies
B-4
Checking DC Voltages (Proc A)
B-27
83311300 U
B-5
B-i
APPENDIX B
DECISION LOGIC TABLES (DLTs)
INTRODUCTION
USING THE DLT
Decision logic tables help the maintenance
technician to organize his thinking when
problems occur in the drive. For a given
fault condition (or set of conditions), actions are recommended to locate and correct
the fault. The actions are arranged so that
the corrective measures that are easiest to
perform (checking a fuse or changing a card
in the logic chassis, for example) are listed
before the more difficult tasks such as
replacing the head/arm assembly or drive
motor.
The DLT is divided into four quadrants. The
upper-left quadrant, CONDITIONS, contains the
various test conditions that can be answered
"yes" or "no". The CONDITIONS quadrant is
prefaced by any ASSUMPTIONS (that is, preconditions) that must be observed if the test
results are to be valid.
Sometimes, prerequisite actions other than the ASSUMPTIONS
must be taken before the test for a given
condition is made. Such steps are included
in the CONDITIONS quadrant. The yes (Y) or
no (N) answers to each condition are shown
in numbered columns in the top-right
Situations quadrant.
A section called Useful Troubleshooting Aids
precedes the DLT section and is separated
from it by a divider page. This section contains two general-interest maintenance procedures, as well as tables and figures that
should prove useful throughout the troubleshooting effort, particularly to personnel
not familiar with the SMD.
The DLT section consists of ten tables, described briefly below.
•
DLT 1 shows how to correct problems that
occur while attempting to "power up" the
drive.
•
DLT 2 isolates dc power distribution
problems either to the power supply
loads or to the power supply module, and
tells how to cure those that occur within the power supply module itself.
•
DLT 3 shows how to locate power faults
in the dc loads, defining cures for
those encountered in the unfused loads
(±5 V, ±12 V).
•
DLT 4 shows how to locate and correct
faults in the ±20 V loads.
•
DLT 5 shows how to locate and correct
faults in the ±42 V loads.
•
DLTs 6 through 9 are to be used with
the FTU (TB303) to correct various seek
and read/write errors.
•
DLT 10 shows what to do when a drive
does not "power down" properly.
The procedures referred to in the DLTs form
the last section in this appendix.
83311300 U
To use the DLT, first determine whether the
result of a condition tested is Y or N.
If
two or more conditions exist simultaneously,
look for a situations column that combines
the appropriate Y-N answers for those conditions. A dash (-) in the top-right Situations
quadrant means that the related Condition is
not a factor in determining what actions are
to be taken for that situation.
Next, determine what action should be taken
for a given test result (i.e., situation) by
following down the selected column to the
row marked "1" in the lower-right Sequence
quadrant.
(If there is only one recommended
action for a given situation, an "X" appears
instead of the "I".)
The recommended action
is then located by moving across to the
lower-left ACTIONS quadrant. A dash in a
column of the Sequence quadrant indicates
that the related Action isn't applicable.
After taking the first recommended action,
repeat the test that gave rise to the situation. If the test results haven't changed
(same situation), try recommended action 2,
and so on, being sure to repeat the test
after each such action.
Column 1 is generally reserved for an
"everything OK" situation.
If a DLT requires
more than one sheet, this "no problem" column is repeated on each sheet, Similarly,
the last ACTION on each sheet is a recommendation to "call field support". Don't brood
over your inadequacy if you reach this last
entry; not every situation can be covered in
a DLT!
B-l/B-2
,/
(
~
(
("
\,,-
(,
USEFUL TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
USING A VOM TO CHECK A CAPACITOR
1. Remove power from the equipment.
2. Discharge capacitor by momentarily
shorting the leads with a jumper wire.
(Use screwdriver for large capacitors.)
3. Isolate the capacitor by disconnecting
one lead from the circuit.
IN-CIRCUIT DIODE CHECKING WITH A VOM
A diode that is suspect can be given a preliminary check without disconnecting it from
the circuit. Merely check the diode twice,
reversing the meter leads between the two
readings. Of course, power should be off,
and for your own peace of mind any capacitors
in the circuit should be discharged.
Needle goes rapidly to
full scale (On), then
regresses to infinity
(co ) .
(See NOTE.)
Capacitor OK
Keep in mind that the forward drop across a
good diode is in the range 5 - l5n~ the
reverse drop is on the order of 1 Mn. Parallel resistances in the circuit will, of
course, significantly reduce the higher of
these two readings, but if one is low and
the other high, chances are the diode is OK.
If both are low, the diode is probably
shorted; if both are high, it's probably
open.
Needle goes rapidly to
full scale and remains
there.
Capacitor
shorted
This check can also be used for a bridge
rectifier. You'll probably want to check at
least two diodes in the bridge, because
back-circuits may give different readings
across different diodes.
Needle deflects slightly
or not at all.
Capacitor open
4. Set VOM to X1000
(ohms) scale.
5. Connect the VOM across the capacitor
leads. The condition of the capacitor
is interpreted as follows:
Meter reading
Interpretation
NOTE
Speed with which needle returns to infinity (CO) is a
function of capacity rating.
Return swing is rapid for
small capacitors, becoming
slower as capacity increases.
To a lesser degree, return
swing is also dependent upon
which meter scale is used.
83311300 U
TABLE B-1. DC VOLTAGES USED BY LOGIC-CHASSIS CARDS
Loc.
+5 V
AOl
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
A02
A03
A04
A05
A06
A07
A09
AIO
All
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
.;
*
-5 V
+12 V
+20 V
-20 V
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
+42 V
-42 V
.;
*
*
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
*
*
.;
.;
= Used
= Brought in via back-panel connector
TABLE B-2. VOLTAGES USED BY ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLIES
Ass'y
Name
A4
Motor Relay Brd (with AXPN only)
A5
Hd Select, R/W Amp
A8
Power Amp
A8
Servo Preamp
A9
Emergency Retract
AIO
Operator Panel
All
_XPN Board
.; =
B-4
+5 V
.;
.;
.;
.;
-5 V
.;
.;
.;
+12 V
-12 V
+20 V
+42 V
-42 V
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
.;
Used
83311300 U
T1
C5 (BLOWER MTR.
C 8 (TUNING CAP. FOR T 1)
9K61
Figure B-1. Electrical Components on Base
83311300 U
\
'--.
B-S
FRONT
•
" '\.
~
REAR
""
C7
EMERG. RETRACT
CAPACITOR
K2
EMERG. RETRACT
RELAY
"
DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY
"(HYSTERESIS BRAKE NOT SHOWN)
NOTE: DECK IN MAINTENANCE POSITION,
VIEWED FROM LEFT SIDE OF UNIT.
9K62
Figure B-2. Electrical Components on Deck
B-6
83311300 U
0
1
O. 082 /LF
cp -fl-~R4 (-42 V)
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION DEPARTMENT
5950 CLEARWATER DRIVE
MINNETONKA, MN. 55343
---------------------FOLD
FOLD
/
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS, P.O. BOX 0, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. 55440
LITHO IN U.S.A.
SALES OFFICES AND SERVICE CENTERS IN MAJOR CITIES THROUGHOUT THE WORLD
~~
CONTI\.OL DATA
CORPO~TION
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2011:10:14 11:26:02-08:00 Modify Date : 2011:10:14 16:13:34-07:00 Metadata Date : 2011:10:14 16:13:34-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.46 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:15c9ede0-b518-438c-bcb8-33f3edcdd151 Instance ID : uuid:75d1b6a1-7f56-46db-aa67-27aa82dee3df Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 450EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools